MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 1 PROJECT #06-0051-UTCity of Clearwater
Post Office Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748
Telephone (727) 462-6126 Fax (727) 462-6989
Public Works
Construction
May 21, 2009
Interstate Engineering Corporation
Attn: Mr. Bob Cook, Project Manager
P.O. Box 687
Salem, Massachusetts 01970
RE: Multi-Media Filter Improvements (06-0051-EN)
Dear Mr. Cook:
The work of the above referenced project is completed and acceptable as of February 12, 2009.
However, if at some later date any defects appear due to construction, you will be expected to accept
the responsibility according to the Guarantee of the General Conditions which reads:
"The Cant;actor, shall eipesiy r Fde e tts , he, r *,Ws own ,ex ypse and pa for any, damage to
othear work resulting xheze 6rvm W `, '>p?'?ithm, a period of one ear from date of final
acceptance".
At this time we have also included your "Contractor's Evaluation" for this project.
Sincerely,
C,V_ 6,t??
Ed Burke
Construction Coordinator
City of Clearwater
cc: Gary A. Johnson, C.G.C., Public Services Director
Todd Kuhnel, Construction Inspector
Cyndie Goudeau, City Clerk
Project File
Warranty File
CITY OF CLEARWATER CONSTRUCTION DIVISION
CONTRACTOR'S PAST PERFORMANCE REPORT
Contractor: Interstate Engineering Corporation City Project No.: 06-0051-UT
Address: P.O. Box 687 Type of Work: Water Treatment Plant
City/State/Zip: Salem Massachusetts 01970
Phone: 97$ 744-$$83 Fax No.: (978) 744-1792
Project Name: Multi-Media Filters Improve ents
Completion Date: Febru 12, 2009 Final Contract Amount: $751,188,61
ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS
Performance Maximum
Value
1. Pursuit of the Work. 12
2. Proper MOT and Minimize Impacts to Traveling Public
3. Timely and Complete Submittal of Documents.
4. Timely Completion of Project.
5. Coordination / Cooperation with CI Personnel,
Property Owners and Utilities Company.
6. Mitigate Cost and Time Overruns
7. Environmental Compliance
8. Conformance with Contract Documents.
12
8
16/20 note #4
10
12
10/12 note #4
20
Rated
Value
12
12
14
10
12
12
Total Score 100/106 100
Ed Burke Date Perry Lo z Date
Construction Project Coordinator Constru ion Manager
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS
Water Treatment Plant No. 1
Project #06-0051-UT
prepared for
LL
; C earwater
-
u
Bid Documents
September, 2007
.
~MCKIM&CREED
~
- I'I'T.I.. -
-:~-.:-
INTER
:1-'~' i
ti.L~'~1~~:1'~~~4IiI.:I:":....
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
6421 Congress Ave.
Suite 100
Boca Raton, FL 33487
(561) 998-4250
DATE: 01/24/2008 JOB NO: 0801
ATTENTION: City Attorney
TO: City Hall Building
112 South Osceola Ave. 3rd Floor
Clearwater, FL 33758
RE: Multi-Media Filter Improvements (06-0051-UT)
RECEIVED
JAN 2 9 2008
CITY ATTORNEY
WE ARE SENDING YOU: IZI Attached D Under Separate Cover D Del by Hand
D PLANS D PRINTS
D CHANGE ORDER
D SHOP DRAWINGS D SPECIFICATIONS D COpy OF LETTER
D SAMPLES . OTHER:
THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS INDICATED BELOW:
D FOR APPROVAL
D APPROVED
IQFOR YOUR USE
D APPROVED AS NOTED
D AS REQUESTED
D NOT APP~OVED/RESUBMIT (RR)
D FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT
D FOR ESTIMATING BIDS DUE
REMARKS:
Please return 1 fully executed contract for our files
IF ENCLOSED ARE NOT AS INDICATED PLEASE NOTIFY US AT ONCE
SIGNED: \\JO~ Deb Lamoureaux
COPY TO: File
/
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0992-0176
ADDENDUM NO.2
FOR
MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS
WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO.1
CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
City Project No. 06-0051-UT
DATE: October 30, 2007
SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 to Plans and Specifications for Multi-Media Filter Improvements,
Water Treatment Plant No.1, City Project No. 06-0051-UT, Clearwater, Florida
TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned
The Plans and Specifications for the subject project shall be supplemented and/or amended as
follows:
SPECIFICATIONS:
SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, Replace Specification 01630 with the
attached revised Specification 01630 to Contract Documents.
SECTION 13100 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, Replace Section 2.5, E. with the
following, "Magnetic Flowmeters shall be Endress & Hauser 50W Series, Sparling Tigermag
EP FM656, or equal by ABB or Khrone."
END OF ADDENDUM #2
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ASECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1.1 SCOPE
A. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work
under this Contract.
1.2 GENERAL
A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All
costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work,
including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances;
providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary
labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump
sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the
Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs
in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid.
1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents
are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the
probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids
submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials
furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The
basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done
and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for
damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between
the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the
estimated amounts thereof, as described in the supplementary conditions.
1.4 EXCAVATION
A. Except where otherwise specified, the lump sum price bid for each item of Work
which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No
direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is
unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for
backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade.
1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS
A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of
Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this
bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been
included in Bidder's proposal.
1.6 RETAINAGE
A. Refer to Agreement.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Refer to Article 14 of Standard General Conditions.
B. Schedule of Bid Items
1. Lump Sum Bid Items
a. The work for each Lump Sum bid item shall be constructed as
shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications.
b. Payment shall be made at the lump sum price stated in the Bid for
each item.
c. Each lump sum price shall include all of the contractors' costs to
complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for
elsewhere in the bid form.
d. Each lump sum price shall include but not be limited to the
following:
1) Clearing and Grubbing.
2) Sediment and erosion control.
3) Trench excavation, including necessary pavement
removal, except as otherwise specified.
4) Dewatering and disposal of surplus water.
5) Structural fill, backfill, and grading.
6) Replacement of unpaved/paved roadways, concrete
driveways, concrete sidewalks, grass and shrubbery
plants.
7) Disinfection
8) Any material, labor and equipment required for required
tests.
9) Pipe, restraints, structures, pavement replacement.
restoration and/or appurtenances included within the limits
of lump sum work, unless otherwise shown.
10) Maintaining the existing quality of service during
construction.
11) Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable
system.
12) Pipe supports.
13) Electric motors.
14) Control Panels.
15) Wiring and Conduit.
16) Miscellaneous metals and metal fabrications.
17) Valves and appurtenances
18) Instrumentation and control systems.
19) Final site sodding.
20) Valve and pipe relocations.
21) Flowmeters.
22) Electric motor valve actuators and mounting brackets and
supports.
23) Differential Pressure Transmitters.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements Measurement and Payment
0992-0176 01630-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
24) Stainless Steel Pipe.
25) Painting.
26) Material testing.
27) Draining each tank.
28) Pipe removal.
29) Valve removal.
30) Flowmeter removal.
31) Pressure testing.
32) Bacteria testing.
33) Concrete work.
34) Anthracite filter material.
35) Filter sand material.
36) Gravel support base material.
37) Testing, Acceptance and placing the system into
operation.
38) Startup
39) Training by Manufacturer's Representative.
40) Clean Up
C. Description of Bid Items:
1. Bid Item NO.1: Mobilization
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price for mobilization shall include obtaining
all permits, insurance, and bonds, moving onto the site of all plant
and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary access
roads, and other items as noted in Section 01505; providing color
photographs of existing conditions at the construction site and
providing field office trailers and sanitary and potable water
facilities as required for the proper performance and completion of
the work.
b. Payment for mobilization will be made on an incremental basis.
Payment of 75% of the applicable lump sum price shall be made
for the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for the
beginning work on the project. Payment of the remaining 25%
shall be made for finalization of this project, including
demobilization, contract closeout documents, removal of field
office, and final site clean-up. Retainage requirements as stated
in the General Conditions shall apply to this pay item.
2. Bid Item Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 5: External Piping Improvements, Multi-Media
Filter Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for
improving the exterior piping and valve assembly for each Multi-
Media Filter, including draining the tank, removal of pipe, removal
of valves, removal of paddle flowmeter, replacing Mueller butterfly
valves with Bray butterfly valves (Owner to supply Bray valves and
brackets for existing electric motorized valve actuators), reusing
electric motorized valve operators, relocating valves, testing pipe
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
welders, certifying pipe welders, providing and installing stainless
steel pipe, magnetic f1owmeters, differential pressure transmitters,
V-Port ball valves with electric motorized actuators, actuator
supports, painting coordination with the Owner's treatment plant
personnel, shutdown of all 4 Multi-Media Filters for relocation of
isolation valves, flushing, pressure testing, disinfection, bacteria
testing, startup, and all other appurtenant items necessary to
complete the improvements shown on the construction plans and
specified in the Specifications.
3. Bid Item NO.6: External Piping Improvements, Potable Backwash Water
Feed Flow Control Valve and Appurtenances.
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for
improving the potable backwash water feed assembly, including
drainage, removal of pipe, removal of the existing motorized plug
valve and actuator, relocating the existing backflow preventer,
relocating the existing Venturi flowmeter, providing and installing
ductile iron pipe, flanges, an electric motorized V-port flow control
ball valve, pipe and valve supports, motorized actuator brackets
and supports, painting, flushing, pressure testing, disinfection,
bacteria testing, startup, and all other appurtenant items
necessary to complete the improvements shown on the
construction plans and specified in the Specifications.
4. Bid Item Nos. 7, 8, 9 and 10: Internal Multi-Media Filter Improvements
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for
improving the interior piping and filter media for each Multi-Media
Filter, including draining each tank, removal and disposal of
anthracite filter media; removal, cleaning and reusing the sand
filter media; removal, cleaning and reusing the gravel support
media; providing and installing new SS baffle plates with supports;
providing and installing a new 2-inch SS upper tank drain and
fittings; providing and installing a new concrete grout base inside
the bottom of the tank; providing and installing recycled and/or
new support gravel; providing and installing the recycled and/or
new filter sand; providing and installing new filter anthracite;
touch-up painting of the internal tank walls, coordinating with the
Owner's treatment plant operating personnel, shutdown of each
Multi-Media filter, flushing, cleaning, pressure testing, disinfection,
bacteria testing, following OSHA procedures for working in a
confined space with little or no available oxygen; ,testing pipe
welders, certifying pipe welders; startup, and all other appurtenant
items necessary to complete the improvements shown on the
construction plans and specified in the Specifications for Internal
Multi-Media Filter Improvements.
5. Bid Item No. 11: Electrical Work
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for
coordinating and connecting to the existing, relocated, and new
electric motor operators for control valves, f10wmeters and
transmitters, and differential pressure sensors and transmitters;
including electric panels, circuit breakers, transformers,
disconnects, wiring, conduit, junction boxes, conductors, and all
other appurtenances as shown on the plans and specified in the
Specifications.
6. Bid Item No. 12: Controls and Instrumentation
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to install,
connect, set-up, calibrate, coordinate, test and place into service
the electric motor valve actuators for the control valves, the
magnetic f1owmeters, and the differential pressure transmitters,
including wiring, conduit, junction boxes, and all appurtenances as
necessary and as shown on the plans and specifications.
Reprogramming of existing PLC's to operate the control valves
and instruments shall not be provided by the General Contractor
for this project, but shall be provided by others contracted with the
Owner.
7. Bid Item No. 13: Contingency
a. Description: The work covered by this item consists of
unforeseen items of work not included in other bid items but
necessary for accomplishing the work and shall apply only to extra
work or additional items over and above those specified or shown
on the plans. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed
upon in writing and approved by the Owner or his authorized
representative prior to starting this additional work.
b. The lump sum bid for contingency shall equal ten percent (10%)
of the total of Bid Item Nos. 1 thru 12, rounded up to the nearest
cent. In case of mathematical error on the bidder's part. the
Contingency Bid Item will be adjusted up or down to equate to
10% of the total of Bid Item Nos. 1 thru 12.
8. Bid Item No. AD-1: Deductive Alternate for Work Associated with ASME
Certification
a. Description: The work identified below shall be in addition to the
work as described in the plans and specifications. At the exclusive
option of the OWNER, the work identified to be performed on
each the four pressure vessels may eliminated from the Contract
work at no cost or penalty.
b. A deduct bid item is provided in the Bid Form. The deduct shall
include all work, labor, time, materials, administration and
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
overhead for all work on the four pressure filter vessels and
including the work to retain the ASME pressure rating.
c. The pressure vessels were constructed as ASME rated pressure
vessels with ASME stamps attached to the exterior of the vessels.
d. It is intended that the work to be performed on these pressure
vessels be accomplished so to retain their ASME Code for
Pressure Vessels, Section VIII, Division 1, "U" certification.
e. The CONTRACTOR shall submit signed and sealed shop
drawings for the work to be performed on each pressure vessel
and to the required level of detail in accordance with Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code, 2007. The certified shop drawings shall
be performed by a licensed professional engineer in the State of
Florida and shall be as a minimum in accordance with ASME
Y14.100 - 2004 Engineering Drawing Practices; ASME Y14.24 -
1999 Types and Applications of Engineering Drawings; ASME
Y14.34M - 1996 Associated Lists and ASME Y14.35M - 1997
Revision of Engineering Drawings and Associated Documents.
f. All tests and inspections work to be performed on the pressure
vessels shall comply with applicable requirements of ASME
BPVC-V - 2007 BPVC Section V-Nondestructive Examination and
ASME QAI-1 - 2005 Qualifications for Authorized Inspection.
g. Materials used in the fabrication and on the tanks shall comply
with Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2007 including ASME
BPVC-IIA 2007- BPVC Section II-Materials-Part A-Ferrous
Material Specifications and ASME BPVC-IIB 2007- BPVC Section
II-Materials-Part B-Nonferrous Material Specifications.
h. All welders shall be qualified within six months of the work to be
performed and obtain qualifications in accordance with ASME
BPVC-IX - 2007 BPVC Section IX-Welding and Brazing
Qualifications.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15102 - POWER-ACTUATING DEVICES FOR VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes furnishing and installing power-actuating devices that are
externally mounted on valves as shown on the Drawings and as specified.
Actuator types included are electric-motor type producing a multiturn rotary
motion.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Coordinate with Instrumentation and Valve suppliers. Check installation
arrangements to prevent conflicts with piping and other equipment. Provide three
sets of final Shop Drawings to Engineer for use in observing installation and for
record purposes.
B. Submit certificates from manufacturer showing compliance with specified
requirements and standards.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Power-actuating devices shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA
C540 except as modified in this Section.
B. Actuators shall be assembled to new valves at the valve manufacturer's factory,
bench tested for alignment, and shipped to the job site as a complete assembly.
1.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to complying with specified requirements, manufacturers offering
actuators which are acceptable for use on this project are limited to the following:
1. Auma
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2.1 ACTUATOR SIZING
A. Actuators shall be sized for the required operational characteristics of the valves
as listed in the Valve Actuator Data Sheet and for the required torque or thrust,
shaft diameter, thread characteristics and keyway dimensions of the valve
actually furnished.
2.2 ELECTRIC MOTORS
A. Electric motors shall have Class F insulation.
B. Electric motors shall be for three phase power unless otherwise shown.
C. Motor enclosures shall be as listed in the Valve Actuator Data Sheet.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Power-Actuating Devices for Valves
15102-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Motors in modulating service shall be capable of minimum 100 starts per hour.
2.3 ELECTRICAL CONTROLS
A. Electric control enclosures shall be as listed on the Valve Actuator Data Sheet.
B. Components of the electrical controls shall be coordinated with the requirements
of instrumentation Sections of the Specification.
C. Provide control options and accessories required by the particular application as
shown or specified in Instrumentation and Control schematics and
Specifications. Equipment required may include but is not limited to reversing
contactors mounted inside the motor operator, control transformers, additional
limit switches and feed-back potentiometer.
D. Components required to perform the specified control functions shall be
provided. All interposing wiring shall be brought to heavy duty terminal strips
within the actuator.
E. Limit switches shall not be subject to breakage from over travel.
F. Switch design shall permit visible verification of switch position without
disassembly. Position limit switches and torque switches shall be heavy duty,
NEMA 1CS-2-125, rated for 600 volts. .
2.4 MOTOR OPERATED VALVE CONTROLS
A. The design of the Wiring Interface for motor operated valves shall be to locally
provide both manual control and remote control. The PLC programming and OIT
interface shall be designed to provide both manual and automatic remote
control.
B. Each motorized valve shall operate on 480 V AC. The motor operator shall be
equipped with internal control transformers, limit switches, torque switches,
reversing contactors and other accessories required to provide a complete and
working system.
C. Each motorized valve shall be equipped with local pilot controls, integral to the
motor operator, as follows: "Local-Remote" selector, Open, Close, Stop push
buttons, OPEN and CLOSED pilot lights.
D. Each motor operator shall respond to OPEN and CLOSE relay command outputs
from the PLC. The operator shall be configured to STOP when the relay opens
(momentary inching control), or when the limit or torque condition occurs.
E. Each motor operator shall provide "open" and "closed" feedback from limit
switches to the PLC.
F. Motorized valves in throttling service shall be provided with rating for numerous
starts and stops per minute appropriate for the application.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Power-Actuating Devices for Valves
15102-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
G. Valves shall be AWWA rated, and appropriate for the application. Throttling
valves shall be designed to provide continuous throttling at the anticipated
operating flow and differential pressure without excessive wear or cavitation.
H. Motor Operators shall be Limitorque, Rotork, Pratt, ElM or AUMA.
2.5 POSITION INDICATION
A. Provide a dial to indicate valve position at all times during power or manual
operation. In addition, indicator lights shall be furnished to show valve
open-close position.
2.6 PAINTING AND COATINGS
A. Actuators shall be painted in accordance with the requirements of the specified
Standard with finish coats and colors conforming to the requirements of Sections
09900 and 09902 of these Specifications.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 SHIPPING, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Assembled actuators and valves shall be packaged, shipped and stored in
accordance with the requirements of the specified Standard.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install new actuators and valves as specified for valve installations. Make
necessary piping, electrical and instrumentation connections.
B. Install existing ElM Actuators on Owner provided Bray butterfly valves. Use
Owner provided mounting brackets. Make necessary piping, electrical, and
instrumentation connections.
3.3 TESTING
A. After installation test valves and actuators in accordance with the requirements
of Section 01660, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.
VALVE ACTUATOR DATA SHEET
DATA SHEET NOTES
1. Number assigned to valve on "e" and "P" Plans. Quantity of valves on this project
underneath in parentheses O.
2. Status of valve: Relocate = existing valve with existing actuator to another location on the
same Multi-Media Filter piping assembly.
Replace = Replace Mueller butterfly valve with a Bray butterfly valve. Use the existing
actuator. .
New= Provide and install new valve with new actuator.
3. Nominal diameter of valve.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Power-Actuating Devices for Valves
15102-3
I
4. Type of valve: Gate, Ball, Plug, Butterfly.
I 5. Maximum differential pressure across closed valve at time of actuation.
6. Stroking time: Time for full travel operation of valve.
7. Available Voltage.
I 8. Maximum flow rate through the fully open valve at time of actuation.
9. Type of valve operation required: Open-Close; Throttle; Modulate.
10. Electric enclosure required: NEMA 4 (Water-tight); NEMA 6 (Submersible); NEMA 7
Hazardous .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Valve Valve Valve Max. Diff. Stroking Max. Type of Electrical
Status Voltage Flow
No. Diameter Type Pres. Time Rate Operation Enclosure
Replace 8" Butterfly 1 00 psi 60 sec 480 volt 850 Open- NEMA 4
Relocate 3 Phase GPM Close
Relocate 8" Butterfly 1 00 psi 60 sec 480 volt 850 Open- NEMA 4
3 Phase GPM Close
New 6" V-Port 100 psi 60 sec 480 volt 850 Modulate NEMA 4
Ball 3 Phase GPM
Replace 8" Butterfly 100 psi 60 sec 480 volt 1700 Open- NEMA 4
3 Phase GPM Close
Replace 8" Butterfly 1 00 psi 60 sec 480 volt 1700 Open- NEMA 4
3 Phase GPM Close
New 8" V-Port 100 psi 60 sec 480 volt 650 Modulate NEMA 4
Ball 3 Phase GPM
No
rovements
Relocate 2" Ball 1 00 psi 60 sec 480 volt 100 Open- NEMA 4
3 Phase GPM Close
New 8" V-Port 1 00 psi 60 sec 480 volt 1700 Modulate NEMA 4
Ball 3 Phase GPM
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
END OF SECTION
Mult/-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Power-Actuating Devices for Valves
15102-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0992-0176
ADDENDUM NO.1
FOR
MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS
WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO.1
CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
City Project No. 06-0051-UT
DATE: October 29, 2007
SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 to Plans and Specifications for Multi-Media Filter Improvements,
Water Treatment Plant No.1, City Project No. 06-0051-UT, Clearwater, Florida
TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned
The Plans and Specifications for the subject project shall be supplemented and/or amended as
follows:
SPECIFICATIONS:
CONTRACT FORMS - PROPOSAL, Replace page 14 containing the BID FORM with the
attached revised BID FORM, page 14.
SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, Replace Specification 01630 with the
attached revised Specification 01630 to Contract Documents.
SECTION 11371 - MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS
a. Delete Part 1.3 A., B. & C.
b. Replace Part 2.13, B., 1. "1/8"x1/16" with "3/16" x#10".
c. Replace Part 2.13, C. with the following, "The gravel shall meet the
requirements of AWWA B-100-01 and NSF Section 2.14".
d. Replace Part 2.14, C. with the following, "The filter sand shall meet the
requirements of AWWA B-100-01 and NSF Section 2.14".
e. Replace Part 2.15, B. with the following, "The anthracite gradation shall be an
effective size of 0.60 mm to 0.80 mm; uniformity coefficient shall be 1.65,
maximum".
f. Replace Part 2.15, C. with the following, "The anthracite shall be shipped in
clearly marked 50 pound bags on pallets."
SECTION 131 00-SUPP1, Replace entire Section with the attached revised Section.
DRAWINGS:
Drawing M1, "TYPICAL EXISTING MULTI-MEDIA FILTER INTERNAL SECTION,"
Clarification: The Contract may replace the existing gravel media in lieu of recycling the
existing gravel.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CLARIFICATIONS:
1. On sheet E-3, at the backwash piping, a new disconnect is shown feeding the new
MGV-115 Valve. All conduit and wire is shown as existing except for the line going to
P1-31, 33, 35, is this an existing line also? If not, where is panel P1?
Response: The wire and conduit going to Panel P1 will be new. Panel P1 is located on
the eastern wall of the RO building, near the RO skids. The Contractor shall confirm
the routing of the new wire and conduit with the City.
2. The electrical drawings also say the actuator for MCV-115 is relocated, M3 calls this as
new, on C1, there is a Note 4 pointing to this valve but there is no note 4, what is this
note?
Response: The 8-inch v-port ball valve and its actuator are new. Note 4 on Sheet C1
should read "Note 1."
3. On sheet M4, the air scour seems to be relocated by notes, are there any details?
The air scour line and laterals are not to be relocated. Disregard the notes on Sheet
M4 indicating that relocation is included in the work.
4. All the layers seem to scale right and you can see the different sizes of material except
for the sand layer. It has an unaccounted for layer that is 6 inches at the bottom. The
sand scales at 29': the layer unaccounted for below it measures 6': this total is 35': the
sand is supposed to be 32': is this also sand?
No. The layer beneath the 32-inches of sand is 1/8"x1/16" gravel.
5. Who will collect samples for testing and who will pay for sample testing?
Response: The City of Clearwater will collect samples and will perform the testing and
provide the results to the Contractor at no cost.
6. Is it acceptable to provide new gravel in-lieu of recycling the existing gravel?
Response: Yes. The Contractor will responsible for removing and disposing of the
existing gravel if new gravel is purchased.
7. What is required for the ASME Certification?
Response: Refer to Specification 01630, Measurement and Payment. This
Specification gives information on the requirements necessary to maintain the filters'
ASME certification. The Contractor's base bid shall include the work necessary to
maintain the tanks' certifications
All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt and acceptance of this Addendum in the Bid Form where so
indicated. Proposals submitted without acknowledgment of the Addendum will be considered
incomplete.
END OF ADDENDUM #1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: Multi-Media Filter Improvements. City Proiect No. 06-0051-UT
ITEM EST.
NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT PRICE TOTAL
1 Mobilization LS 1 $ $
External Pipin2 Improvements
2 Multi-Media Filter No. 1 LS 1 $ $
3 Multi-Media Filter No.2 LS 1 $ $
4 Multi-Media Filter No.3 LS 1 $ $
5 Multi-Media Filter No.4 LS 1 $ $
Potable Backwash Water Feed Flow Control
6 Valve and Appurtenances LS 1 $ $
~nternal Multi-Media Filter Improvements
7 Multi-Media Filter No. 1 LS 1 $ $
8 Multi-Media Filter No.2 LS 1 $ $
9 Multi-Media Filter No.3 LS 1 $ $
10 Multi-Media Filter No.4 LS 1 $ $
11 Electrical Work LS I $ $
12 Instrumentation Work LS I ~ $
Subtotal- Item Nos. 1 thru 12 $
13 Contingency (10% of Items 1 thru 12) LS 1 $ $
GRAND TOTAL - Item Nos. 1 thru 13 $
AD-I Deductive Alternate for Work Associated with LS 1 $ ~
AS ME Certification
CONTRACTOR:
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $
(Numbers)
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $
(Words)
THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM
PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY
AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT
PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT
SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES SHALL GOVERN.
Section V Contract Bond. Doc
Page 14
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ASECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1.1 SCOPE
A. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work
under this Contract.
1.2 GENERAL
A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All
costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work,
including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances;
providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary
labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump
sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the
Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs
in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid.
1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents
are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the
probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids
submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials
furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The
basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done
and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for
damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between
theamouJlts of work actuaUy performed and materialsactl:JaUy furnished- ang-tAe---
estimated amounts thereof, as described in the supplementary conditions.
1.4 EXCAVATION
A. Except where otherwise specified, the lump sum price bid for each item of Work
which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No
direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is
unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for
backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade.
1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS
A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of
Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this
bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been
included in Bidder's proposal.
1.6 RETAINAGE
A. Refer to Agreement.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176 .
Measurement and Payment
01630-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Refer to Article 14 of Standard General Conditions.
B. Schedule of Bid Items
1. Lump Sum Bid Items
a. The work for each Lump Sum bid item shall be constructed as
shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications.
b. Payment shall be made at the lump sum price stated in the Bid for
each item.
c. Each lump sum price shall include all of the contractors' costs to
complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for
elsewhere in the bid form.
d. Each lump sum price shall include but not be limited to the
following:
1) Clearing and Grubbing.
2) Sediment and erosion control.
3) Trench excavation, including necessary pavement
removal, except as otherwise specified.
4) Dewatering and disposal of surplus water.
5) Structural fill, backfill, and grading.
6) Replacement of unpaved/paved roadways, concrete
driveways, concrete sidewalks, grass and shrubbery
plants.
7)" ulsmfedioh-
8) Any material, labor and equipment required for required
tests.
9) Pipe, restraints, structures, pavement replacement,
restoration and/or appurtenances included within the limits
of lump sum work, unless otherwise shown.
10) Maintaining the existing quality of service during
construction.
11) Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable
system.
12) Pipe supports.
13) Electric motors.
14) Control Panels.
15) Wiring and Conduit.
16) Miscellaneous metals and metal fabrications.
17) Valves and appurtenances
18) Instrumentation and control systems.
19) Final site sodding.
20) Valve and pipe relocations.
21) Flowmeters.
22) Electric motor valve actuators and mounting brackets and
supports.
23) Differential Pressure Transmitters.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements Measurement and Payment
0992-0176 01630-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
24) Stainless Steel Pipe.
25) Painting.
26) Material testing.
27) Draining each tank.
28) Pipe removal.
29) Valve removal.
30) Flowmeter removal.
31) Pressure testing.
32) Bacteria testing.
33) Concrete work.
34) Anthracite filter material.
35) Filter sand material.
36) Gravel support base material.
37) Testing, Acceptance and placing the system into
operation.
38) Startup
39) Training by Manufacturer's Representative.
40) Clean Up
C. Description of Bid Items:
1. Bid Item NO.1: Mobilization
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price for mobilization shall include obtaining
all permits, insurance, and bonds, moving onto the site of all plant
and equipment;. furnishing and erecting plants, temporary access
roads, and other items as noted in Section 01505; providing color
photographs of existing conditions at the construction site and
providing field office trailers and sanitary and potable water
facilities as required for the proper performance and completion of
the work.
b. Payment for mobilization will be made on an incremental basis.
Payment of 75% of the applicable lump sum price shall be made
for the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for the
beginning work on the project. Payment of the remaining 25%
shall be made for finalization of this project, including
demobilization, contract closeout documents, removal of field
office, and final site clean-up. Retainage requirements as stated
in the General Conditions shall apply to this pay item.
2. Bid Item Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 5: External Piping Improvements, Multi-Media
Filter Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for
improving the exterior piping and valve assembly for each Multi-
Media Filter, including draining the tank, removal of pipe, removal
of valves, removal of paddle flowmeter, replacing Mueller butterfly
valves with Bray butterfly valves (Owner to supply Bray valves and
brackets for existing electric motorized valve actuators), reusing
electric motorized valve operators, relocating valves, testing pipe
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
welders, certifying pipe welders, providing and installing stainless
steel pipe, stainless steel flanges, magnetic f1owmeters,
differential pressure transmitters, V-Port ball valves with electric
motorized actuators, actuator supports, painting coordination with
the Owner's treatment plant personnel, shutdown of all 4 Multi-
Media Filters for relocation of isolation valves, flushing, pressure
testing, disinfection, bacteria testing, startup, and all other
appurtenant items necessary to complete the improvements
shown on the construction plans and specified in the
Specifications.
3. Bid Item No.6: External Piping Improvements, Potable Backwash Water
Feed Flow Control Valve and Appurtenances.
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for
improving the potable backwash water feed assembly, including
drainage, removal of pipe, removal of the existing motorized plug
valve and actuator, relocating the existing backflow preventer,
relocating the existing Venturi flowmeter, providing and installing
ductile iron pipe, flanges, an electric motorized V-port flow control
ball valve, pipe and valve supports, motorized actuator brackets
and supports, painting, flushing, pressure testing, disinfection,
bacteria testing, startup, al)d all other appurtenant items
necessary to complete the improvements shown on the
construction plans and specified in the Specifications.
4. Bid Item Nos. 7, 8, 9 and 10: Internal Multi-Media Filter Improvements
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for
improving the interior piping and filter media for each Multi-Media
Filter, including draining each tank, removal of the inlet pipe,
removal and disposal of anthracite filter media; removal, cleaning
and reusing the sand filter media; removal, cleaning and reusing
the gravel support media; relocating the air scour header and
diffusers; providing and installing a new SS inlet header with 4
outlets and pipe supports; providing and installing a new 2-inch
SS upper tank drain and fittings; providing and installing a new
concrete grout base inside the bottom of the tank; providing and
installing recycled and new support gravel; providing and installing
the recycled and new filter sand; providing and installing new filter
anthracite; touch-up painting of the internal tank walls,
coordinating with the Owner's treatment plant operating
personnel, shutdown of each Multi-Media filter, flushing, cleaning,
pressure testing, disinfection, bacteria testing, following OSHA
procedures for working in a confined space with little or no
available oxygen; testing pipe welders, certifying pipe welders;
startup, and all other appurtenant items necessary to complete
the improvements shown on the construction plans and specified
in the Specifications for Internal Multi-Media Filter Improvements.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. . Bid Item No. 11: Electrical Work
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for
coordinating and connecting to the existing, relocated, and new
electric motor. operators for control valves, flowmeters and
transmitters, and differential pressure sensors and transmitters;
including electric panels, circuit breakers, transformers,
disconnects, wiring, conduit, junction boxes, conductors, and all
other appurtenances as shown on the plans and specified in the
Specifications.
6. Bid Item No. 12: Controls and Instrumentation
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to install,
connect, set-up, calibrate, coordinate, test and place into service
the electric motor valve actuators for the control valves, the
magnetic flowmeters, and the differential pressure transmitters,
including wiring, conduit, junction boxes, and all appurtenances as
necessary and as shown on the plans and specifications.
Reprogramming of existing PLC's to operate the control valves
and instruments shall not be provided by the General Contractor
for this project, but shall be provided by others contracted with the
Owner.
7. Bid Item No. 13: Contingency
a. Description: The work covered by this item consists of
unforeseen items of work not included in other bid items but
necessary for accomplishing the work and shall apply only to extra
work or additional items over and above those specified or shown
on the plans. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed
upon in writing and approved by the Owner or his authorized
representative prior to starting this additional work.
b. The lump sum bid for contingency shall equal ten percent (10%)
of the total of Bid Item Nos. 1 thru 12, rounded up to the nearest
cent. In case of mathematical error on the bidder's part, the
Contingency Bid Item will be adjusted up or down to equate to
10% of the total of Bid Item Nos. 1 thru 12.
8. Bid Item No. AD-1: Deductive Alternate for Work Associated with ASME
Certification
a. Description: The work identified below shall be in addition to the
work as described in the plans and specifications. At the exclusive
option of the OWNER, the work identified to be performed on
each the four pressure vessels may eliminated from the Contract
work at no cost or penalty.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b. A deduct bid item is provided in the Bid Form. The deduct shall
include all work, labor, time, materials, administration and
overhead for all work on the four pressure filter vessels and
including the work to retain the ASME pressure rating. The work
described under this deduct item includes the four filter pressure
vessels: interior painting, testing, certifications, davit, installation
of screens, new hatch, pipe, pipe supports and work as shown on
the Drawings and as Specified herein.
c. The pressure vessels were constructed as ASME rated pressure
vessels with ASME stamps attached to the exterior of the vessels.
d. It is intended that the work to be performed on these pressure
vessels be accomplished so to retain their ASME Code for
Pressure Vessels, Section VIII, Division 1, "U" certification.
e. The CONTRACTOR shall submit signed and sealed shop
drawings for the work to be performed on each pressure vessel
and to the required level of detail in accordance with Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code, 2007. The certified shop drawings shall
be performed by a licensed professional engineer in the State of
Florida and shall be as a minimum in accordance with ASME
Y14.100 - 2004 Engineering Drawing Practices; ASME Y14.24 -
1999 Types and Applications of Engineering Drawings; ASME
Y14.34M - 1996 Associated Lists and ASME Y14.35M - 1997
Revision of Engineering Drawings and Associated Documents.
f. All tests and inspections work to be performed on the pressure
vessels shall comply with applicable requirements of ASME
BPVC-V - 2007 BPVC Section V-Nondestructive Examination and
ASME QAI-1 - 2005 Qualifications for Authorized Inspection.
g. Materials used in the fabrication and on the tanks shall comply
with Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2007 including ASME
BPVC-IIA 2007- BPVC Section II-Materials-Part A-Ferrous
Material Specifications and ASME BPVC-IIB 2007- BPVC Section
II-Materials-Part B-Nonferrous Material Specifications.
h. All welders shall be qualified within six months of the work to be
performed and obtain qualifications in accordance with ASME
BPVC-IX - 2007 BPVC Section IX-Welding and Brazing
Qualifications.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-6
------~
--~--
..: --
..'----
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
City of Clearwater Water Treatment Plant No.1
Instrumentation Schedule
TAG DESCRIPTION SERVICE RANGE
DM1-DPIT-01 Differential Pressure Transmitter Filter No. 1 Loss of Head Pressure 0-20 PSI
DM2-.DPIT-01 Differential Pressure Transmitter Filter NO.2 Loss of Head Pressure 0-20 PSI
DM3-DPIT -01 Differential Pressure Transmitter Filter No. 3 Loss of Head Pressure 0-20 PSI
DM4-DPIT-01 Differential Pressure Transmitter Filter No.4 Loss of Head Pressure 0-20 PSI
DM1-FIT-001 6-inch Maanetic Flow Transmitter Filter No. 1 Influent Flow 1500 GPM
DM2-FIT-001 6-inch Maanetic Flow Transmitter Filter No.2 Influent Flow 1500 GPM
DM3-FIT-001 6-inch Maanetic Flow Transmitter Filter No.3 Influent Flow 1500 GPM
DM4-FIT-001 6-inch MaQnetic Flow Transmitter Filter NO.4 Influent Flow 1500 GPM
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-SUPP1
_dl
I
I
I
!
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I'
I
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS
'Water Treatment Plant No. 1
Project #06-0051-UT
McKim & Creed Engineers, P.A.
1365 Hamlet Avenue
Clearwater, Florida 33765
SEPTEMBER 2007
..1
J:
JL-4
9-/1-67
'M/~_
, 9/l/#'J , ','
Phillip J: LOQke, - PR.
Civil/Meohanical '
Florida Licen~e No. ~ 11
57517 P3L
Arthur L. Anchors, PE
Electrical
Florida License No. 39804
~dJ~
9.2/-f)7
~chael D. Tweedel, PE
Instrumentation
Florida License No. 60940
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j'
I
I
I
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Advertisement for Bids............ ........ ........... ............. .................... .......................1 - 1
Instructions to Bidders .......................................................................................1 - 7
General Conditions.............................................................................................. 1 - 34
Supplementary General Conditions................................................................... 1 - 3
Contract Forms.................................................................................................... 1 - 15
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010
01040
01045
01050
01300
01380
01385
01420
01500
01505
01630
01640
01650
01660
01670
01690
01700
Project Requirements.... ... ........ ......................................... ... ................. 01010-1 - 16
Coordination.......................................................................................... 01040-1 - 1
Cutting and Patching ............................................................................. 01045-1 - 2
Field Engineering.................................................................................. 01050-1 - 2
Submittals............................................................................................. 01300-1 - 5
Construction Photographic Record........................................................ 01380-1 - 2
Color Audio-Video Construction Record ................................................ 01385-1 - 3
General Equipment Stipulations ............................................................ 01420-1 - 4
Temporary Facilities............................................ ..................................01500-1 - 3
Mobilization........................................................................................... 01505-1 - 2
Measurement and Payment .................................................................. 01630-1 - 5
Quality Control...................................................................................... 01640-1 - 3
Testing Laboratory Services...................... ............................................01650-1 - 3
Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing............................................ 01660-1 - 3
Substitutions and Product Options ........................................................ 01670-1 - 4
Starting Process Systems..................................................................... 01690-1 - 1
Contract Closeout ......... ........................................................ ..... ...........01700-1 - 2
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
02050
02090
02190
02230
Demolition............................................................................................. 02050-1 - 4
Disinfection........................................................................................... 02090-1 - 3
Erosion and Sedimentation Control....................................................... 02190-1 - 3
Sodding................................................................................................. 02230-1 - 2
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03300 Cast-I n-Place Concrete......................................................................... 03300-1 - 10
03600 G routi ng ................................................................................................ 03600-1 - 4
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY (NOT USED)
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05500
Metal Fabrications................................................................................. 05500-1 - 6
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS (NOT USED)
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION (NOT USED)
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Table of Contents
TOC- 1
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS (NOT USED)
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09900
09902
Painting and Coatings.......... ................ ........ .................... .......... ...... .....09900-1 - 15
Pipe Painting ....... ............. .......... ................. ..........................................09902-1 - 1
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES (NOT USED)
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11371 Multi-Media Filter Improvements ...........................................................11371-1 -10
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (NOT USED)
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13100 Instrumentation and Controls ................................................................ 13100-1 - 18
Schedule 1 - RTU Input/Output List......................................................13100-Supp1
Schedule 2 - Instrumentation List............................................... ...131 00-Supp2
Request for System Integrator Substitution................................... ...131 OO-SIS
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (NOT USED)
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement ..........................................15060-1 - 10
15061 Steel Pipe.............................................................................................. 15061-1 - 3
15062 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings................................................................. 15062-1 - 7
15064 Plastic Pipe........................................................................................... 15064-1 - 2
15100 Valves and Appurtenances... ............................... .................................. 15100-1 -10
15102 Power Actuating Devices for Valves...................................................... 15102-1 - 4
15131 Pressure Gauges.................................................................................. 15131-1 - 3
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16050 Electrical - General Provisions.............................................................. 16050-1 - 6
16100 Basic Materials and Methods................. ............................................... 16100-1 - 2
16110 Raceways and Fittings...................... ................... ................................. 16110-1 - 2
16120 Wires and Cables..................................................................................16120-1 - 2
16130 Boxes.......................................................................... .......................... 16130-1 - 2
16170 Disconnects and Overcurrent Protective Devices.................................. 16170-1 -1
16190 Supporting Devices............................................... ................................ 16190-1 - 2
16421 Panelboards.......................................................................................... 16421-1 - 2
16450 Grounding and Bonding ........................................................................16450-1 - 3
16950 Tests and Inspections ........................................................................... 16950-1 - 2
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Table of Contents
TOC- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS
WATER TREATMENT PLANT RESERVOIR NO.1
CONTRACT #06-0051-UT
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this project are available for inspection and/or
purchase by prospective bidders at the Municipal Services Bldg., Engineering Department, 2nd
Floor, 100 So. Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, Florida, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.
Monday thru Friday, beginning on September 28, 2007 until no later than close of business three
days preceding the bid opening. A charge of $100.00, none of which will be refunded, will be made
for each set.
The work for which proposals are invited includes improvements to external piping and valves on
each of four (4) Multi-media filters, providing and installing V-Port ball valves with electric
positioning actuators, magnetic flow meters, and differential pressure transmitters associated
electrical work and instrumentation. The work also includes internal improvements to the four
filters, including a new concrete base, replacing the raw water influent pipe, providing and installing
an upper tank drain pipe, relocating the air scour header and diffusers, and replacing the gravel
media, filter sand, and anthracite.
A Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on October 18, 2007 at
10:00 a.m. at the Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Room 130, Clearwater,
Florida. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this
Project.
Sealed proposals will be received by the PurchasinQ ManaQer, at the PurchasinQ Office, located
at the Municipal Services BldQ.. 100 So. Mvrtle Ave.. 3rd Floor. Clearwater. Florida 33756-
5520, until 1:30 p.m. on November 1, 2007, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place
for MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER 06-0051-UT.
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits
and proposal form is available only to City pre-qualified contractors in the construction
category of WastewaterlWater Treatment Facilities with a minimum pre-qualification amount
of $500.000.00. In addition, contractors must complete the Contractor's Questionnaire
included in the Proposal in order to be responsive to this Invitation for Bids and must
demonstrate the required experience in order to be considered for the award of this
Contract.
Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be interested as a possible
subcontractor, supplier, etc., may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans,
specifications, and pay items worksheet.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
George McKibben, Purchasing Manager
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Advertisement for Bid
AD-1
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents:
SECTION II.................................................................................................................................. i
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS .............................................................................1
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................... ........... ......... .......... ...... .... ................ ......... 1
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ...........................................1
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ...........................................................................2
5 BI D SECU RITY OR BI D BOND ..... .............. ................... ..................... ............ ...............2
6 CONTRACT TIM E........................ ..... .......... ........................ ........... ................ ................3
7 LIQUI DATED DAMAG ES ..... ....... ................. .... ................ ............... ......... ..... ........ ......... 3
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................3
9 SUBCONTRACTORS. ...... .... ........ ............... ........ ............ .............. ..... ................ ...... ......3
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM .................... .......... ........ ............ .................... ...........................4
11 SUBMISSION OF BI DS . ....... ........ ............... ........ ..... ........ ................... ...........................4
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS ............................................................4
13 REJECTION OF BI DS ...... ....... .......... .................. ............. ............... ........ .......... .... ......... 5
14 DISQUALI FICA TION OF BI DDER ..... ........... ...................... ..................... ....................... 5
15 OPENING OF BIDS .............. ........ ................. ........... ......... .............. .... ......... .................. 5
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ..................................................5
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE .......................................5
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT.......... ..................... ........... ............ .......................... ................6
19 BI D PROTEST................................................................................................................ 6
20 TRE NCH SAFETY ACT .................... .......... .... ............... .... ......... ....... ........ ....... ..... ......... 7
Section II Instruct to Bidders
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I,
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the
Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. This amount represents
reproduction costs and is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans,
specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only
to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who
may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a
"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items.
1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor
the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so
only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant
any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose.
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of
the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability,
financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before
obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for
pre-qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering
Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-
4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street
address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and
delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14)
days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City
do not have to make reapplication.
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and
(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and
notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification
of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have
been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may
rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon
non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness
thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating
to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground
Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the
Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of
the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for
the purposes of bidding or construction.
3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the
City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does
Section II Instruct to Bidders
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness-thereof unless expressly
provided In the Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions,
possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing
conditions appear in the General Conditions.
3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface,
subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may
affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price
and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6 On request in advance" City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for
access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the
Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto
required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to
be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent
changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that,
without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by
the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey
understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to
the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in
response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile
transmission, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the
Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for
opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written
Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal
effect.
4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by
the City or Engineer.
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in
an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of
a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting
the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted.
Section II Instruct to Bidders
2
Revised: 5/ II /2005
I
I
I
I
,I
,I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed
. the'Agreement and furnished the required Paymenfand .Performancebonds, whereupon
the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract
by the City Commission, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will
be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable
chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of
the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid
opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after
the Bid opening.
5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida.
6 CONTRACT TIME
6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or
"or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications
that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance
will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract
Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the
General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
9 SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer
an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other
evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be
used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work
shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by
the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any
proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before
recommending award of the Contract.
Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder
declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest
and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers,
and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not
constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom
the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the
City Commission will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such
acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
Section II Instruct to Bidders
3
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
- .=,~._,..,~.,,- "~cNgc3'nTza1rQ'n"'againsrwfidm'he has,creasonabfe . oBjection."" .~ ."~'n_..~.""~'~. "
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM
1 0.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in
ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder
must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's,
alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the
Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The
lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor
for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be
found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the
work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the
work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct
proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items.
1 0.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or
partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind
the corporation or partnership.
10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general
partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the
partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in the bid envelope provided with the bid
documents. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the
notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater,
attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the
Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by
the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. -.-.- ---
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the
manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of
Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person
duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to
submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving
Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for
typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a
typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the
requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction
is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or
modify any bid.
Section II Instruct to Bidders
4
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
13 REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City
reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds
for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized
alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or
irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that
Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful
financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the
City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in
the interest of the public.
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists
among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future
proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit
contained in the Contract Documents.
15 OPENING OF BIDS
15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement
for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids.
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYAL TV FEES AND TAXES
16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except
as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall
comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations,
which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit
fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical
Specifications.
16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of
any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if
any, shall be stated by the Contractor.
16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by
law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the
sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements.
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a
Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to
bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal
with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of
commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has
implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award
process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the
tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace
program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six
statements and the accompanying certification statement:
Section II Instruct to Bidders
5
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
(1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and "
specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's
policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation,
and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon
employees for drug abuse violations.
(3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
(4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of
working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will
abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea
of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance
law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later
than five (5) days after such conviction.
(5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse
assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by
any employee who is so convicted.
(6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above
requirements.
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words.
Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in
favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of
figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or
not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may
be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and
experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed
by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City
deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the
responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors,
Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed
time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the
best interest of the City.
18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items
in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will
be awarded to only one Contractor.
19 BID PROTEST
19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the
solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the
Section II Instruct to Bidders
6
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section Il- Instructions to Bidders
Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest
procedures set forth in this section.
19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposal. Opening dates for bids
or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document
itself.
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of
five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each
bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders
upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite
specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly
been violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be
granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of
intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions
should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five
business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully
coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City
Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager,
he/she may then submit in writing within five business days of receipt of that
response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, al.ong with copies of his/her original
formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City
Manager.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the
matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten work
days of receipt of the appeal.
19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the
Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all
administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written
determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best
interest of the City.
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections
553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650
Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
Section Il Instruct to Bidders
7
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
S E CTI ON III............................................................................................................................... .. i
GENERAL CONDITIONS........................................................................................................ i
DE FI N ITI ONS ................................................................................................................. 1
PRELIMINARY MATTERS .............................................................................................4
DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE .................................4
COPIES OF DOCUMENTS.. .... ........... ........... .......... .............. ........................ ....... ..... ..4
COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE
PROJECT....................................................................................... ,............................4
BEFORE ST ARTI NG CONSTRUCTION....................... ............. ..................................4
PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE....................................................................... 5
CONTRACT DOCUM ENTS, INTENT... ..... ........ .............. .... ................... .... .... .................5
INTENT........................................................................................................................ 5
REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES... .......................... ......... ........ ...... 5
AVAilABILITY OF lANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERE N C E POI NTS .................................................................................................... 6
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS..................................................... .... .................................. 6
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS............................................................................. 6
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..........................................6
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS......... ....... ......... ..... .................... ........... ........ ........ .............. ...... 6
5 BON DS AN D INSURANCE... .......... ....... ....................... ...... ...... ......... ........ ...... .............. 7
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND .................................... 7
5.2 INSURANCE. ......... ......... .... ......... .......................... ..... ............ .......................... ...........7
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSA nON INSURANCE....... .................................................. 8
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE ............................... 8
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITy.............. .................. .......................9
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS................................................................................................... 9
CONTRACTORS RESPONSI BILlTIES.......... ................ ............. ............ ...... ......... ....... 10
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE.............................................................. 10
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQU IPMENT................................................................... 10
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS.................................................................11
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS ............11
6.5 USE OF PREMISES .......... ........ ........... ............ ....... ......... ..... ....... ............ .................12
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES........................................ 12
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS...................................................................................... 13
6.8 PERMITS. ........ ....... ........... ................ ......... .......... ..... ........... ............... ...................... 13
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION..................................................................................... 13
6.10 EMERGENCIES ..... ............ ........ ....... ...... ............. ............. ........ ....... ................. .........14
6.11 DRAWINGS ....... .......... ............. ............. .............. .... ........ .................................. .... ....14
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES..................................................................... 14
6.11.2 AS-BUlL T ORA WINGS......................................................................................... 15
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS................................ ............................................................... 17
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES:....................... ............................................. ........................... ... 18
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE................................. 19
1
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3
3.1
3.2
4
6
Section III Gen Cond
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
Section III - General Conditions
6.13 CONTINU ING THE WORK........................................................................................ 19
6:'14 INDEMNIFiCATION...................:........................ ....................................................... 19
7 OTHER WORK.. ... ...... ............. .... ...... ................ ..... ...... ... ......... ....................... .......... ... 20
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................20
7 .2 COORDINATION....................................................................................................... 21
8 OWN ERS RESPONSIBI LITY ....... ............. .......... ................. ............. ...... ........... ..........21
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .....................................................22
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATiVE.................................................................................. 22
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS... ................................................... .....22
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK........................................................................ 22
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS......................................22
9.5 DECISIONS ON DiSPUTES....................................................................................... 22
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES... ............ ........................... ..... 23
10 CHANG ES I N THE WORK...... ..... ............. ........... ........ ............. ......... ..... ........ ............. 23
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .......................................................................24
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ....................................................................24
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ..............................25
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK................................................................................................... 25
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .........................................................................25
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK......................................................................................................26
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION ........................................................................................26
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK....................................................................................... 27
13.3 ENG INEER MAY STOP THE WORK......................................................................... 27
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK............................................27
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD....................... ................................................27
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK.................................................................... 28
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK..........................................................28
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .................................................29
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAyMENT............................................................ 29
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE................................................................. 29
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS................................... 30
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION.............................................................................................. 30
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION.................................................................................................. 30
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAyMENT...................................................................... 31
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE..................................................................... 31
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS................................................................................................. 32
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ..........................................................32
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK....................................................................... 32
15.2 OWNER MAY TERM INA TE ................................................... .................................... 32
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ...............................................33
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION........... ............ ........ ...... .......... ..................................... .......... 33
17 MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................................34
17 .1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS................... .................................................34
Section III Gen Cond
Revised: 5/ II /2005
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II1- General Conditions
17.2 GIVING NOTiCE........................................................................................................ 34
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM......................................................:........:.................................... 34
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED .......................................34
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT................................................................................. 34
17 .6 RENEWAL OPTION................................................................................................... 34
Section III Gen Cond
III
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
1 DEFINITIONS
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or
change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agreement
The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be
performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part
thereof as provided therein.
Application for Payment
The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting
progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting
documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
Bonds
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City
The City of Clearwater, Florida.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized
adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement.
Section III Gen Cond
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
Section III - General Conditions
Day
~- A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective
An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been
prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop
drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer or his duly appointed representative.
Engineer's Consultant
A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as
such in the Supplementary Conditions.
Furnish
The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection
The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and
Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending
or overseeing.
Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
Notice to Proceed
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
Owner
The City of Clearwater, Florida
Person
A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity.
Section III Gen Cond
2
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared
by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures,
standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared
by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of
the Work.
Specifications
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to
the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct
contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
Surety
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Underground Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other
such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which
have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials:
electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications,
cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control
systems or water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Section III Gen Cond
3
Revised: 5111/2005
Section III - General Conditions
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents, Work includes and is the result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents,
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by
this contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four copies of Contract Documents for execution. Additional
copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE
PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall
be done at the site prior to the date which the Contact Time commences to run.
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable
field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in
the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of Owner or Engineer,
either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or
obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without
approved insurance required by these General Conditions', Failure to obtain this insurance will
be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
Section III Gen Cond
4
Revised: 5/ II /2005
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Within twenty days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer may
schedule a conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer and others as appropriate to
establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the
schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures.
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
3.1 INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the
Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract
Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is
the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof)
to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or
equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing
custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished
and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials
or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer.
Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization
or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such
reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or
code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be
otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any
referenced standard specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by
reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents)
shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their
agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and
interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by Engineer. Each and every provision of law and
clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be
inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if
through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then
upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically
amended to make such insertion.
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary
Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications
or Addenda the latest will govern.
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any
provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor
shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract
Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications,
provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report
any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should
have known thereof.
Section III Gen Cond
5
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is
to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are
designated for the use of contractor. Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not
of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor
will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent
changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided
in the Contract Documents.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which
have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent
physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those
indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those
conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall
obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and
Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there
are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the
contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a
work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following
will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of
such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to
any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of
the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL
PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of
utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory.
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which
in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to. proceed with the Work.
Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the
established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written
approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or
Section III Gen Cond
6
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall
be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation.. of such reference points by
professionally qualified personnel. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for
more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. Excessive stake
replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been
set, as determined by the Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per
hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-
hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour.
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in an amount at least
equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all
Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect at
least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is
prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish
such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the
form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are
named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties
on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570
(amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury
Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such
agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section
255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the
Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. The Owner
reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is
declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state
where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond
and surety, both of which must be acceptable to the Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for
the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth
below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work
and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed
or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily
injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability
coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly
related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other
reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction
of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims
for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of
the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to Owner,
with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured)
Section II [ Gen Cond
Revised: 5/11/2005
7
Section III - General Conditions
which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The
policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i)
include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional
liability) City of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary
Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the
respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed
operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity
obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement
that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at
least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each
other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as
described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times
thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in
accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed
operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain
in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other
additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance
has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured, of
continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and
telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory
(2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000.
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Section [liGen Cond
8
Revised: 511l/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
employment exclusion Aggregate Aggregate
deleted
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles:
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person
$500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident
(2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
Receipt and acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other
similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages,
which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. Owner shall not be responsible
for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the Work. The Owner may at its option require a copy of the
Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document
shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No
deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from the Owner.
Lonashore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932,
requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of
benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S.
Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable
for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections
7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such
subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and
be required to secure the payment of compensation.
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance
will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other
persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or
additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages
caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that
in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery
against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, Owner and Contractor waive all
rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all
losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by
Section 111 Gen Cond
9
Revised: 5/] 1/2005
Section III - General Conditions
such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all
such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or
entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured
under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend
to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance
otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, Owner waives all rights against
Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors,
employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or
other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property
or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured
by Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising
out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained
on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization, after substantial
completion or after final payment.
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for
the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but Contractor
shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific
means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated
in and expressly required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a
competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to Owner and
Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's
representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Engineer shall
notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful,
disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall
not again be employed on it except with the written consent of Engineer.
Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred
as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner's normally
approved holidays. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be deducted from the
Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retention prior to
release of final payment or the Engineer may elect to receive a monthly check from the
Contractor in the amount of the overtime costs. Minimum number of chargeable hours for
inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection
per hour shall be $40.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, layout and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
Section III Gen Cond
10
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of
persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise
indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular
working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on
Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's consent given after prior notice to
Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume
full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used
in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly
stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
. by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or
"or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material
or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion
an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and
sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by
Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a
proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the
Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is
essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for
review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone
other than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to
Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a
determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or
equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to
evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of
acceptability. .
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or
Section III Gen Cond
II
Revised: 5/1l/2005
Section III - General Conditions
Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on
the part of Owner or Engineer to payor to see to the payment of any moneys due any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling
and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or
furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall
require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the
work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the
work to be performed by any specific trade.
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not payor employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other
person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has
reasonable objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and
the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party
by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed
in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or
resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials,
rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in
Section III Gen Cond
12
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IIl- General Conditions
the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is
subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees,
agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses
and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights
incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the
Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract
Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of
such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor
in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental
agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for
monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any
work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor
shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work:
however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the
Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not
relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as
described above.
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and
inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of
opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work,
and Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as
plant investment fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will
be waived.
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i)
all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials
and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation
or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work,
or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall
cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from
the weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been
Section III Gen Cond
13
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to
so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of
Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which
shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the
education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe
conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his
employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and
prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance
throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require
appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to
hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate
danger to Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not
shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to the
Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety
requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance.
The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other
harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the
necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent
disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss;
and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor
shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to
Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site
or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner
or Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer
prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or
variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that
a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to
document the consequences of such action.
6.11 DRAWINGS
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings
will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design
criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor
proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also
submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or
Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities,
Section 1lI Gen Cond
14
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog
numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended
use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the
performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in
respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety
precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and
coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the
requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or
specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the
Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the
time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if
any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the
Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal;
and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample
submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such
will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall
direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer
on previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor
will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with
the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
6.11.2
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark
and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other
changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract
Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders
during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical
locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or
which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and
utility features which are revealed during the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at all times during the
progress of the Project.
The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the City Inspector for accuracy and compliance with
the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay
requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-Built
Section III Gen Cond
15
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - Genera] Conditions
Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the City Inspector for approval
upon campletionof the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request.
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The City's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1
General
The Contractor/Consultant shall prepare an "AS-BUilT SURVEY" per chapter 61 G17-6, Florida
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. Two hard copies of signed and sealed as-builts and an AutoCAD file will be provided
for this purpose.
Definition: 61G17-6.002(8)(a) As-Builts Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or
vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated:
also know as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the City of Clearwater Construction
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the City will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida
and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the
City with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service
connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes,
c1eanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions,
pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if
one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction
plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all
new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as
described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart
on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built
drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the
additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring
schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the
ladder diagram.
Section III Gen Cond
]6
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
6.11.2.5
Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans
or if required by the City the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90
(horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be
the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical),
must be approved by the City of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6 Standards
The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61 G17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the City to have minimum location points at
every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7
Other
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS
6.11.3.1 Layer Naming
6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes
01 prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) -
line work and symbols
TX suffix denotes text - use for all text, no matter the prefix
6.11.3.1.2 Layer Naming Definitions:
GAS gas lines and appurtenances
ELEC power lines and appurtenances
PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances
.
CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances
BOC curbs
WALK sidewalk
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
Section III Gen Cond
17
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
FENCE all fences
. . ..
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE driveways
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOESLOPE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of berm
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEAWALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
WALL walls, except seawall
SHORE shoreline, water elevation
CL centerline of road
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property corners, monumentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers may be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2 Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD Iinetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
6.11.3.3 Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 00, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale.
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.50, and a text
height of .010 times the plot scale.
6.11.4
DELlVERABLES:
The as-built survey shall be produced on stable based Mylar or vellum material, 24" x 36" at a
scale of 1" = 20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in
digital format with all project data in Land Development Desktop (LDD) R1 or later, including all
associated dependent files. When LDD is not available, upon approval by the City of Clearwater
Project Manager, a standard ASCII file can be delivered with all associated drawing and
dependent files. The ASCII file shall be a comma or space delimited containing code, point
number, northing, easting, elevation and description for each data point. Example below space
delimited ASCII file:
Section III Gen Cond
18
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
POINT #
284
NORTHING
1361003.838
EASTING
264286.635
ELEV
.25.00
DESC
BC\!'
or Comma Delimited ASCII File:
284,361003.838,264286.635,25.00, BCV (PNEZD)
An AutoCAD Release 2000 drawing or later drawing file shall be submitted.
NOTE: If approved deviation from Clearwater or Pinellas County CAD standards are used the
consultant shall include all necessary information to aid in manipulating the drawings including
either PCP, CTS file or pen schedule for plotting.
The drawing file shall include only authorized fonts, shapes, line types or other attributes
contained in the standard AutoDesk, Inc. release. All block references and references
contained within the drawing file shall be included.
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727)562-4762 or email
address TomMahony@myClearwater.com
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all
Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's
warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism,
modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until
the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the
Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the
execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at
his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause
before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall
remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work
resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance".
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation
by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the
Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by
the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of
Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by
Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of
a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to contractor under the
Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any
acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer.
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carryon the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and
Section III Gen Cond
19
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the
Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury,
sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work
itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence
or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon
such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such
person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor
shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or
Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so
settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against Owner on such
account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, Owner shall notify Contractor, who
shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against
Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or
employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation
under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor,
Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit
acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this
paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers,
directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of
any of them.
7 OTHER WORK
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, or let
other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have
other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was
not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to Contractor
prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) Contractor may make a claim therefore if
Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or
requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each
utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees)
proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage
of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect
and coordinate the work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,
Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the work that may be required to make its
several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not
endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only
cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be
affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit of
Section III Gen Cond
20
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for
the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between OWner and such utility owners arid
other contractors. Should the Contractor cause damage to any other contractor on the Project,
the contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement or
arbitration, if he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on account of any
damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall
defend such proceedings at his own expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises
therefrom the Contractor shall payor satisfy the judgment and pay all costs incurred by the
Owner.
If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article. Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to
Engineer in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it
unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's work. Contractor's
failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for
integration with Contractor's work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in
such other work.
7.2 COORDINATION
If Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all
communications to Contractor through Engineer.
Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions. .
Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the
Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may
Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with Owner's right to
terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
The Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the
safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with
Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not
be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Section III Gen Cond
21
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of Owner and Engineer.
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer
may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable
from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies
an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to
the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided
in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be
defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is
fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the
articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's
authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and
Completion.
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge
of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the
acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents
pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for
Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred
initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this
paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the
claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than
thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting
data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty days after the start of such
occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission of
additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing
party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will render a
formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any,
in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such claim, dispute or other
matter will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Engineer's
Section IIf Gen Cond
22
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
decision is taken within thirty days of the Engineers decision, or the appeal time which may be
stated in a Dispute ResolutiCfn Agreement between the Owner and Contractorfor the settlement -
of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written
notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written decision is delivered by Owner or
Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty days after the date of such decision and a
formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of
the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or
Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in
good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such
claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or
Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter
pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision
of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise
or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of
any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by
Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to
any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.
Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the
safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with
Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not
be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work.
Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of
inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the
Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements
of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals
that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Engineer's Consultants and assistants.
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or
from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions
or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change
Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work
involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents
(except as may otherwise be specifically provided).
Section III Gen Cond
23
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
Section III - General Conditions
If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
,. ConttacTPticebF an adjustment of the Contract Timennalsh6U1d be allbwedas a result of a
Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General
Conditions.
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions
except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided
in article for Uncovering Work.
Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Engineer covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of
defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective
Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the
parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from
any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and
applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the
Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the
Work.
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the
Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written
notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the
claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the
start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event
(unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data
in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the
claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of
said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change
Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i)
where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved
is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump
Section III Gen Cond
24
Revised: 5/1112005
I
""I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IIl- General Conditions
sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not
covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to
establish unit prices for the Work.
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in
the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed
for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the
allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and
equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and
(ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by
Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances
and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of
items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of
Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit
price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover
Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Owner or Contractor may
make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of
such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled
to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner
believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, the Owner
endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the
project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not
all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts
contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will
result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final
Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid.
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based
on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer
promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer
allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and
Section III Gen Cond
25
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the
entire adjustment tei which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the
occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be
determined by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be
valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones)
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made
therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to
be delays within the control of Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Owner and Contractor, an extension of
the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be
Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall Owner be liable to
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee
or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or
within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not
limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility
owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other
Work.
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to
facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents.
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all City Building Departments and City Utility Departments, Contractor
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals,
pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection
or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City permit and impact fees
will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all
costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's
acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix
designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for
incorporation of the Work.
Section III Gen Cond
26
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer," it must, if requested by Engineer, be
uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at
Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's
intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in
response to such notice.
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by
Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense.
If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or
inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or
otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that
portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is
found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages
caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection
and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all
costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for
Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall
be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or
Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection,
testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in
Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work,
or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of
Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to
exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops
Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or
increase in Contract Price.
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer,
remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all
claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Final Acceptance or such longer period of time as may be
prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required
by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is
found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with
Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by
Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily
Section III Gen Cond
27
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting
therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with tHe fantls of such instructions, or in an
emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the
defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs,
losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but
not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written
Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such
Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers
to accept it, Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of
and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to
reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final
payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may
make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance
occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be
paid by Contractor to Owner.
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective
Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with the
article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other
provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor,
correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this
paragraph Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial
. action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part
of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's
tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate in the
Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but
which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and
employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's Consultants access to the
site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs,
losses and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will
be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary
revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an
appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of
Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all
costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or
replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the
Section III Gen Cond 28 Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable
to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. - -
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an
Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of
the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by
the Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,
payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment
will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor
and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for
Payment for the total of all Work completed to date will be held until final completion and
acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be
construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the
Contractor to produce for the Owner, within fifteen days of the approval of any progress
payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been
paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as
required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report
is provided.
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by
any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no
later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work
shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a
conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work,
free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.
Contractor shall at Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the
nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid
bills, of which Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation
a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until
satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon
payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no
event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon Owner
to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, Owner shall be
deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by Owner shall be considered as
payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to
Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
Section III Gen Cond
29
Revised: 5/1112005
Section III - General Conditions
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Engineer will within twenty days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a
recommendation of payment and present Application to Owner, or return the Application to
Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case,
Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Engineer may
refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to the Owner. Engineer may also
refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or
the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously
recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from
loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring
correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change
Order, (iii) Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv)
Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article
on Suspension of Work and Termination.
Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer because:
(i) claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing
of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has
delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such
Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended,
or (iv) Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner
shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the
reasons for such actions, and the Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld,
or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to
Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by Owner at Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer and Contractor
agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by
Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of
the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work
subject to the following:
Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such part of the
Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If
Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to
Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer
to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time
may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work
ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate
of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such
request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to
determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be
substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons
therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the
provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect
to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of
responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify
Section 1II Gen Cond
30
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete
or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete
such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has
delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating
instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required
by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record
documents as may be required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor
may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The
final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all
documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of
insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if
necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of
such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts
or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all
labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls,
material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner
or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If
any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may
furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien.
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment
and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance
to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for
Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for
that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to
Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms
and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver
of claims.
If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection,
and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation,
all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been
completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled,
Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to
Owner for payment. Thereupon Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that
the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return
the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final
payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and
Section III Gen Cond
31
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
substance, Owner shall, within sixty-five days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount
- recommended by Engineer.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by Owner
against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than those
previously made in writing and still unsettled.
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a
period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on
which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or
both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim
therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere
to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer;
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of Owner, or
if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as
herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to Owner that the rate of
progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part
thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to
the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full
extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or
conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which
Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may
deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment
until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs,
losses and damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work
such excess will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay
the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be
reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer
Section III Gen Cond
32
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under
this paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release
Contractor from liability.
Upon seven days' written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated
contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses
directly attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer fails to act on
any Application for Payment within sixty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for sixty days to
pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days'
written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for Owner May Terminate. However, if the
Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of the Owner, the Contractor shall
not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an
Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for thirty days
to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven day's
written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due
Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making
claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise
for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this
article.
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions
on Disputes, Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may
otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
Section 1lI Gen Cond
Revised: 5/11/2005
33
Section III - General Conditions
dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding
arbitration. <
17 MISCELLANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders and other documents permitted or required to
be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Engineer
subject to the approval of the Owner.
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of
the notice.
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents
or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other
party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions
of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any
applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and
other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its
rights to notice of assignment.
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION
Annual Contracts issued through Public Works Administration may be renewed for up to two (2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the City and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or
in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the City, and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds,
and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by Public Works
Administration.
Section III Gen Cond
34
Revised: 5/1 J /2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SUPPLEMENT ARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
The General Conditions of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 17 inclusive; are
a part of this contract.
The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions
of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or any
paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the
unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect.
MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED;
STARTING THE PROJECT
2.3.1 The Contract shall be substantially completed within 180 calendar days
after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in
paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions.
2.3.2 Substantial completion is defined as having all components of the
internal and external systems installed and all four (4) filter tanks back in
service. Substantial completion includes the external and internal piping
modifications, calibration sheets for flow control devices from the
Contractor, internal improvements including: concrete base, gravel
support media, filter sand, and anthracite, tank appurtenance
improvements, obtaining partial clearance from the health department to
place the tanks into service, electrical improvements, controls and
instrumentation modifications, and all appurtenant items. In addition, a
minimum of three (3) operationa1/backwashing sequences will be
required to be observed for each of the four (4) filters prior to substantial
completion. The following items need not be completed for Substantial
Completion:
a. Final clean-up
b. Punchlist items
c. Final application for payment and final acceptance.
2.3.3 All work in the Contract shall be completed and ready for final payment
in accordance with paragraph 14.6 of the General Conditions within 210
calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Supplementary General Conditions
SGC-1
ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS: SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS, REFERENCE POINTS
4.2 Investigations and Reports
4.2.1 The list of reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent
physical conditions are as follows:
4.2.1.1 None Available
4.2.1.2 Bidders should visit the site and acquaint themselves with all
existing conditions. Prior to bidding, Bidders may make their own
investigations to satisfy themselves as to the site's subsurface and
latent physical conditions, but all such investigations shall be
performed at the Bidder's cost and under time schedules and
arrangements approved by the Owner.
ARTICLE 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
14.1 Application for Progress Payment: The pay application format shall be the City's
A.LA format. The City will provide a computer disc that has this format on it. No other
type will be reviewed.
ARTICLE 18. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
18.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE: The City desires to inform the general public on the
City's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and
maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to
prepare and display public project information sign during the full course of the contract
period.
18.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN: Sign type shall be "fixed" for this project. No
separate payment will be made for the project sign. Cost shall be included in the various
pipeline furnished and install bid items. The particular wording to be used on the sign is
indicated on Article 18.6, Typical Project Sign.
18.3 FIXED SIGNS: (one required) Fixed sign shall be 4' by 6' in size and painted on
a sheet of exterior grade plywood ofthe same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2". Sign
shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure treated 4" by 4" below grade pressure
treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to
provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of24" above
the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can
be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated
paint.
18.4 SIGN COLORING: Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall
be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all
capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Supplementary General Conditions
SGC-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
18.5 SIGN PLACEMENT: Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the
general public, which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may
become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction
projects outside of the City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For
projects constructed inside of the City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed in the right-
of-way. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place
until the request for final payment.
18.6 SIGN MAINTENANCE: The Contractor is responsible for preparation,
installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs
during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure fixed
signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to
maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
PROJECT NAME
A CITY OF CLEARWATER ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT PROJECT
FUNDING:
CONTRACTOR:
CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION:
CITY PROJECT MANAGER:
PHONE
END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Supplementary General Conditions
SGC-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01010 - PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Work to be performed under these Contract Documents includes, but is not
limited to, the following improvements to be installed for the 4 Multi-Media Filters
at the City of Clearwater's Water Treatment Plant. No. 1
B. General Description of Work
1. Filter Exterior Work
a. Provide and install a flowmeter, electric actuated valves
(open/close and positioning), a differential pressure transmitter
and associated piping on each multi-media filter in order to control
the influent raw water flow rate and the backwash water flow
rates, tank drain water level slow fill rate, and rinse rate.
b. Provide and install one electric actuated positioning-type flow
control valve on the potable backwash water feed line for
backwash and slow fill.
2. Filter Interior Work
a. Provide and install a 2-inch drain pipe, new inlet piping, new grout
fill base, new gravel support media, new filter sand and new
anthracite in each of the four filters. The existing filter sand and
gravel shall be re-used to the fullest extent possible. Relocate the
existing air scour header and diffusers in each of the 4 filters.
C. Detailed Description of Work
1. Demolition
a. See Section 02050 for a detailed description of demolition.
2. Filter Exterior Work
a. Valve NO.1 Raw Water Inlet - Relocate Valve No.1 to a new
location on the same influent pipe line (all 4 filters). Replace the
8" Mueller butterfly valve with an 8" Bray butterfly valve; use the
same ElM actuator with new mounting brackets (Multi-Media Filter
Nos. 1 and 2 only). The new Bray butterfly valves and actuator
mounting brackets to be provided by the Owner. Provide and
install new 8" SS pipe (all 4 filters).
b. Valve No. 2 Filter Effluent - Provide and install a 6" V-port ball
valve with a positioning/modulating electric actuator. Provide and
install SS 8"x6" reducers and 6" SS pipe (all 4 filters).
c. Valve No. 3 Backwash Inlet - Replace the 8" Mueller butterfly
valve with an 8" Bray butterfly valve; use the same ElM actuator
with new mounting brackets. The new Bray butterfly valves and
actuator mounting brackets to be provided by the Owner (all 4
filters)
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-1
d. Valve NO.4 Waste Backwash Outlet - Replace the 8" Mueller
butterfly valve with an 8" Bray butterfly valve; use the same ElM
actuator with new mounting brackets. The new Bray butterfly
valves and actuator mounting brackets to be provided by the
Owner (Multi-media Filter Nos. 1 and 4 only).
e. Valve No 5 Waste Rinse Outlet - Provide and install an 8" V-port
ball valve with a positioning/modulating electric actuator. Provide
and install 8" SS pipe and flanges as required (all 4 filters).
f. Valve NO.6 Air Scour - No improvements in this contract (all 4
filters ).
g. Valve NO.7 Slow Fill Inlet - To be relocated to become Valve No.
8 (all 4 filters).
h. Valve NO.8 Upper Tank Drain - Relocate 2" ball valve NO.7 to a
2" upper tank drain outlet. Designate as 2" ball valve NO.8.
Provide and install 2" SS manual isolation ball valve and 2" SS
piping (all 4 filters).
i. Magnetic Flowmeter - Provide and install a 6" magnetic flowmeter
on the raw water Inlet piping with new 6" SS piping and 8"x6" SS
reducers as required. Relocate the existing 8" manually operated
butterfly valve (all 4 filters).
j. Differential Pressure Transmitter - Provide and install a
differential pressure transmitter connecting to the raw water inlet
and the filter effluent pipes (all 4 filters).
k. 2" SS Ball Valve - Provide and install a 2" manual SS isolation
ball valve on the existing 2" outlet for the ARV on the top of the
tank. Provide and install 2" SS pipe as required (all 4 filters).
I. 8" Potable Backwash Water Flow Control Valve - Provide and
install one 8" V-port ball valve with a positioning/modulating
electric actuator on the 1 A" potable backwash water feed line.
Relocate the existing 1 A" backflow preventer assembly and the
1 A" Venturi flowmeter. Reuse as much existing 1 A" ductile iron
pipe as possible. Provide and install 12"x1 A" and 1 0"x8" ductile
iron eccentric reducers. Provide and install 1 A" and 8" ductile iron
pipe as required.
3. Filter Interior Work
a. 2" Drain Pipe - Provide and install 2" SS drain pipe and fittings in
upper part of Multi-Media Filter Tank (all 4 filters).
b. Raw Water Inlet Pipe - Provide and install new 8" and 6" SS raw
water inlet pipe fittings, and supports (all 4 filters).
c. 2" Air Scour Header - Relocate 2" SS air scour header and
diffusers to a location above the gravel support media base (all 4
filters).
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
d. Non-Shrink Grout - Provide and install non-shrink grout in the
bottom of the steel filter tank (all 4 filters).
e. Gravel Underdrain and Support Base - Provide and install a new
gravel support base with gradations as shown on the plans (all 4
filters ).
f. Filter Sand - Provide and install new filter sand (all 4 filters).
g. Anthracite - Provide and install new anthracite (all 4 filters).
4. Electrical Work
a. Provide and install new electric power wiring and conduit and new
instrumentation wiring and conduit for new and relocated electric
actuated valves, flowmeters and pressure transmitters (all 4 filters
and potable backwash water piping assembly) as shown on the
Drawings.
5. Instrumentation
a. Provide and install new flow and pressure transmitters and
associated wiring and conduit. Also, provide and install new
signal wiring from PLC's to electric actuated valves as required
(all 4 filters). Note: The programming of existing PLC's for
control of valves during filtration operations and backwash
operations shall be provided by Others.
6. Disinfection
a. Clean and disinfect the filter tank interiors, gravel and sand filter
media, interior and exterior piping, and exterior valves of each
Multi-Media Filter in accordance with AWWA C653, latest edition,
Standard for Disinfection of Water Treatment Plants. Note that
the anthracite media cannot be disinfected and must be placed in
each filter tank using the cleanest procedures possible. The
Owner shall obtain clearance from the Florida Department of
Environmental Protection prior to placing the Multi-Media Filter
back into use.
D. Coordination and Phasing of Construction
1. The Contractor shall keep 3 Multi-Media filters in operation while working
on improvements for the fourth Multi-Media filter.
2. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to determine the
sequence and schedule of the Multi-Media filters to be shut down.
3. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with no less than 72 hours written
notice before shutting down a Multi-Media Filter. The Owner reserves the
option to determine when each Multi-Media Filter can be shut down.
4. The relocation of the isolation valve on the influent raw water line for each
Multi-Media Filter shall require that all four Multi-Media Filters be shut
down. The Contractor shall coordinate closely with the Owner regarding
these shutdowns. The valve relocation procedure shall be kept as short
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-3
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
ProjectRequffemen~
01010-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
i
I
I
I
I
as possible. Four shutdowns of all 4 Multi-Media Filters may be needed
to accomplish this task. The shutdown time shall be limited to four (4)
hours or less per occurrence.
5. The Contractor shall coordinate closely with the Owner in order to
determine a backwash schedule during construction. The removal/
installation/relocation/replacement of the potable backwash water inlet
valve and the waste backwash valve may be affected by the backwashing
of another Multi-Media Filter.
6. The Contractor may choose at his option to finish the exterior piping and
valve improvements on all four filters before proceeding to work on the
internal improvements for each filter.
7. Each Multi-Media Filter shall be brought back into standard operation by
the Owner after improvements are finished by the Contractor, before
completion of the Total Construction Contract.
E. Disposal of Waste Potable Water
1. Each initial tank drain and subsequent drainage during construction for
cleaning, flushing, and disinfection shall be disposed of in the nearby
gravity sanitary sewer serving the RO Plant. The disposal of said wastes
shall be coordinated with the Owner.
F. Welding Requirements
1. Perform all welding of piping systems with qualified welders and/or
welding operators.
2. All welding procedures shall be qualified under Sec. IX, Part A of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or under AWS B2.1.
3. Welding operators shall be qualified under Sec. IX, Part A, of the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or under AWS B2.1.
4. The Owner shall have the right to call for and witness weld tests by any
welding operator. The expense of the tests shall be borne by the
Contractor. The weld tests shall be conducted per AWWA C220.
G. Specifications: See appropriate Technical Sections of these Specifications for
detailed information on materials, equipment and installation.
H. Measurement and Payment: See Section 01620 for measurement and payment
items.
I. Record Drawings: Record Drawings shall be submitted to the Project
Representative following the Contractor completing the work (including pressure
testing and restoration). Record Drawings shall be "redlined" over original
construction drawings supplied to the Contractor for this purpose. Record
Drawings are to be submitted to the Project Representative within 1 0 working
days of substantial completion. The Record Drawings shall be available for
inspection by the Engineer at all times during the progress of the Project.
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
The Record Drawings shall be reviewed by the Project Representative for
accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "Record Drawings" prior to
submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the
marked-up original construction drawings do not conform to the "Record
Drawings" requirements. Record Drawings shall be submitted to the Project
Representative for approval upon completion of the project and prior to
acceptance of final pay request.
J. Pressure Tests: The Contractor is responsible for pressure tests with inspection
by the City and/or his Project Representative in conformance with the Technical
Specifications.
K. Video of Work Areas: Video of all work areas in the Contract will be made by the
Contractor prior to the start of construction. See Section 01385.
L. Erosion Control: Erosion control during construction, including storage and
staging areas, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor until restoration is
completed. The Contractor is directed to complete backfill, restoration, etc., as
quickly as possible in areas susceptible to erosion. In the interim periods prior to
restoration, erosion control shall be in conformance with details attached to the
construction drawings and common sense practice.
M. Restoration
1. The Contractor is required to begin restoration in a timely manner.
Contractor shall, at all times, keep the premises free of accumulated
waste materials, rubbish and other debris caused by his work.
2. To avoid confusion and potential disagreement, the following minimum
restoration schedule is to be incorporated into the Contractors
construction activities. The City reserves the option to revise this
schedule as may be necessary in particular circumstances.
a. Debris Removal: Debris from construction activity such as paint
waste, broken pavement, walks, curbs, trees, shrubbery, etc. shall
be immediately removed from the work site or placed in a
temporary condition which is not hazardous to pedestrians or
traffic. Debris shall be removed from the work area within 5 days
of excavation. Debris disposal is the responsibility of the
Contractor in accordance with all regulatory requirements.
b. Sod: Sod will be restored within 10 days of the successful
pressure test of the potable water piping on each filter. Sod
replacement will match existing. The Contractor is required to
water new sod for a period of 30 days after it is laid. Payment for
sod is included in the lump sum bid prices.
c. Coatings: Coatings on new and/or modified tank sections, pipes,
fittings, valves, etc. shall be restored to the original or better
condition prior to placing the system into operation.
N. OSHA Regulations:
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-5
1. The General Contractor shall be responsible for meeting OSHA's
confined space requirements for the internal work in the Multi-Media Filter
tanks when his employees or any Subcontractor's employees are working
inside the tanks.
2. Each filter tank is relatively small, and the Contractor shall assume that
each tank has an oxygen deficiency. All workers inside each tank shall
have a breathing apparatus meeting OSHA requirements that uses
exterior air.
O. Payment for Completed Pipe Installation: No payment will be made for installed
piping and valves until it has successfully passed pressure testing.
P. Staging Area: The contractor is responsible for finding staging areas to perform
the work in the Contract. The contractor shall coordinate with the City of
Clearwater personnel to locate staging area on the treatment plant site.
a. Overtime Work. The Contractor is encouraged to perform all work which may
require immediate inspection during normal working hours defined as 7 a.m. to 5
p.m., Monday through Friday. The Contractor may perform work which does not
require immediate inspection during overtime hours, but only with the prior
written approval of the City's Project Representative and the City of Clearwater
Public Utilities Department personnel.
R. Protection of Adjacent Property: If adjacent property is affected or endangered
by any work done under this Contract, it shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to take whatever steps are necessary to protect the adjacent property
and to contact the Project Representative.
S. Connections to Existing Pipelines: Connections to existing water mains shall be
accomplished in as short a time as possible in order to provide existing water
service with minimal interruption.
T. The Drawings and Specifications are an integrated part of the Contract
Documents and as such will not stand alone if used independently as individual
Sections, Divisions or Drawings sheets.
U. Omission of a specific item or component part of a system obviously necessary
for the proper functioning of the system shall not relieve the contractor of the
responsibility of furnishing the item as part of the work at no additional cost to the
owner.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Laws and Regulations: The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the work. If the Contractor
observes that the Specifications or Drawings are at variance therewith, the
Contractor shall give the Engineer prompt written notice thereof, and any
necessary changes shall be adjusted by an appropriate modification. If the
Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is
contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
ProjectRequffemen~
01010-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
,I
I
I
to Engineer, the Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom; however, it
shall not be the Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the
Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such laws, ordinances, rules
and regulations.
B. Regulatory Requirements: The City has, or will obtain, a construction permit for
the facility from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. The
Contractor shall be responsible for qbtaining a copy of same and for complying
with any provisions or requirements which may relate to the conduct of
construction activities. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all
Construction Permits from the City of Clearwater's Central Permitting.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Taxes: The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar
taxes required to be paid by him in accordance with the law of the place of the
project.
B. Permits and Licenses:
1. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and
licenses. The City shall assist the Contractor, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses. The Contractor shall pay all
governmental charges and Inspection fees necessary for the prosecution
of the work, which are applicable at the time of the opening of the bids.
2. The Contractor shall pay all charges of utility service companies for the
connections to the work, and the City shall pay all charges of such
companies for capital costs related thereto.
3. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the existence of all
necessary licenses and permits prior to the start of work. The City will
obtain the Pinellas County Health Department permit.
4. Fees for City of Clearwater building permits and impact fees will be
waived.
C. Labor, Materials and Equipment:
1. The Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to
survey and layout the work and perform construction as required by the
Contract Documents. The Contractor shall at all times maintain good
discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or
protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent
thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Supplementary General
Conditions, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working
hours, and the contractor will not permit overtime work or the
performance of the work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday
without the City's written consent given after prior written notice to the
Engineer.
2. Unless otherwise shown, the Contractor shall furnish all materials,
equipment, labor transportation, construction equipment and machinery,
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
ProjectRequwemen~
01010-7
tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water and sanitary
facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the
execution, testing, initial operation and completion of the work.
3.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials furnished by him and
shall replace at his own expense all such material found to be defective in
manufacture or damaged in handling. This shall include the furnishing of
all materials and labor required for the replacement of installed material
discovered defective prior to the final acceptance of the work.
D. Work Sequence: The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and
submitting a construction schedule and plan for the review and approval of the
Owner.
E. Resisting Hydrostatic Uplifts: The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting
structures and facilities from damage due to hydrostatic uplift from high water
levels.
F. Contractor Use of Premises:
1. The Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of
materials and equipment and the operations of workmen to areas
permitted by law, ordinances, permits or the requirements of the Contract
Documents, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with
construction equipment or other materials or equipment.
2. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose
without first securing the permission of the property owner in writing and
furnishing the Engineer with a copy of said permission. This requirement
will be strictly enforced, particularly with regard to such vacant properties
as may be utilized for materials storage.
3. The Contractor shall conduct his work in such a manner as to avoid
damage to adjacent private or public property. Any damage to existing
structures or work of any kind, including permanent reference markers or
property corner markers, or the interruption of a utility service, shall be
repaired or restored promptly at no additional expense to the City.
4. The Contractor shall preserve and protect all existing vegetation such as
trees, shrubs and grass on or adjacent to the site which do not
reasonably interfere with the construction, as determined by the Project
Representative. The Contractor will be responsible for all unauthorized
cutting or damaging of trees and shrubs, including damage due to
careless operation of equipment, stockpiling of materials or tracking or
grass by equipment. The Contractor will be liable for, or will be required
to replace or restore at no additional expense to the City, all vegetation
not protected or preserved as required herein the may be destroyed or
damaged.
5. The Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be
loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall the
Contractor subject any part of the work or adjacent property to stresses
or pressures that will endanger it.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
ProjectRequffemen~
01010-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
<I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I,
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
f
i
I
6. During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall keep the premises
free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris
resulting from the work. At the completion of the work, the Contractor
shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the
premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and
machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and
ready for occupancy by the Owner. The Contractor shall restore to their
original condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration
by the Contract Documents.
1.4 OCCUPANCY
A. Resident Occupancy: Owner will occupy the facility and manage the WTP
operations throughout the period of construction.
B. Maintenance of Operation: All utilities (i.e. electrical, sanitary, sewer, potable
water, gas, cable and stormwater) shall be maintained in operating condition
throughout construction. The Contractor shall minimize the disruption of Multi-
Media Filter operations by coordinating with the Owner. Temporary facilities
shall be furnished and installed prior to the known interruption of existing utilities.
Any damages to existing utilities shall be immediately isolated and repaired to
the satisfaction of the Owner.
1.5 OWNER - FURNISHED ITEMS
A. The Contractor's responsibility for material furnished by the Owner shall begin at
the point of its delivery to the Contractor. Materials already on the site shall
become the Contractor's responsibility on the day of the execution of the
contract. The Contractor shall examine all materials furnished by the Owner at
the time and place of delivery to him and shall call any defective material to the
attention of the Owner. Any materials furnished by the Owner and installed by
the Contractor without discovery of such defects will, if found defective prior to
final acceptance of the work, be replaced with sound materials by the Owner.
The Contractor, however, shall, at his own expense, furnish all supplies, labor,
and facilities necessary to remove said defective materials and install the sound
material in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
B. All materials furnished by the contractor shall be delivered and distributed at the
site by the Contractor. Materials furnished by the Owner shall be picked up by
the Contractor at the Owner's storage yard, hauled to and distributed at the site.
1.6 OFF-SITE STORAGE
A. Off-site storage arrangements shall be acceptable to City for all materials and
equipment not incorporated into the work. Such off-site storage arrangements
shall be presented in writing, and shall afford adequate and satisfactory security
and protection. Off-site storage facilities shall be accessible to the Project
Representative.
1.7 EQUIVALENT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Whenever a material or article is specified or described by using the name of a
proprietary product or the name of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-9
specified item mentioned shall be understood as establishing the type, function,
and quality desired. Other manufacturers' products may be accepted provided
sufficient information is submitted to allow Engineer to determine that the
products proposed are equivalent to those named. Such items shall be
submitted for review by the procedure set forth in the submittal section.
B. Requests for review of equivalency will not be accepted from anyone except the
Contractor, and such requests will not be considered until after the contract has
been awarded and must be approved by the Engineer and the City.
1.8 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
A. All materials shall be suitably packaged to facilitate handling and protect against
damage during transit and storage. Painted surfaces shall be protected against
impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. All painted surfaces which
are damaged prior to acceptance of equipment shall be repainted to the
satisfaction of Engineer.
B. Each item, package, or bundle of material shall be tagged or marked as
identified in the delivery schedule or on the Shop Drawings. Complete packing
lists and bills of material shall be included with each shipment.
1.9 CONSTRUCTION AREA LIMITS
A. Contractor shall confine his construction operations within the limits that will be
coordinated with the City, and shall use due care in placing construction tools,
equipment, excavated materials, and pipeline materials and supplies, so as to
cause the least possible damage to property and interference with traffic.
1.10 NOTICES TO OWNERS AND AUTHORITIES
A. Contractor shall, as provided in Supplementary General Conditions, notify
Owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may
affect them.
B. When it is necessary to temporarily deny access by Owners or tenants to their
property, or when any utility service connection must be interrupted, Contractor
shall give notices sufficiently in advance to enable the affected persons to
provide for their needs. Notices will conform to any applicable local ordinance
and, whether delivered orally or in writing, will include appropriate information
concerning the interruption and instructions on how to limit their inconvenience.
C. Utilities and other concerned agencies shall be contacted at least 48 hours prior
to excavating near underground utilities or pole lines.
1.11 LINES AND GRADES
A. All Work shall be done to the lines, grades, and elevations shown on the
drawings.
B. Basic horizontal and vertical control points will be designated by Engineer.
These points shall be used as datum for the Work. All survey, layout, and
measurement Work shall be performed by Contractor as a part of the Work.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
t
I
I
,
\I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
C. Contractor shall provide an experienced instrument man, competent assistants,
and such instruments, tools, stakes, and other materials required to complete the
survey, layout and measurement Work. In addition, Contractor shall furnish,
without charge, competent men from his force and such tools, stakes, and other
materials as Engineer may require in establishing or designating control points,
or in checking survey, layout, and measurement Work performed by Contractor.
D. Contractor shall inform Engineer a reasonable time in advance of the times and
places at which he wishes to do Work. Engineers shall then establish horizontal
and vertical control points and check existing conditions with minimum
inconvenience and delay to Contractor.
E. Contractor shall remove and reconstruct Work which is improperly located.
1.12 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES
A. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, Contractor shall make all necessary
connections to existing facilities including structures, drain lines, and utilities
such as water, sewer, gas, telephone, and electric. In each case, Contractor
shall receive permission from Owner or the owning utility prior to undertaking
connections. Contractor shall protect facilities against deleterious substances
and damage.
B. Connections to existing facilities which are in service shall be thoroughly planned
in advance, and all required equipment, materials and labor shall be on hand at
the time of undertaking the connections. Work shall proceed continuously
(around the clock) if necessary to complete connections in the minimum time.
Operation of valves or other appurtenances on existing utilities, when required,
shall be by or under the direct supervision of the owning utility.
1.13 UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS
A. During unfavorable weather, wet ground, or other unsuitable construction
conditions, the Contractor shall confine his operations to work which will not be
affected adversely by such conditions. No portion of the Work shall be
constructed under conditions which would adversely affect the quality or
efficiency thereof, unless special means or precautions are taken by Contractor
to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory manner.
1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. As provided in General Conditions, Contractor shall perform all cutting and
patching required for the Work, and as may be necessary in connection with
uncovering Work for inspection or for the correction of defective Work.
B. Contractor shall perform all cutting and patching required for the installation of
improperly timed Work, to remove samples of installed materials for testing.
C. Except when the cutting or removal of existing construction is specified or
indicated, Contractor shall not undertake any cutting or demolition which may
affect the structural stability of the Work or existing facilities without Engineer's
concurrence.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-11
D. Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, supports, and protective devices
necessary to safeguard all Work and existing facilities during cutting and
patching operations.
E. Materials shall be cut and removed to the extent indicated on the drawings or as
required to complete the Work. Materials shall be removed in a careful manner
with no damage to adjacent facilities or materials. Materials which are not
salvable shall be removed from the site by Contractor.
F. All Work and existing facilities affected by cutting operations shall be restored
with new materials, or with salvaged materials acceptable to Engineer, to obtain
a finished installation with the strength, appearance, and functional capacity
required. If necessary, entire surfaces shall be patched and refinished.
1.15 CLEANING UP
A. Contractor shall keep the premises free at all times from accumulations of waste
materials and rubbish. Contractor shall provide adequate trash receptacles
about the site, and shall promptly empty the containers when filled.
B. Construction material shall be neatly stacked by Contractor when not in use.
Contractor shall promptly remove splattered concrete, asphalt, oil, paint,
hydraulic fluids, corrosive liquids and cleaning solutions from surfaces to prevent
marring or other damage.
C. Contractor shall provide adequate trash receptacles about the site, and shall
promptly empty the containers when filled.
D. Volatile wastes shall be properly stored in covered metal containers and
removed daily.
E. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains,
sanitary sewers, streams, or waterways. All wastes shall be removed from the
site and disposed of in a manner complying with local ordinances and anti-
pollution laws.
F. Adequate cleanup will be a condition for recommendation of progress payment
applications.
G. Owner shall reserve the right to limit the movement of construction crews when
an area is not acceptably cleaned. Delays caused to Contractor because of his
negligence in keeping the construction areas cleared shall be absorbed by the
Contractor at no additional costs to the Owner in time or money.
1.16 APPLICABLE CODES
A. References in the Contract Documents to local codes mean the Florida Building
Code.
B. Other standard codes which apply to the Work are designated in the
specifications.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-12
I
I
I
,
I
II
I
I
I
I
~
I-
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
i
t
I
I
I
I
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
-
1.17 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate,
or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code,
specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt
of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise.
1.18 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
A. Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows:
AA
AAMA
AASHTO
Aluminum Association, Inc.
Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association
American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials
American Concrete Institute
American Iron and Steel Institute
Acoustical Materials Association
Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc.
American National Standards Institute
American Plywood Association
American Society of Agricultural Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society of Sanitary Engineering
American Society for Testing and Materials
American Wire Gauge
Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association
American Welding Society
American Water Works Association
Code of Federal Regulations
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards
Department of Environmental Protection (Florida)
Department of Transportation (Florida)
Environmental Protection Agency
Florida Administrative Code
Florida Building Code
Florida Fire Prevention Code
Florida Gas Code
Florida Mechanical Code
Florida Plumbing Code
Federal Specifications
Standards of Hydraulic Institute
Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Iron Pipe Size
Military Specification
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
National Board of Fire Underwriters
National Electrical Code
ACI
AISI
AMA
AMCA
ANSI
APA
ASAE
ASCE
ASHRAE
ASME
ASSE
ASTM
AWG
AWMA
AWS
AWWA
CFR
CISPI
CRSI
CS
DEP
DOT
EPA
FAC
FBC
FFPC
FGC
FMC
FPC
FedSpec
HI
IBBM
IEEE
IPS
MIL
NAAMM
NBFU
NEC
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-13
NEMA
NFPA
NPT
NWMA
PCA
PCI
SOl
SJI
SMACCNA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
National Fire Protection Association
National Pipe Thread
National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association
Portland Cement Association
Prestressed Concrete Institute
Steel Door Institute
Steel Joist Institute
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National
Association
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
Steel Structures Painting Council
Title Council of America
Underwriters' Laboratories
SPIB
SSPC
TCA
UL
1.19 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to the commencement of Work at the site, a preconstruction conference will
be held at a mutually agreed time and place designated by the Owner. The
conference shall be attended by:
1. Contractor and his superintendent.
2. Principal Subcontractors.
3. Representatives of principal suppliers and manufacturers as appropriate.
4. Engineer and his Resident Project Representative.
5. Representatives of City.
B. Others as requested by Contractor, City, or Engineer. Unless previously
submitted to Engineer, Contractor shall bring to the conference a tentative
schedule for each of the following:
1. Progress.
2. Procurement.
3. Values for progress payment purposes.
4. Shop Drawings and other submittals.
C. The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and
establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed
and procedures for handling such matters established. The agenda will include:
1. Contractor's tentative schedules.
2. Transmittal, review, and distribution of Contractor's submittal.
3. Processing applications for payment.
4. Maintaining record documents.
5. Critical Work sequencing.
6. Field decisions and Change Orders.
7. Use of premises, office and storage areas, security, housekeeping, and
City's needs.
8. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
9. Contractor's assignments for safety and first aid.
D. Owner's representative will preside at the conference and will arrange for
keeping the minutes and distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-14
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
,I
J
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I.
,
I
-
t
I
1.20 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Contractor shall attend regular progress meetings at least monthly and at other
times as requested by the Owner's Representative or required by progress of
Work. Contractor, Owner's Representative, and all Subcontractors active on the
site shall be represented at each meeting. Contractor may at his discretion
request attendance by representatives of his suppliers, manufacturers, and other
subcontractors.
B. Owner's Representative shall preside at the meetings and provide for keeping
and distribution of the minutes. The purpose of the meetings will be to review
the progress of the Work, maintain coordination of efforts, review changes in
scheduling, and resolve other problems which may develop.
1.21 SITE ADMINISTRATION
A. Contractor shall be responsible for all areas of the site used by him, and all
Subcontractors in the performance of the Work. He will exert full control over the
actions of all employees and other persons with respect to the use and
preservation of property and existing facilities, except such controls as may be
specifically reserved to .Owner or others. Contractor has the right to exclude
from the site all persons who have no purpose related to the Work or its
inspection, and may require all persons on the site (except Owner's employees)
to observe the same regulations as he requires of his employees.
1.22 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. The contractor shall be responsible for furnishing, operating, and maintaining all
traffic control associated with the project, including detours, advance warnings,
channelization or other features, both at the immediate work site and at outlying
points.
1.23 PAGER/CELLULAR PHONE
A. The Contractor shall provide a pager and a Cellular Phone for his
Superintendent and/or foremen to carry during construction. The pager and
Cellular Phone shall be carried by a designated Contractor's representative 24
hours per day. The pager and Cellular Phone telephone numbers shall be given
to the Project Representative.
1.24 CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. The City's Representative for this Project will be:
McKim & Creed, P.A.
1365 Hamlet Avenue
Clearwater, FL 33756
Telephone: (727) 442-7196
Fax: (727) 461-3827
Attention: Phillip J. Locke, PE
B. If there are any questions during the Bidding phase, please contact the above
company.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-15
1.25 NOISE LEVELS
A. Sound levels measured by the City personnel shall not exceed 65 dBA 6PM to
7 AM or 80 dBA 7 AM to 6PM. This sound level to be measured at the property
line of the nearest residence. Sound levels in excess of these values are
sufficient cause to have the work halted until equipment can be quieted to these
levels. Work stoppage by the City for excessive noise shall not relieve the
Contractor of the other portions of this specification including, but not limited to
contract time and contract price.
B. If mufflers cannot achieve the necessary noise reduction, noise abatement shall
be accomplished by the Contractor's installation of baffles (or other acceptable
means) positioned to break line-of-sight from the noise source to affected
residences and/or commercial structures. Minimum noise abatement measures
shall consist of equipping all engines with hospital grade mufflers or silencers.
1.26 PRE-CONSTRUCTION UTILITY MEETING
A. The Contractor shall attend a pre-construction utility meeting with the Owner,
Engineer and any utility representatives to identify utility conflicts and to establish
key contact information. This meeting will be scheduled by the Owner or the
Owner's Representative.
1.27 HURRICANE PREPARATION PLAN
A. Within two weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to
the Owner a Hurricane Preparation Plan that outlines the measures that will be
completed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner in the event of a
hurricane warning.
B. In the event of inclement weather, or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor
will protect the work and materials from weather related damage. In the event
that, in the opinion of the Owner, the work or materials have been damaged due
to failure on the part of the Contractor to protect the work and materials, the work
and materials shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Project Requirements
01010-16
I
I
i
I
I
I'
I
i
I
I
I
i
I
,I
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION
1.1 PROJECT COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall provide for the complete coordination of the construction
efforts. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, coordination of the
following:
1. The work of subcontractors.
2. The flow of material and equipment from suppliers.
3. The interrelated work with all public utilities companies.
4. The interrelated work with the Owner to remove a Multi-Media Filter tank
from service or where isolation valves are to be relocated and a shutdown
is required. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner in order to
keep 3 Multi-Media filters in operation while one is improved. See
Section 01010 for additional information.
5. The effort of independent testing agencies.
6. The effort of inspection services.
7. The effort of equipment manufacturers during test and checkout.
8. Coordination of final testing and certification for operation.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Coordination
01040-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section establishes general requirements pertaining to cutting (including
excavating), fitting, and patching of the Work required to:
1. Make the several parts fit properly.
2. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the
Contract Documents.
3. Rework existing items to provide for new construction.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform all cutting and patching in strict accordance with pertinent requirements
of these Specifications and, in the event no such requirements are determined,
in conformance with the Engineer's written direction.
B. Codes and standards for work of this section shall be the same as for the
pertinent sections of this specification.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Request for Engineer's Consent:
1. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit written request to
the Engineer for permission to proceed with cutting.
2. Should conditions of the Work, or schedule, indicate a required change of
materials or methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Engineer and
secure his written permission prior to proceeding.
B. Notice to the Engineer: Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time
the Work will be uncovered, to provide for the Engineer's observation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials used in the replacement of existing work and the construction of work
in conjunction with cutting and patching shall be new unless prior approval from
the Engineer has been obtained to re-use existing materials.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cutting and Patching
01045-1
2.2 FABRICATION
A. The materials and methods used in the fabrication of items required under this
section shall comply with the individual sections of this specification that have to
do with new construction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDITIONS
A. Examination:
1. Examine existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or
damage during cutting, excavating, backfilling, and patching.
2. After uncovering the Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of the
new Work.
B. Discrepancies:
1. If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, immediately notify the
Engineer and secure needed directions.
2. Do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have
been fully resolved.
3.2 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING
A. Provide all required protection including, but not necessarily limited to, shoring,
bracing, and support to maintain structural integrity of the Work.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. Perform all required excavating and backfilling as required under pertinent
Sections of these Specifications. Perform cutting and demolition by methods
which will prevent damage to other portions of the Work and will provide proper
surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work. Perform fitting and
adjustment of products to provide finished installation complying with the
specified tolerances and finishes.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cutting and Patching
01045-2
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
:1
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
>>
I
I
1
I
t
I
,\
I
SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for
the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels
and to locate and layout site improvements, structures, easements, and
controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also
included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute
the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be
licensed professionals under the laws of the state where the project is located.
1.2 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
A. Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those
designated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall locate and protect control
points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference
points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or
reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any
such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due
to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced
and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of the project.
1.3 LAYOUT DATA
A. The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades
shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and
measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in
notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project.
1.4 EXISTING STRUCTURES
A. The locations for existing underground piping and structures shown on the
Drawings were taken from available records. The actual locations of the existing
underground piping and structures may differ from that shown on the Drawings.
B. The Drawings may not show existing underground electrical conduits, small
piping, or other piping and structures. Prior to starting excavations for structures
or the installation of underground piping, conduits, and other facilities the
Contractor shall thoroughly examine the proposed locations and routes for
possible conflict between the existing and new facilities.
C. The Contractor shall excavate and expose all existing underground pIpIng,
conduit, or other structures which may conflict with the new facilities or other
improvements. The locations, both horizontally and vertically, of all such existing
facilities shall be shown on the record drawings.
D. After completion of the subsurface investigations the Contractor shall notify the
Project Representative of any possible conflicts between the existing and new
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Field Engineering
01050-1
facilities. The Contractor, Project Representative, and Engineer will then confer
and resolve the potential conflicts prior to the start of the installation of the new
facilities.
1.5 EXISTING PROPERTY LINES
A. The approximate location of the property lines are shown on the drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Field Engineering
01050-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Before Work is started, Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review a
schedule of the proposed construction operations. The construction schedule
shall indicate the sequence of the Work, the time of starting and completion of
each part, and the installation date for each major item of equipment, and the
time for making connections to existing piping, structures, or facilities.
B. At least every 30 days the schedule shall be revised as necessary to reflect
changes in the progress of the Work.
C. Owner may require Contractor to add to his equipment, or construction forces,
as well as increase the working hours, if operations fall behind schedule at any
time during the construction period.
1.2 PROGRESS REPORTS
A. A progress report shall be furnished to Engineer with each application for
progress payment. If the Work falls behind schedule, Contractor shall submit
additional progress reports at such intervals as Engineer may request.
B. Each progress report shall include sufficient narrative to describe current and
anticipated delaying factors, their effect on the construction schedule, and
proposed corrective actions. Any Work reported complete, but which is not
readily apparent to Engineer, must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence.
C. Each progress report shall also include three prints of the accepted graphic
schedule marked to indicate actual progress.
1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. After review of the tentative schedule at the preconstruction conference, and
before submission of the first application for payment, Contractor shall prepare
and submit to Engineer a schedule of values covering each lump sum item. The
schedule of values, showing the value of each kind of work, shall be acceptable
to Engineer before any application for payment is prepared.
B. The sum of the items listed in the schedule of values shall equal the contract
price. Such items as Bond premium, temporary construction facilities, may be
listed separately in the schedule of values, provided the amounts can be
substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items.
C. An unbalanced schedule of values providing for overpayment of Contractor on
items of Work which would be performed first will not be accepted. The
schedule of values shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to Engineer.
Final acceptance by Engineer shall indicate only consent to the schedule of
values as a basis for preparation of applications for progress payments and shall
not constitute an agreement as to the value of each indicated item.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Submittals
01300-1
1.4 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT
A. Within thirty (30) days after award of contract, Contractor shall furnish to
Engineer a schedule of estimated monthly payments. The schedule shall be
revised and resubmitted each time an application for payment varies more than
10 percent from the estimated payment schedule.
1.5 SURVEY DATA
A. All field books, notes, and other data developed by Contractor in performing
surveys required as part of the Work shall be available to Engineer for
examination throughout the construction period. All such data shall be submitted
to Engineer with the other documentation required for final acceptance of the
Work.
1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA
A. Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials which will
become a permanent part of the Work under this contract shall be submitted to
Engineer, for review. These data shall include drawings and descriptive
information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation
of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and
supports required; performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for
installation and correlation with other materials and equipment.
B. All submittals regardless of origin, shall be stamped with the approval of
Contractor and identified with the name and number of this contract, Contractor's
name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and Contract
Drawings. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the
Work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly
identified. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all
drawings and other descriptive data.
C. Contractor's stamp of approval is a representation to Owner and Engineer that
Contractor accepts full responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities,
dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar
data, and that he has reviewed or coordinated each submittal with the
requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.
D. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified on each submittal
and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall,
as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed
by Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of
the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams.
E. Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each
submission, and, in the case of a resubmission, shall verify that all exceptions
previously noted by Engineer have been taken into account. In the event that
more than one resubmission is required because of failure of Contractor to
account for exceptions previously noted, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for
the charges of Engineer for review of the additional resubmissions.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Submittals
01300-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Resubmittals shall be made within seven (7) days of the date of the letter
returning the material to be modified or corrected, unless within seven (7) days
the Contractor submits an acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated
time period, listing the reasons the resubmittal cannot be completed within that
time.
G. Any need for more than one resubmission, or any other delay in obtaining
Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the
Contract Time unless delay of the Work is directly caused by a change in the
work authorized by a Change Order or by failure of Engineer to return any
submittal within 21 days after its receipt in Engineer's office.
H. Contractor's letter of resubmittal shall list the date of his original submittal letter,
the date of the Engineer's letter returning the submittal, and the dates of
submission and return of any previous resubmittals. In addition, the Contractor
shall reimburse the Engineer in the amount of $200.00 for review of the second
resubmittal and each of any subsequent resubmitals.
I. Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by Contractor will cover only
general conformity to the drawings and specifications, external connections, and
dimensions which affect the layout. Engineer's review does not indicate a
thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material,
equipment, device or item shown. Engineer's review of submittals shall not
relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations, nor
responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents.
J. Seven (7) copies of each drawing and necessary data shall be submitted to
Engineer. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor.
Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and
without division by subcontracts or trades. Resubmittals shall bear the number
of the first submittal followed by a letter (A, B, etc.), to indicate the sequence of
the resubmittal.
K. When the drawings and data are returned marked NOT ACCEPTABLE or
RETURNED FOR CORRECTION, the corrections shall be made as noted
thereon and as instructed by Engineer and five corrected copies (or one
corrected reproducible copy) resubmitted.
L. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall in writing direct specific
attention to all revisions and shall list separately any revisions made other than
those called for by Engineer on previous submissions.
M. When the drawings and data are returned marked EXCEPTIONS NOTED, NO
EXCEPTIONS NOTED, or RECORD COPY, no additional copies need be
furnished.
1.7 SCHEDULE
A. The following is a schedule of items or equipment for which submittal data must
be provided:
1. Ductile Iron pipe and fittings
2. DI flange adapters
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Submittals
01300-3
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Submittals
01300-4
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Black carbon steel pipe and fittings
4. Stainless steel pipe and fittings
5. PVC pipe and fittings
6. Butterfly valves
7. V-port ball valves
8. Valve boxes
9. Manual stainless steel ball valves
10. Pipe and valve supports
11. Electric motorized valve actuators
12. Valve operator brackets and supports
13. Differential Pressure Transmitters
14. Metal fabrications
15. Magnetic flowmeters
16. Pressure gauges
17. Grout
18. Concrete mix
19. Erosion control plan
20. Disinfection plan
21. Start up plan
22. Interior tank painting system (in contact with potable water)
23. Exterior tank painting system
24. Above grade pipe, fitting and valve painting system
25. Filter gravel
26. Filter sand
27. Filter anthracite
28. Wireways
29. Junction boxes
30. Electrical and instrumentation conduit
31. Conductors
32. Control panels
33. Surge arrestor equipment
B. Parts listed and operating and maintenance instructions shall be furnished for
other equipment not listed in the equipment schedule.
C. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted in quadruplet and
include the following:
1. Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting
conditions.
2. Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions.
3. Lubrication and maintenance instructions.
4. Guide to "troubleshooting".
5. Parts lists and predicted life of parts subject to wear.
D. The operation and maintenance manuals shall be in addition to any instructions
or parts lists packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered, or which
may be required by Contractor.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.8 LAYOUT DATA
A. Contractor shall keep neat and legible notes of measurements and calculations
made by him in connection with the layout of the Work. Copies of such data
shall be furnished to the Resident Project Representative for use in checking
B. Contractor's layout as provided under Lines and Grades. All such data
considered of value to Owner will be transmitted to Owner by Engineer with other
records upon completion of the Work.
1.9 SUBMITTAL AND RFI LOGS
A. Contractor will be responsible for the preparation of Submittal and RFI Logs.
These logs are due no later than two (2) weeks from the Preconstruction
Conference and are to be updated and brought to each Progress Meeting. The
Submittal log should be a complete list of all proposed submittals required for the
project. The RFI log will serve to ensure timely response to all Requests for
Information.
1.10 SUBMITTALS FOR COLOR SELECTION
A. The following is a list of items which must be submitted together for color
selection. No single item on this list will be approved without the submittal of all
other items.
1. Exterior package: Paint for the exterior of the Multi-Media Filter tanks
and for aboveground piping, valves, valve box covers, etc.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Submittals
01300-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01380 - CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Employ a competent photographer to take construction record photographs
during course of the work for the Multi-Media Filter Improvements.
1.2 PHOTOGRAPHY REQUIRED
A. Provide photographs taken on cutoff date for each scheduled Application for
Payment.
B. Provide photographs taken at each major stage of construction:
1. Before start of work of all areas to be disturbed by construction.
2. During installation of improvements
3. After installation of the improvements, but before restoration.
4. After restoration of all areas that have been disturbed by construction.
C. Views and Quantities Required:
1. Photograph from locations to adequately illustrate condition of
construction and state of progress.
2. At successive periods of photography, take at least one photograph from
the same overall view as previously. Consult with Project Representative
at each period of photography for instructions concerning views required.
3. Provide three prints of each view.
4. Specific locations include:
a) New piping and valves on exterior of each of 4 filter tanks.
b) New and relocated piping in the interior of each of 4 filter tanks.
c) New control valve and relocated backflow preventer and Venturi
flowmeter on potable backwash water feed assembly.
d) New concrete base, gravel support media, filter sand, and
anthracite filter media inside each of 4 filter tanks.
e) Instrumentation and electrical installations, equipment and panels
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.2 DIGITAL IMAGES AND PRINTS
A. Color Prints:
1. Paper: Double weight.
2. Finish: Smooth surface, glossy.
3. Size: 8 in. X 10 in.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Construction Photographic Record
01380-1
B. Identify each print on back, listing:
1. Name of project.
2. Orientation of view.
3. Date and time of exposure.
4. Name and address of photographer.
C. Include electronic digital images, minimum resolution 1024x768 for each
photograph.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TECHNIQUE
A. Factual presentation.
B. Correct exposure and focus.
1. High resolution and sharpness.
2. Maximum depth-of-field.
3. Minimum distortion.
3.2 DELIVERY OF PRINTS
A. Deliver prints to Engineer to accompany each Application for Payment.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Construction Photographic Record
01380-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01385 - COLOR AUDIO-VIDEO CONSTRUCTION RECORDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. AudioNideo Tape of all work areas in the Contract will be prepared by the
Contractor.
B. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO TAPE - Prior to commencing
work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video tape recording
taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas.
Construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a
pre-construction conditions. One copy of tape recordings and video log will be
submitted to the City. The ENGINEER shall designate those areas, if any, to be
omitted from or added to the audio-visual coverage. All tapes and written
records shall become property of the City.
C. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO TAPE - No construction shall begin prior to
review and approval of the tapes covering the Project construction area(s) by the
City. The City shall have the authority to reject all or any portion of a video tape
not conforming to specifications and order that it be redone at no additional
charge. The Contractor shall reschedule unacceptable coverage within seven
days after being notified. Tape recordings shall not be made more than 45 days
prior to construction in any area.
D. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS - The Contractor shall engage the
services of a professional videographer known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of preconstruction color audio-video tape
documentation. The videographer through the Contractor shall furnish to the
Engineer a list of all equipment to be used for the audio-video taping, i.e.,
manufacturer's name, model number, specifications and other pertinent
information.
E. Additional information to be furnished by the videographer is the names and
addresses of two references that the videographer has performed color audio-
video taping for on projects of a similar nature within the last 12 months.
Engineer's approval of the selected videographer is required prior to taking first
audio-video tape.
F. EQUIPMENT - All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this
service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio-video system shall
reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free
from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion
of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some
instances, audio-video tape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by
conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking.
The color video camera used in the recording shall be of Industrial Grade and
shall have EIA Standard NTSC type color - 1.0V 75 OHMS. Video output from
camera shall be capable of horizontal resolution of 350 lines at center and utilize
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Color Audio-Video Construction Record
01385-1
a minimum of 8:1 zoom with a 2/3" Newvicon tube or CCD pick-up element for
optimum color imagery plus minimum lag through of one foot candle. The
recording shall be made with Industrial Grade VHS recorder, utilizing E1A
Standard (525 lines, 60 fields) NTSC color signal, RF Modulated 72dB. The
video cassette tape used for the recordings shall be 1/2", high resolution,
extended still frame capable, color VHS. The video cassette shall be new and
thus shall not have been used for any previous recording. The recorded video
tapes shall be compatible for playback with any American TV Standard VHS
video cassette player.
G. RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO - Each tape shall begin with the current
date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and
direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video tape
shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This
audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator
or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification,
differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown
in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from
any conversations.
H. RECORDED INFORMATION - VIDEO - All video recordings must continuously
display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording.
The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time
information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information
shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited
to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This
transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the
screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom-out rates shall be sufficiently
controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video tape
playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as
lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and
electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture
quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode.
I. VIEWER ORIENTATION - The audio and video portions of the recording shall
maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible
facilities shall be utilized. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as
conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera
lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly
mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not
cause an unsteady picture.
J. LIGHTING - All taping shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping
shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done
when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording
and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects.
K. SPEED OF TRAVEL - The average rate of travel during a particular segment of
coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the
surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of
speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not
exceed 44 feet per minute.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Color Audio-Video Construction Record
01385-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
fl
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L. VIDEO LOG/lNDEX - All video tapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be
properly identified by video tape number and project title. Each video tape shall
have a log of that video tape's contents. The log shall describe the various
segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the
streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of
coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering surveyor coordinate values
(if reasonably available) and the date.
M. AREA OF COVERAGE - Tape coverage shall include all surface features
located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate
audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing
driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes,
landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent
structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern
shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects.
N. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES - The cost to complete the requirements under
this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal
sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Color Audio-Video Construction Record
01385-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
SECTION 01420 - GENERAL EQUIPMENT STIPULATIONS
1.1 SCOPE
A. All equipment furnished and installed under this contract shall conform to the
general stipulations set forth in this section except as otherwise specified in other
sections.
1.2 COORDINATION
A. Contractor shall coordinate all details of the equipment with other related parts of
the Work, including verification that all structures, piping, wiring, and equipment
components are compatible. Contractor shall be responsible for all structural
and other alterations in the Work required to accommodate equipment differing
in dimensions or other characteristics from that contemplated in the Contract
Drawings or Specifications.
1.3 MANUFACTURER'S EXPERIENCE
A. Unless specifically named in the Specifications, a manufacturer shall have
furnished, equipment of the type and size specified which has been in successful
operations for not less than the past 5 years.
1.4 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS
A. Contractor shall guarantee all equipment against faulty or inadequate design,
improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship or materials, and
leakage, breakage or other failure. Materials shall be suitable for service
conditions.
B. All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with
recognized and acceptable engineering and shop practice. Individual parts shall
be manufactured to standard sizes and gages so that repair parts, furnished at
any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be
interchangeable. Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to
delivery, except as required by tests.
C. Except where otherwise specified, structural and miscellaneous fabricated steel
used in equipment shall conform to AISC standards. All structural members
shall be designed for shock or vibratory loads. Unless otherwise specified, all
steel which will be submerged, all or in part, during normal operation of the
equipment shall be at least 1/4 inch thick.
1.5 LUBRICATION
A. Equipment shall be adequately lubricated by systems which require attention no
more frequently than weekly during continuous operation. Lubrication systems
shall not require attention during start-up or shutdown and shall not waste
lubricants.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
General Equipment Stipulations
01420-1
B. Lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer shall be
provided in sufficient quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs and to replace all
consumption during testing, start-up, and operation prior to acceptance of
equipment by Owner. Unless otherwise specified or permitted, the use of
synthetic lubricants will not be acceptable.
C. Lubrication facilities shall be convenient and accessible. Oil drains and fill
openings shall be easily accessible from the normal operating area or platform.
Drains shall allow for convenient collection of waste oil in containers from the
normal operating area or platform without removing the unit from its normal
installed position.
1.6 SAFETY GUARDS
A. All belt or chain drives, fan blades, couplings, and other moving or rotating parts
shall be covered on all sides by a safety guard. Safety guards shall be
fabricated from 1'6 USS gage or heavier galvanized or aluminum-clad sheet steel
or 1/2 inch mesh galvanized expanded metal. Each guard shall be designed for
easy installation and removal. All necessary supports and accessories shall be
provided for each guard. Supports and accessories, including bolts, shall be
galvanized. All safety guards in outdoor locations shall be designed to prevent
the entrance of rain and dripping water.
1.7 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Equipment suppliers shall furnish suitable anchor bolts for each item of
equipment. Anchor bolts, together with templates or setting drawings, shall be
delivered sufficiently early to permit setting the anchor bolts when the structural
concrete is placed. Anchor bolts shall comply with the anchor bolts section and,
unless otherwise specified shall be manufactured from 316 stainless steel and
shall have a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch.
B. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, anchor bolts for items of equipment
mounted on baseplates shall be long enough to permit 1-1/2 inches of grout
beneath the baseplate and to provide adequate anchorage into structural
concrete.
1.8 SPECIAL TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Equipment requiring periodic repair and adjustment shall be furnished complete
with all special tools, instruments, and accessories required for proper
maintenance. Equipment requiring special devices for lifting or handling shall be
furnished complete with those devices.
1.9 SHOP PAINTING
A. All steel and iron surfaces shall be protected by suitable paint or coatings applied
in the shop. Surfaces which will be inaccessible after assembly shall be finished
smooth, thoroughly cleaned, and filled as necessary to provide a smooth uniform
base for painting. Electric motors, speed reducers, starters, and other self-
contained or enclosed components shall be shop primed or finished with a high-
grade oil-resistant enamel suitable for coating in the field with an alkyd enamel.
Coatings shall be suitable for the environment where the equipment is installed.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
General Equipment Stipulations
01420-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Surfaces to be painted after installation shall be prepared for painting as
recommended by paint manufacturer for the intended service, and then shop
painted with one or more coats of the specified primer. Unless otherwise
specified, the shop primer for steel and iron surfaces shall be Cook "391-N-167
Barrier Coat", Koppers "No. 10 inhibitive Primer", Tnemec "77 Chem-Prime", or
Valspar "13-R-28 Chromox Primer". Machine, polished, and nonferrous surfaces
which are not to be painted shall be coated with rust-preventive compound,
Houghton "Rust Veto 344" or Rust-Oleum "R-9".
1.10 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
A. All equipment shall be suitably packaged to facilitate handling and protect
against damage during transit and storage. All equipment shall be boxed,
crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipment,
handling, and storage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure to the
elements and shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times.
B. Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and
other damage. All painted surfaces which are damaged prior to acceptance of
equipment shall be repainted to the satisfaction of Engineer.
C. Grease and lubricating oil shall be applied to all bearings and similar items.
D. Each item of equipment shall be tagged or marked as identified in the delivery
schedule or on the Shop Drawings. Complete packing lists and bills of material
shall be included with each shipment.
1.11 STORAGE
A. Upon delivery, all equipment and materials shall immediately be stored and
protected until installed in the Work.
B. Pumps. motors, electrical equipment. and all equipment with antifriction or sleeve
bearings shall be stored in weathertight structures maintained at a temperature
above 60 F. Equipment, controls, and insulation shall be protected against
moisture and water damage. All space heaters furnished in equipment shall be
connected and operated continuously.
C. Equipment and materials shall not show any pitting, rust, decay, or other
deleterious effects of storage when installed in the Work.
1.12 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION
A. Equipment shall not be installed or operated except by, or with the guidance of
qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper
results. When so specified, or when employees of Contractor or his
Subcontractors are not qualified, such personnel shall be field representatives of
the manufacturer of the equipment or materials being installed.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
General Equipment Stipulations
01420-3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
General Equipment Stipulations
01420-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
1.1 SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Contractor shall furnish temporary separate male and female sanitary facilities at
the site, as provided herein, for the needs of all construction workers and others
performing work or furnishing services on the Project.
B. Sanitary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained
throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the
greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at
least one toilet will be furnished for each 20 persons. Contractor shall enforce
the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site.
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
A. Contractor shall conduct his work to interfere as little as possible with public
travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross,
obstruct, or close roads, driveways and walks, whether public or private,
Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or
other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private travel,
and shall give reasonable notice to Owners of private drives before interfering
with them. Such maintenance of traffic will not be required when Contractor has
obtained permission from the owner and tenant of private property, or from the
authority having jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at the
designated point.
B. Traffic control shall be in accordance with FOOT Roadway and Traffic Design
Standards for Traffic Control Through Work Zones.
1.3 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS
A. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to
traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed
acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest intersecting
public highway or street on each side of the blocked section.
B. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, signs,
and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions such as
material piles and equipment shall be provided with similar warning signs and
lights. Contractor shall be responsible for public safety within the construction
area
C. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from
sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside
public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and
inconvenience to the traveling public. All barricades, signs, lights and other
protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable
statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway rights-of-way, as
required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Temporary Facilities
01500-1
D. Open trenches and other excavations shall not be left open over weekends and
holidays, or greater than one calendar day, except during adverse weather
conditions.
1.4 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY
A. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground
pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered or
otherwise affected by his construction operations. All pavement, surfacing,
driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other
surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and
shrubs in yards and parkings, shall be restored to their original condition,
whether within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be made with
new materials.
1.5 PARKING
A. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all
construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in
connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking personal
vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Owner's operations, or
construction activities.
1.6 DUST CONTROL
A. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Earth
surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water or by application of a
chemical dust suppressant. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered
when practicable to prevent blowing.
B. Buildings or operating facilities which may be affected adversely by dust shall be
adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, instrument
panels or similar equipment, shall be protected by suitable dust screens. Proper
ventilation shall be included with dust screens.
1.7 SWEEPING
A. The Contractor shall sweep loose material from the pavement at the end of each
workday.
1.8 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary
wastes, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction
activities. No sanitary wastes will be permitted to enter any drain or watercourse
other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris or other substance will be
permitted to enter sanitary sewers and reasonable measures will be taken to
prevent such materials form entering any drain or watercourse.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Temporary Facilities
01500-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.9 PROJECT SIGN
A. Provide one (1) sign for the Contract identifying the project and identifying the
participants in the development of the project. The sign shall be placed at the
entrance to the Reservoir No. 1 Reverse Osmosis Water Treatment Plant. The
sign shall conform to the details in the Supplementary General Conditions.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Temporary Facilities
01500-3
R
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01505 - MOBiliZATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITION AND SCOPE
A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all permits, insurance, and bonds;
moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants,
temporary buildings, and other construction facilities; all as required for the
proper performance and completion of the WORK. Mobilization shall include,
but not be limited to, the following principal items:
1. Move onto the site all CONTRACTOR's plant and equipment required for
first month operations.
2. Install temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities.
3. Establish fire protection plan and safety program.
4. Secure construction water supply.
5. Provide on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified.
6. Arrange for and erect CONTRACTOR's work and storage yard and
employees' parking facilities.
7. Submit all required insurance certificates and bonds.
8. Obtain all required permits.
9. Post all OSHA, Environmental Protection Agency, Department of Labor,
and all other required notices.
10. Have CONTRACTOR's superintendent at the job site full time.
11. Submit a detailed construction schedule acceptable to the PROJECT
REPRESENTATIVE as specified.
12. Erect project construction sign(s) as specified.
13. Submit a finalized schedule of values of the WORK acceptable to the
Owner and/or his Project Representative.
14. Submit a finalized schedule of submittals.
15. Construct, maintain, and restore any temporary access and haul roads.
16. Provide photographic record of existing conditions in the construction
areas.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Mobilization
01505-1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Mobilization
01505-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1.1 SCOPE
A. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work
under this Contract.
1.2 GENERAL
A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All
costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work,
including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances;
providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary
labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump
sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the
Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs
in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid.
1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents
are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the
probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids
submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials
furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The
basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done
and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for
damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between
the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the
estimated amounts thereof, as described in the supplementary conditions.
1.4 EXCAVATION
A. Except where otherwise specified, the lump sum price bid for each item of Work
which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No
direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is
unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for
backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade.
1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS
A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of
Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this
bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been
included in Bidder's proposal.
1.6 RETAINAGE
A. Refer to Agreement.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-1
1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Refer to Article 14 of Standard General Conditions.
B. Schedule of Bid Items
1. Lump Sum Bid Items
a. The work for each Lump Sum bid item shall be constructed as
shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications.
b. Payment shall be made at the lump sum price stated in the Bid for
each item.
c. Each lump sum price shall include all of the contractors' costs to
complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for
elsewhere in the bid form.
d. Each lump sum price shall include but not be limited to the
following:
1) Clearing and Grubbing.
2) Sediment and erosion control.
3) Trench excavation, including necessary pavement
removal, except as otherwise specified.
4) Dewatering and disposal of surplus water.
5) Structural fill, backfill, and grading.
6) Replacement of unpaved/paved roadways, concrete
driveways, concrete sidewalks, grass and shrubbery
plants.
7) Disinfection
8) Any material, labor and equipment required for required
tests.
9) Pipe, restraints, structures, pavement replacement,
restoration and/or appurtenances included within the limits
of lump sum work, unless otherwise shown.
10) Maintaining the existing quality of service during
construction.
11) Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable
system.
12) Pipe supports.
13) Electric motors.
14) Control Panels.
15) Wiring and Conduit.
16) Miscellaneous metals and metal fabrications.
17) Valves and appurtenances
18) Instrumentation and control systems.
19) Final site sodding.
20) Valve and pipe relocations.
21) Flowmeters.
22) Electric motor valve actuators and mounting brackets and
supports.
23) Differential Pressure Transmitters.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements Measurement and Payment
0992-0176 01630-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
24) Stainless Steel Pipe.
25) Painting.
26) Material testing.
27) Draining each tank.
28) Pipe removal.
29) Valve removal.
30) Flowmeter removal.
31) Pressure testing.
32) Bacteria testing.
33) Concrete work.
34) Anthracite filter material.
35) Filter sand material.
36) Gravel support base material.
37) Testing, Acceptance and placing the system into
operation.
38) Startup
39) Training by Manufacturer's Representative.
40) Clean Up
C. Description of Bid Items:
1. Bid Item No.1: Mobilization
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price for mobilization shall include obtaining
all permits, insurance, and bonds, moving onto the site of all plant
and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary access
roads, and other items as noted in Section 01505; providing color
photographs of existing conditions at the construction site and
providing field office trailers and sanitary and potable water
facilities as required for the proper performance and completion of
the work.
b. Payment for mobilization will be made on an incremental basis.
Payment of 75% of the applicable lump sum price shall be made
for the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for the
beginning work on the project. Payment of the remaining 25%
shall be made for finalization of this project, including
demobilization, contract closeout documents, removal of field
office, and final site clean-up. Retainage requirements as stated
in the General Conditions shall apply to this pay item.
2. Bid Item Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 5: External Piping Improvements, Multi-Media
Filter Nos. 1,2,3 and 4
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for
improving the exterior piping and valve assembly for each Multi-
Media Filter, including draining the tank, removal of pipe, removal
of valves, removal of paddle flowmeter, replacing Mueller butterfly
valves with Bray butterfly valves (Owner to supply Bray valves and
brackets for existing electric motorized valve actuators), reusing
electric motorized valve operators, relocating valves, testing pipe
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-3
welders, certifying pipe welders, providing and installing stainless
steel pipe, stainless steel flanges, magnetic flowmeters,
differential pressure transmitters, V-Port ball valves with electric
motorized actuators, actuator supports, painting coordination with
the Owner's treatment plant personnel, shutdown of all 4 Multi-
Media Filters for relocation of isolation valves, flushing, pressure
testing, disinfection, bacteria testing, startup, and all other
appurtenant items necessary to complete the improvements
shown on the construction plans and specified in the
Specifications.
3. Bid Item NO.6: External Piping Improvements, Potable Backwash Water
Feed Flow Control Valve and Appurtenances.
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for
improving the potable backwash water feed assembly, including
drainage, removal of pipe, removal of the existing motorized plug
valve and actuator, relocating the existing backflow preventer,
relocating the existing Venturi flowmeter, providing and installing
ductile iron pipe, flanges, an electric motorized V-port flow control
ball valve, pipe and valve supports, motorized actuator brackets
and supports, painting, flushing, pressure testing, disinfection,
bacteria testing, startup, and all other appurtenant items
necessary to complete the improvements shown on the
construction plans and specified in the Specifications.
4. Bid Item Nos. 7, 8, 9 and 10: Internal Multi-Media Filter Improvements
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for
improving the interior piping and filter media for each Multi-Media
Filter, including draining each tank, removal of the inlet pipe,
removal and disposal of anthracite filter media; removal, cleaning
and reusing the sand filter media; removal, cleaning and reusing
the gravel support media; relocating the air scour header and
diffusers; providing and installing a new SS inlet header with 4
outlets and pipe supports; providing and installing a new 2-inch
SS upper tank drain and fittings; providing and installing a new
concrete grout base inside the bottom of the tank; providing and
installing recycled and new support gravel; providing and installing
the recycled and new filter sand; providing and installing new filter
anthracite; touch-up painting of the internal tank walls,
coordinating with the Owner's treatment plant operating
personnel, shutdown of each Multi-Media filter, flushing, cleaning,
pressure testing, disinfection, bacteria testing, following OSHA
procedures for working in a confined space with little or no
available oxygen; testing pipe welders, certifying pipe welders;
startup, and all other appurtenant items necessary to complete
the improvements shown on the construction plans and specified
in the Specifications for Internal Multi-Media Filter Improvements.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Bid Item No. 11: Electrical Work
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for
coordinating and connecting to the existing, relocated, and new
electric motor operators for control valves, flowmeters and
transmitters, and differential pressure sensors and transmitters;
including electric panels, circuit breakers, transformers,
disconnects, wiring, conduit, junction boxes, conductors, and all
other appurtenances as shown on the plans and specified in the
Specifications.
6. Bid Item No. 12: Controls and Instrumentation
a. The Lump Sum Bid Price Payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to install,
connect, set-up, calibrate, coordinate, test and place into service
the electric motor valve actuators for the control valves, the
magnetic flowmeters, and the differential pressure transmitters,
including wiring, conduit, junction boxes, and all appurtenances as
necessary and as shown on the plans and specifications.
Reprogramming of existing PLC's to operate the control valves
and instruments shall not be provided by the General Contractor
for this project, but shall be provided by Others contracted with
the Owner.
7. Bid Item No. 13: Contingency
a. Description: The work covered by this item consists of
unforeseen items of work not included in other bid items but
necessary for accomplishing the work and shall apply only to extra
work or additional items over and above those specified or shown
on the plans. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed
upon in writing and approved by the Owner or his authorized
representative prior to starting this additional work.
b. The lump sum bid for contingency shall equal ten percent (10%)
of the total of Bid Item Nos. 1 thru 12, rounded up to the nearest
cent. In case of mathematical error on the bidder's part, the
Contingency Bid Item will be adjusted up or down to equate to
10% of the total of Bid Item Nos. 1 thru 12.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Measurement and Payment
01630-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01640 - QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality assurance and control of installation.
B. References.
C. Field samples.
D. Mock-up.
E. Inspection and testing laboratory services.
F. Manufacturers' field services and reports.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01010 - Reference Standards.
B. Section 01300 - Submittals.
C. Section 01420- General Equipment Stipulations.
D. Section 01650 - Testing Laboratory Services.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site
conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification from Engineer before proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when
more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher
standards or more precise workmanship.
E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.
F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to
withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Quality Control
01640-1
1.4 REFERENCES
A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Owner Bids.
B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification for Engineer before proceeding.
C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered
from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference
document.
1.5 FIELD SAMPLES
A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections
for review.
B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work.
C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area
after field sample has been accepted by Engineer.
1.6 MOCK-UP
A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section.
B. Assemble and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage
devices, flashings, seals, and finishes.
C. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area
after mock-up has been accepted by Engineer.
1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
A. Contractor will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to
perform inspection and testing.
B. The independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified
in individual specification Sections and as required by the Engineer.
C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer, in duplicate,
indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or
non-compliance with Contract Documents.
D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix,
equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested.
1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for
operations requiring services.
2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples
and tests required for Contractor's use.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Quality Control
01640-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall
be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer.
Payment for retesting will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1.8 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
A. Submit qualifications of observer to Engineer 30 days in advance of required
observations. Observer subject to approval of Engineer and Owner.
B. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product
suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site
conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship,
start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and
to initiate instructions when necessary.
C. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to
applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'
written instructions.
D. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Engineer for review.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Quality Control
01640-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01650 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Selection and payment.
B. Laboratory responsibilities.
C. Laboratory reports.
D. Limits on testing laboratory authority.
E. Contractor responsibilities.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 - Submittals.
B. Individual Specification Sections: Inspections and tests required, and standards
for testing.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/ASTM 03740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing
and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and
Construction.
B. ANSI/ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies
for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction.
1.4 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A. Contractor will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to
perform inspection and testing.
A. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of obligation
to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of ANSI/ASTM E329 and ANSIIASTM 03740.
B. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in state in which Project is located.
C. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review
services.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Testing Laboratory Services
01650-1
D. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy
traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Standards or accepted
values of natural physical constants.
1.6 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor.
B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in
performance of services.
C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance
with specified standards.
D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract
Documents.
E. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or
non-conformance of Work or Products.
F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Engineer.
1.7 LABORATORY REPORTS
A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two copies of laboratory report to
Engineer, and to Contractor.
B. Include:
1. Date issued,
2. Project title and number,
3. Name of inspector,
4. Date and time of sampling or inspection,
5. Identification of product and Specifications Section,
6. Location in the Project,
7. Type of inspection or test,
8. Date of test,
9. Results of tests,
10. Conformance with Contract Documents.
C. When requested by Engineer, provide interpretation of test results.
1.8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of
Contract Documents.
B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor.
D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Testing Laboratory Services
01650-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.9 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to
manufacturer's facilities.
B. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to
obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to
facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples.
C. Notify Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring inspection and testing services.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Testing Laboratory Services
01650-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01660 - SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the testing, adjusting and balancing of all
systems prior to placing them in service.
B. The operation, testing, adjustment and balancing shall be as required to prove
that the equipment is left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the
conditions specified.
1.2 TESTING PRIOR TO SHIPMENT
A. Where individual sections require certain items of equipment to be tested prior to
shipment from the manufacturer's plant, these items shall be operated to the
extent necessary to generate certified performance data over the entire
operating range of the equipment. The testing shall be conducted on the units
which will be shipped to and installed at the construction site.
1.3 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. The Contractor shall arrange for a qualified service representative from each
company manufacturing or supplying certain equipment, as listed on the
Drawings, or in the Specifications, to perform the duties described.
B. After installation of the listed equipment has been completed and the equipment
is presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the
representative shall inspect, operate, test, adjust and balance the equipment.
The inspection shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following points as
applicable:
1. Soundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged parts).
2. Completeness in all details, as specified.
3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various
parts.
4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants.
C. On completion of his work, the manufacturer's or supplier's representative shall
submit in triplicate to the Engineer a complete signed report of the result of his
inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. The report shall include detailed
descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative
results obtained if such are specified, and suggestions for precautions to be
taken to ensure proper maintenance. The report also shall include a certificate
that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Contract and is ready for
permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the
manufacturer's warranty null and void.
D. After the Engineer has reviewed the reports from the manufacturer's
representatives, the Contractor shall make arrangements to have the
manufacturer's representatives present when the field acceptance tests are
made.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
01660-1
E. The manufacturer's representative shall remain on the job to instruct the
OWNER'S personnel in proper operation and maintenance and shall remain until
the equipment is operating in a satisfactory manner.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS
A. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer and of authorities having jurisdiction over the work. Not less than three
days notice shall be given prior to start of tests.
B. Field pressure and leakage tests shall be conducted on the following:
1. Process, instrumentation, sampling, chemical, fuel, and plumbing
2. Pressure pipelines
3. Gravity pipelines
4. Valves
5. Exhaust air lines
5. Multi-Media filter tanks
C. Plant pressure piping, except air pressure piping, shall be hydrostatically tested
and all joints and other potential leak sources shall be painted with powdered
blue chalk and water mixture prior to testing. Leak sources shall be examined
during and at the end of the test period.
D. Plant Air Pressure Piping and Exhaust Air Lines: Plant air pressure piping and
exhaust air lines shall be tested at 1-1/2 times operating pressure. Test pressure
shall be maintained for four hours and potential leak sources shall be checked at
one-hour intervals by applying a coating of soap suds.
E. Plumbing Systems: Soil and sanitary piping in plumbing systems shall be tested
at the completion of the roughing-in installation. The piping shall be filled with
water through the highest stack and be allowed to stand for two hours during
which time there shall be no loss of water.
F. Reclaimed Water, Potable Water and Force Mains: Mains shall be subjected to
a leakage test. This test measures the amount of water required to be supplied
to newly laid pipe to maintain a specific pressure after the pipe has been filled
with water and the air expelled. The duration of this test shall be not less than
two hours and the test pressure shall be 150 psig as measured at the high point
in the line. The maximum allowable leakage shall not exceed the limits specified
in AWWA C-500. The exterior piping and valves on the Multi-Media filters shall
be tested at 150 psi after improvements are installed. The new piping and
valves shall be tested in segments that can be isolated with existing and new
valves.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
01660-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
G. Reclaimed water and force mains 12-inches in diameter and larger shall be
cleaned during flushing by using a polyurethane plug manufactured of eight
Ib/cubic foot density blown elastomer with open cell construction. The plug shall
have resilient surface that engages the inner surface of the main with a sliding
seal. The plug shall be able to reduce itself a minimum of 35 percent of its
original cross-sectional area, negotiate mitered bends, short radius elbows, pass
through tees, crosses, multiple pipe sizes and valves and shall be abrasion
resistant and capable of traveling in either direction.
H. Valves: Valves shall be tested by applying the test pressure upstream of the
closed valve with the downstream at zero pressure. The test pressure shall hold
for a period of one hour after the source of pressure has been removed.
I. Each Multi-Media filter tank shall be statically tested at 75 psi after improvements
have been installed. The Owner will provide the potable water for the pressure
test. The Contractor shall be responsible for conveying the water into the tank
and providing the required pressure to the water.
3.2 TESTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. After completion and prior to being energized, all electrical systems shall be
tested as specified in Division 16 to the extent necessary to demonstrate that all
systems are complete and ready for operation. Motors shall be checked for
proper direction of rotation. Circuits shall be checked for proper voltages and
currents. Lightning/surge protection systems shall be tested. SCADA and
communication loops shall be tested for proper operation.
3.3 TESTING PROCESS SYSTEMS
A. Hydraulic and Leakage Testing: Field leakage tests shall be conducted on
tanks, channels, and miscellaneous structures. They shall be leak tested by
filling with water to the operating level. The water shall remain standing in the
structure for a period of 24 hours. The structure shall be carefully examined for
leaks at three-hour intervals during the working day. Water level shall be
measured at these intervals and at the end of the test interval.
B. In sewage treatment plants, sewage effluent may be used for hydraulic testing of
tankage and initial adjustment of process systems. Raw sewage will not be
introduced into the new facility until these tests and adjustments have been
completed. Temporary pumping facilities to direct the effluent into the facility
shall be provided by the Contractor. The Owner shall provide reclaimed water
for hydraulic testing to the Contractor at no charge.
3.4 ENGINEER'S RIGHT TO RETESTING
A. Should the Contractor refuse or neglect to make any tests necessary to
demonstrate the integrity of the completed system, the Engineer may retain the
services of an outside consultant to make all such tests and their resulting
adjustments and balance.
B. The costs for such tests shall be deducted from amounts owing to the Contractor
and shall not be borne by the Owner.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
01660-3
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
01660-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01670 - SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. General:
1. This section covers furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment,
and performing all work and services for furnishing, submission,
processing and handling of requests for substitution and product options.
See items as indicated on drawings and as specified. Any substitution or
option shall be in accord with provisions of Contract Documents, and
completely coordinated with work of other trades.
2. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all supplementary
or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or
necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation.
3. See appropriate sections for specific items specified. See General
Conditions for additional information.
B. Procedure:
1. For equipment and materials which are listed in the proposal, observe
procedures outlined in Information for Bidders.
2. For products, equipment, and materials which are named in drawings or
specifications for which a request for substitution is made, observe
procedures outlined in these specifications.
C. Costs: Cost incurred by requester in providing information, catalogs, and
samples - including but not limited to labor, materials, freight postage, and
transportation - are sole cost of "Requestor" with no cost assessed Owner or
Engineer.
D. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all supplementary or
miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for
a sound, secure, and complete installation.
E. Address for submission:
McKim & Creed, P.A.
1365 Hamlet Avenue
Clearwater, FL 33756
1.2 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION - GENERAL:
A. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Substitutions and Product Options
01670-1
B. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications
by means of trade names and catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names.
Where this occurs, it was not intended to exclude from consideration such types
of equipment and kinds of material bearing other trade names, catalog numbers
and/or manufacturer's names, capable of accomplishing purpose of types of
equipment or kinds of material specifically indicated.
C. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable to Owner and
Engineer.
D. Types of equipment, kinds of material and methods of construction, if not
specifically indicated must be approved in writing by Engineer and be agreed
upon by Owner.
E. Conditional bids will not be accepted.
1.3 SUBMISSION OF REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION:
A. Within no more than 30 days after award of the Contract, the Engineer will
consider requests for substitutions of products, materials, systems or other
items. Requests must be received by Engineer within 30 calendar days after the
date of Contract award. All requests for substitution shall be completed as
specified below.
B. Substitute items must comply with color and pattern of base specified items
unless specifically approved otherwise.
C. Submit two (2) copies of request for substitution. Include in request:
1. Name of product located by Drawing No. or Specification No., followed by
a detail or line number the particular item(s) for which reqaest for
substitution is initiated.
2. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
Contract Documents.
3. For products:
a. Product identification by schedule or tag no., including
manufacturer's name.
b. Manufacturer's literature, marked to indicate specific model, type,
size, and options to be considered:
1) Product Description
2) Performance and test data
3) Reference standards
4) Difference in power demand
5) Dimensional differences for specified unit
c. Submit samples, full size if so required. Engineer reserves right
to impound sample until physical units are installed on project for
comparison purposes. All costs of furnishing and return of
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Substitutions and Product Options
01670-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
samples shall be paid by requester. Engineer is not responsible
for loss of or damage to samples.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used,
date of installation, and field performance data on installation.
4. For construction methods:
a. Detailed description of proposed method.
b. Drawings illustrating methods.
5. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method
specified.
6. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product
or method specified.
8. Include with any request a specific statement defining changes in
contract time or amount.
D. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item,
Supplier/Manufacturer represents:
1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and has
determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and
that it will perform function for which it is intended.
2. Will provide same or better warranty for substitute item as for product or
method specified.
3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to include
but not be limited to the following:
a. Building and structure modifications as necessary;
b. Additional ancillary equipment to accommodate change;
c. Piping, valving, mechanical, electrical, or instrumentation
changes, and,
d. All other changes required for work to be complete in all respects
to permit incorporation of substitution into project.
4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which
subsequently become apparent.
E. Written acceptance or rejection of items presented for alternative consideration
will be given within two weeks after request is received.
F. In the event the acceptance of an alternate results in a change in contract price
or time, or is a deviation from the Contract Documents, a change order will be
issued to reflect such change. In the event the acceptance of an alternate does
not result in a change in Contract price or time, a field order shall be issued.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Substitutions and Product Options
01670-3
G. Alternates may be rejected for the following reasons:
1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents or
building spaces.
2. If they are in Engineer's opinion, not equal to base product specified, or
will not adequately perform function for which intended.
3. If request is not initiated by the Contractor in accordance with this
specification section.
1.4 SUBSTITUTION DUE TO UNAVAilABILITY
A. Unavailability of specified item due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy,
discontinuance of production, proven shortage, or similar occurrences are
reasons for substitution after Contract award.
B. Notify Engineer in writing, as soon as condition of unavailability becomes
apparent; include substantiating data. Submit request for substitution sufficiently
in advance to avoid delays.
C. Submit data as required in paragraph 1.3 above.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Substitutions and Product Options
01670-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01690 - STARTING PROCESS SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 PLAN SUBMITTAL
A. Prior to attaining 75 percent completion of construction for each Multi-Media
filter, the Contractor shall submit his plan for placing the facility into operation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 START UP PLAN
A. The plan shall include but not necessarily be limited to:
1. Procedures for inspection of systems, equipment, instrumentation and
controls to be carried out prior to their being energized;
2. Schedule for on-site inspections, supervision of installation and start-up
by manufacturer's personnel;
3. List of equipment and controls for which a manufacturer's certificate of
proper installation shall be submitted prior to energizing; and,
4. Sequence of start-up of each system.
3.2 MATERIALS, SUPPLIES AND ENERGY
A. In conjunction with start-up, testing, and up to the time of acceptance of the
facility by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish all required materials, supplies
and energy, except the following items to be supplied by the Owner:
1. Potable Water
2. Electricity
B. The above requirement applies to all expendable items required to operate and
test the facility including: chemicals, electric power, diesel fuel, lubricants, and
custodial supplies.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Starting Process Systems
01690-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Final cleaning
B. Adjusting
C. Project record documents
D. Equipment manuals
E. Warranties
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01010 - Project Requirements.
1.3 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.
B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove
temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy
surfaces.
C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition.
D. Clean filters of operating equipment.
E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.
F. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from
the site.
1.4 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered
operation.
1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Record information concurrent with construction progress as indicated in
specifications.
1.6 EQUIPMENT MANUALS
A. Provide equipment manuals for all equipment supplied. The manuals shall
include information for the equipment from the manufacturer/distributor and shall
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Contract Closeout
01700-1
include a complete listing of all subcontractors used to install the equipment
along with contact information for all subcontractors.
1.7 WARRANTIES
A. Provide duplicate notarized copies.
B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and
manufacturers.
C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three 0 side ring binder with durable
plastic cloth cover.
D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.
E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide
updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as
start of warranty period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Contract Closeout
01700-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work includes, but is not limited to:
1. Demolition during this project will have to be spread throughout all
phases of construction to maintain proper operation of the existing
facilities. The Contractor shall prepare a schedule of proposed
demolition for review and approval by the Owner and Engineer prior to
commencing work.
2. The degree of demolition is noted in these Specifications and has been
clearly shown on the Drawings for each structure or item. The
Contractor's attention is called to the specific notes on the demolition
drawings, particularly with regard to Contractor verification of existing on-
site conditions.
B. Detailed Description of Demolition (for all 4 Multi-Media Filters unless noted
otherwise)
1. Exterior Piping and Valves for Multi-Media Filters
a) Valve NO.1 - Raw Water Inlet - Remove existing Mueller valves
(filters 1 and 2 only); relocate existing Bray valves (filters 3 and 4
only); remove 8" SS inlet piping; remove existing flowmeter;
relocate existing 8" manual butterfly valve; reuse existing ElM
electric motor operated valve actuators.
b) Valve No. 2 - Filter Effluent - Remove existing motor operated
BFV and associated 8" SS piping.
c) Valve NO.3 - Potable Backwash Water Inlet - Remove existing
Mueller valve; reuse existing ElM electric motor operated valve
actuator.
d) Valve NO.4 - Waste Backwash - Remove existing Mueller valve
(filters 1 and 4 only); reuse existing ElM electric motor operated
valve actuators.
e) Valve No. 5 - Waste Rinse - Remove existing valves, electric
motor operated valve actuators, and associated SS piping.
f) Valve No. 6 - 2" Air Scour Inlet - Existing valve to remain in
place, no revisions.
g) Valve No. 7 - 2" Slow Fill Inlet - Existing valve and electric motor
operated valve actuator to be removed and relocated; associated
2" SS piping to be removed.
h) Associated electric power wiring and conduit and
control/instrumentation wiring and conduit to be removed
/relocated as required.
2. Interior Improvements for Multi-Media Filters (for all 4 filters).
a) Drain the tank.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Demolition
02050-1
b) Remove anthracite filter media and dispose of per all applicable
City, State and Federal regulations.
c) Remove the sand filter media; save as much as possible; wash
the media and put it through the correct sieves for the correct
gradation; save the media for refilling the tank.
d) Remove the gravel media and clean it, run it through the correct
sieves for the correct gradations, save the gravel media for
refilling the tank.
e) Clean the interior of the tank.
f) Remove loose paint from the interior wall by sand blasting or
pressure washing.
g) Relocate existing SS air scour header and diffusers.
3. Potable Backwash Water Feed Flowmeter and Control Valve Assembly
a) Remove plug-type control valve and electric motor operated valve
actuator.
b) Relocate existing backflow preventer.
c) Relocate existing Venturi flowmeter.
d) Remove associated ductile iron pipe and fittings as required.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Accomplish all demolition work so there is no injury to any persons and no
damage to adjacent structures or property. All demolition methods shall be in full
compliance with municipal, county, state and federal ordinances. Demolition
work shall comply with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA).
B. The Contractor shall comply with all municipal, county, state, and federal
ordinances regarding the disposal of rubble, scrap metal, and refuse.
C. Demolition procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, protection of
property which is to remain undisturbed, and coordination with other work in
progress.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. General: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site and
inspect the nature and condition of the items to be removed and salvaged before
submitting his bid.
B. Dust Control: Control the amount of dust resulting from demolition to prevent the
spread of dust to occupied portions of buildings and to avoid creation of a
nuisance in the surrounding area. Do not use water when it will result in, or
create, hazardous or objectionable conditions such as flooding and pollution.
C. Protection of Existing Work: Protect existing work. Work damaged by the
Contractor shall be repaired to match existing work.
D. Lock out/tag out Procedures: Contractor shall coordinate with City staff to
establish lock out/tag out procedures. Contractor is fully responsible for ensuring
that the established procedures are fully adhered to during construction. Any
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Demolition
02050-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
deviations from established procedures will required the City's acceptance; no
deviations from established procedures will be allowed without written consent
from the City and the City's representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS
.
A. Materials used in the repair or replacement of existing work to remain shall be
identical or equal to the materials used in existing work when new.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS
A. Remove all parts of existing structures to be demolished.
3.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Completely remove equipment which is designated to be removed.
B. Remove concrete equipment bases if the existing bases are not to be used for
new equipment. Completely remove isolated equipment bases.
3.3 PIPING
A. Completely remove piping, conduit, and wiring designated to be removed.
B. Underground piping, conduit and wiring which are to be abandoned and do not
interfere with new work may be left in place, unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings. Plug and seal cut ends of underground piping to be abandoned. Do
not leave abandoned branches of piping and wiring "live". Isolate abandoned
branches by closing branch valve at main or by disconnecting branch at main.
Plug, cap, and seal active branch at isolating valve or point of disconnection.
C. Properly disconnect, seal, and plug utility services to structures and buildings
which are completely demolished. Properly disconnect, seal, and plug utility
lines within structures and buildings which are partially demolished.
3.4 DISPOSAL
A. Equipment, piping, and materials which are designated to remain the property of
the Owner shall be moved to a location within the project site designated by the
Owner.
1. The Contractor shall save all existing removed valves for the Owner.
2. The Contractor shall save all existing removed electric motor operated
valve actuators for the Owner.
3. The Contractor shall save all existing removed flowmeters for the Owner.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Demolition
02050-3
B. All removed equipment, piping, and materials not specifically designated to
remain the property of the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor
and shall be removed from the site.
C. Do not allow debris and rubbish to accumulate on the site. Remove debris and
rubbish from the site.
3.5 FILLING
A. Backfill excavations resulting from demolition.
B. Backfill excavations which will not be beneath new structures, buildings, piping,
or other new work as specified in this paragraph.
C. Backfill excavations more than three feet deep or more than five cubic yards in
volume as specified in Section 02200, Earthwork.
D. Place and compact backfill in other excavations to produce an adequate
foundation for grassing.
3.6 CLEAN-UP
A. Clean-up in areas where other work is to be done following demolition shall be
as specified in the applicable Sections.
B. Clean-up the job site in areas where no other work is to be done under this
Contract following demolition. Remove all debris and rubbish, temporary
facilities, and equipment. Level surface irregularities to eliminate depressions.
Leave the work in a neat and presentable condition.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Demolition
02050-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02090 - DISINFECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section covers materials and methods of cleaning, disinfecting, sampling
and obtaining approval for placing the Multi-Media Filters for the potable water
treatment system into operation. Included is work necessary in order to obtain
bacteriological clearances as required by law for potable water systems.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit planned disinfection procedures to ENGINEER
for review prior to beginning work. The procedures shall include disinfection
procedures, and sampling and chlorinating points. Submit certificates of
compliance with specified standards for all materials to be used. The
CONTRACTOR shall obtain sterile sample containers, collect samples, and
submit to an approved laboratory for bacterial testing of potable water systems.
Provide six copies of laboratory test reports to ENGINEER. Prior to disinfection,
the CONTRACTOR shall rake each filter smooth, remove any debris from the
filters' interiors, the media shall be backwashed a minimum of three (3) times,
and the filters shall be inspected for any damage to the screens or laterals that
may have occurred during construction.
1.3 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Laboratories used for bactoriological testing of samples shall be certified by the
Florida Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) as acceptable to that
agency.
B. Methods shall conform to the requirements of the Florida Department of
Environmental Protection (DEP).
C. All disinfection procedures shall be coordinated with and overseen by the
Owner's treatment plant operation personnel.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2.1 MATERIALS FOR DISINFECTION
A. The disinfecting agent shall be liquid chlorine conforming to AWWA B301 or
sodium hypochlorite or calcium hypochlorite conforming to the requirements of
AWWA B300.
B. All chemical costs associated with disinfecting and neutralizing shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Disinfection
02090-1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DISINFECTION OF WATER TREATMENT PLANT FACILITIES
A. The disinfection of potable water treatment plant facilities shall be in accordance
with AWWA C653 and performed only after the satisfactory completion of all
required pressure testing.
B. Cleaning. Clean and rinse water treatment plant facilities prior to application of
disinfecting agent. Rinsing with potable water shall continue until clear water
flows from the treatment unit discharge point.
C. Disinfection. Disinfection of all water treatment plant units and appurtenances
shall be by the methods detailed in AWWA C653.
D. Each treatment unit shall be disinfected with a chlorine residual of not less than
25 mg/I allowed to stand in the unit for at least 12 hours.
E. After the disinfection process has been completed, the treatment unit shall be
flushed with potable water until the chlorine residual stabilizes and matches the
chlorine residual of the flushing water (0.2 - 4.0 mg/I total chlorine). Chlorine
residual determination shall be made in accordance with Standard Methods
using the DPD Colormetric Method.
F. Sampling and Testing. Samples of water from potable water treatment plant
units shall be collected by the CONTRACTOR in sterile containers and delivered
to an approved laboratory for bacteriological testing. Sampling and testing shall
be continued until satisfactory results are obtained from two samples collected
not less than 30 minutes apart.
G. The interior of pipe, fittings, valves, tapping sleeves and appurtenances used for
cutting into or repairing existing piping shall be swabbed or sprayed with a one
percent hypochlorite solution in accordance with Section 10 of AWWA C651
before being installed.
H. All temporary blow-off standpipes and chlorine injection points will be removed
upon satisfactory completion of sampling and testing. Corporation stops will
remain in line.
3.2 REDISINFECTION
A. If consistently unsatisfactory bacteriological test results are reported for potable
water treatment plant units, the facilities shall be recleaned and re-disinfected.
B. The owner will supply potable water for cleaning, rinsing and disinfection
procedures.
3.3 DISPOSAL OF HEAVILY CHLORINATED WATER
A. Chlorinated water shall be disposed of in a manner that will not harm the
environment. Approval by the Owner must be obtained before heavily chlorinated
water that has been neutralized is discharged to the sanitary sewer.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Disinfection
02090-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Heavily chlorinated water must be neutralized in a separate vessel or pipe prior
to being discharged to the municipal wastewater treatment plant.
C. Chemicals listed in AWWA C653, Appendix A, shall be used for neutralization.
The approved neutralization chemicals include sulfur dioxide, sodium bisulfite,
sodium metabisulfite, and sodium sulfite.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Disinfection
02090-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02190 - EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Take every reasonable precaution throughout construction to prevent the erosion
of soil and the sedimentation of streams or other water impoundments, ground
surfaces, or other property as required by State and Local regulations.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Provide protective covering for disturbed areas upon suspension or completion
of land-disturbing activities. Permanent vegetation shall be established at the
earliest practicable time. Temporary and permanent erosion control measures
shall be coordinated to assure economical, effective, and continuous erosion and
siltation control throughout the construction and post construction period.
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Prevent damage to properties outside the construction limits from siltation due to
construction of the project. Assume all responsibilities to the affected property
owners for correction of damages which may occur. Erosion control measures
shall be performed conforming to the requirements of, and in accordance with
plans approved by applicable state and local agencies and as per the erosion
control portion of the construction drawings and these specifications. The
Contractor shall not allow mud and debris to accumulate in the streets. Should
the Contractor pump water from trenches during construction, appropriate
siltation preventative measures shall be taken prior to discharge of pumped
water into any storm drain or stream.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Open mesh biodegradable mulching cloth.
B. Fertilizer shall be 10-10-10 grade or equivalent.
C. Lime shall be Dolomitic Agricultural Ground limestone, per FOOT Section 982.
D. Silt fence shall consist of non-biodegradable filter fabric (Trevira, Mirafi, etc.) ,
per FOOT Section 985, wired to galvanized wire mesh fencing and supported by
wood or metal posts.
E. Erosion Stone: FOOT Section 530
1. Sand-Cement Riprap
2. Concrete Block
3. Rubble 20 to 300 pounds each
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
02190-1
F. Filter Fabric for placement under Riprap shall meet the requirements FOOT
Section 985.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CLEARING
A. Clearing and grubbing shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that
subsequent grading operation and erosion control practices can follow
immediately thereafter. Excavation, borrow, and embankment operations will be
conducted as a continuous operation. All construction areas not otherwise
protected shall be planted with permanent vegetative cover within 30 working
days after completion of active construction.
3.2 STABILIZING
A. The angle for graded slopes and fills shall be no greater than the angle which
can be retained by vegetative cover or other adequate erosion control devices or
structures. All disturbed areas outside of embankment left exposed will, within
30 working days of completion of any phase of grading, be planted or otherwise
provided with either temporary or permanent ground cover, devices, or structures
sufficient to restrain erosion.
3.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Whenever land disturbing activity is undertaken on a tract, a ground cover
sufficient to restrain erosion must be planted or other wise provided within 30
working days on that portion of the tract upon which further active construction is
to be undertaken.
B. If any earthwork is to be suspended for any reason whatsoever for longer than
30 calendar days, the areas involved shall be seeded with vegetative cover or
otherwise protected against excessive erosion during the suspension period.
Suspension of work in any area of operation does not relieve the Contractor of
the responsibility for the control of erosion in that area.
PART 4 - CONSTRUCTION PHASE
4.1 PRACTICES
A. Avoid dumping soil or sediment into any stream bed or watercourse.
B. Maintain an undisturbed vegetative buffer where possible between a natural
watercourse and trenching and grading operations.
C. Avoid equipment crossings of streams, creeks, and ditches where practicable.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
02190-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.J
I
/1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
PART 5 - SEDIMENT CONTROL FEATURES
5.1 GENERAL
A. All devices (silt fences, retention areas, etc.), for sediment control shall be
constructed at the locations indicated prior to beginning excavation on the site.
All devices shall be properly maintained in place until a structure or paving
makes the device unnecessary or until directed to permanently remove the
device.
5.2 DESIGN APPLICATIONS
A. Mulch shall be used for temporary stabilization of areas subject to excessive
erosion, and for protection of seed beds after planting where required.
B. Silt fences shall be used as shown on the plans to restrict movement of sediment
from the site. Silt fence shall be installed prior to grading commences.
C. Establish vegetative cover on all unpaved areas disturbed by the work.
1. Preparation of Seedbed. Areas to be seeded shall be scarified a depth of
four inches until a firm, well pulverized, uniform seedbed is prepared.
Fertilizer shall be applied during the scarification process in accordance
with the following rates.
a. Fertilizer - 10 to 15 pounds per 1,000 square feet
2. Seeding. Disturbed areas along embankments shall be permanently
seeded with mix specified in Section 02230.
3. Mulch all areas immediately after seeding. Mulch shall be applied and
anchored as specified herein before.
5.3 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain all temporary and permanent erosion control measures in functioning
order. Temporary structures shall be maintained until such time as vegetation is
firmly established and grassed areas shall be maintained until completion of the
project. Areas which fail to show a suitable stand of grass or which are
damaged by erosion shall be immediately repaired.
5.4 REMOVAL OF SEDIMENT CONTROL DEVICES
A. Near completion of the project, when directed by the Project Representative, the
Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment
control during construction. All erosion control devices in seeded areas shall be
left in place until the grass is established. Seed areas around devices and mulch
after removing or filling temporary control devices.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
02190-3
I
I
I'
I
,I
I
I
I
a
I
t
I
I
I
I
1\
I
I
I
SECTION 02230 - SODDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Sodding.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02190 - Erosion and Sedimentation Control.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. FS O-F-241 - Fertilizers, Mixed, Commercial.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory,
Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian
Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragqwort, Johnson Grass,
Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic,
Perennial Sorrel, Brome Grass.
1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site and to prevent damage from
wetness and weather conditions.
B. Deliver fertilizer in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name
of Manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOD
A. Sod shall be Bahia sod well matted with grass roots. The sod shall be
sufficiently thick to secure a dense stand of live grass, with a minimum thickness
of 2-inches. The sod shall be live, fresh and uninjured at the time of planting. It
shall be planted as soon as possible after being dug and shall be shaded and
kept moist from the time it is dug until it is planted. The sod shall be approved by
the Engineer before placing.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Mulching Material: Oat or wheat straw, free from weeds, foreign matter
detrimental to plant life, and dry. Hay or chopped cornstalks are not acceptable.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Sodding
02230-1
B. Fertilizer: FS O-F-241, Type I, Grade A; recommended for grass, with fifty
percent of the elements derived from organic sources; of proportion necessary to
eliminate any deficiencies of topsoil to the following proportions:
1. Sodded Areas - 8% nitrogen, 8% phosphoric acid, 8% soluble potash.
C. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter which could inhibit
vigorous growth of grass.
D. Erosion Fabric: Jute, mesh, etc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section.
3.2 FERTILIZING
A Sodding - Immediately before sod is placed, 8-8-8 fertilizer shall be applied at the
rate of about 500 pounds per acre, by broadcasting and raking into the planting
area.
B. Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to roller compaction.
C. Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as will be used to
apply seed.
D. Mix thoroughly into upper two inches of topsoil.
E. Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer.
3.3 SOD APPLICATION
A Sod shall be firmly embedded by light tamping. Wherever necessary to prevent
an erosion condition caused by vertical edges at the outer limits of the sodded
area, the sod shall be tamped so as to produce a featheredge at the outer limits.
The sod shall be kept in a moist condition after it is planted. Water shall not be
applied between the hours of 8 AM. and 4 P.M., nor when there is danger of
freezing.
3.4 MAINTENANCE
A The Contractor shall, at his expense, maintain the planted areas in a satisfactory
condition until final acceptance of the project. Such maintenance shall include
watering, filling, leveling, and repairing of any washed or eroded areas, as may
be necessary.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Sodding
02230-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
S
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
;1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
I
D
I
I
I
.
SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cast-in-place concrete foundations, and supported slabs.
B. Floors and slabs on grade.
C. Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete
work, including joint sealants.
O. Equipment pads.
E. Waterstops, channel inserts, anchor bolts, and other embedded accessories.
F. Adhesive cartridge anchors.
G. Grout.
H. Concrete Finishing.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork.
B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
C. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete.
O. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
E. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting.
F. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
G. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
H. ANSI/ASTM 0994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous
Type ).
I. ANSI/ASTM 01190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-1
J. ANSI/ASTM 01751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and
Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).
K. ANSI/ASTM 01752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint
Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
L. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates.
M. ASTM C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete.
N. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
O. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
P. ASTM C330 - Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete.
Q. ASTM C494 - Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Product Data: Provide data on joint devices, admixtures, and adhesive
cartridges.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation procedures and
interface required with adjacent work.
1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Accurately record locations of embedded utilities and components which are
concealed from view.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
C. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
O. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
E. Conform to ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01640.
B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and
placement of form accessories.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-2
I
I
'I
I
M
I
I
I
,
I
I
W
II
I
G
I
I
I
'.
I
I
I
I
i
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A.
B.
C.
Cement
ASTM C150, Type I, II orV.
Fine and Coarse per ASTM C33.
Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
Aggregates
Water
2.2 ADMIXTURES
A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260.
B. Chemical: ASTM C494, Type A - Water Reducing, Type 0 - Water Reducing
and Retarding, Type E - Water Reducing and Accelerating, Type F - Water
Reducing, High Range admixtures. In no case shall admixtures containing any
chlorides be used.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Bonding Agent: To be Structural Epoxy Adhesive conforming to ASTM-C881
Type I & II, Grade 2. Class B&C with a minimum bond strength of 1900 psi.
B. Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate,
cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum
compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days.
C. Monofilament fiber mesh ( 1 Ib per yard ).
O. Channel Inserts: Continuous inserts. 1 5/8" x 1 3/8" 12 ga. galvanized steel with
1 W' long anchors @ 4" centers. Channels shall be hot dipped galvanized after
rolling.
E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM 276 Type 316 per Section 05500.
F. Embedded Angles: Carbon Steel A36 - Galvanized per Section 05500 Part 2.
1. Stainless Steel - ASTM A276 or ASTM A240 Type 316
2. Aluminum - ASTM B221 6061-T6 T6510 Alloy
2.4 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS
A. Joint Filler: ASTM 01752; Closed cell foam, resiliency recovery of 95 percent of
original thickness.
B. Waterstops: Polyvinyl chloride, minimum 1,750 psi tensile strength, minimum 50
degrees F to plus 175 degrees F working temperature range, 6 inch wide x 3/8"
thick, maximum possible lengths, two bulb, ribbed profile, preformed corner
sections, heat welded jointing.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-3
2.5 CONCRETE MIX
A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 304.
B. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 301
Method 1 or Method 2 to meet the following criteria:
1. Weight: Normal (145 pet)
2. Compressive Strength (7 days) : 2,500 psi
3. Compressive Strength (28 days): 4,000 psi
4. Slump: 2 to 4 inches
C. Concrete mix properties.
1. Water Retaining Structures- per ACI 350-R with the following properties:
a.
b.
c.
d.
water-cement ratio
slump
coarse aggregate
cement content
.4 to .45
2" to 4"
well graded from NO.4 sieve to 1"
5 1/2 to 6 bags per yard
2. Other structures- per ACI 301
D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer.
Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements.
E. Do not use calcium chloride.
F. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by
Engineer.
G. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to
exterior.
2.6 ADHESIVE CARTRIDGE ANCHORAGES
A. Adhesive Cartridges: Adhesive anchor system. A self contained aggregate,
polyester resin and hardening agent contained in a glass vile designed for
anchoring reinforcing bars and anchor bolts into concrete. Anchorage shall be
capable of developing and maintaining full yield strength of bar for underwater
service. All bolts shall be 304 stainless steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into
concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship
in placing concrete.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-4
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
'.J
I
I
I
I
i
,I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
3.2
3.3
PREPARATION
A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying
bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing concrete, drill holes in
existing concrete and insert adhesive capsules and reinforcing bars in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 & ACI 304.
B. Notify Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of operations.
C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joint fillers and
waterstops are not disturbed during concrete placement.
D. Install joint fillers, primer and sealant in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
E. Separate slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with 1/2 inch (12 mm) thick joint
filler.
F. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of finished slab
surface. Conform to Section 07900 for finish joint sealer requirements.
G. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air
temperature, and test samples taken.
H.
Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and
construction' joints. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold
joints to occur.
I.
Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur.
J.
Screed floors and slabs on grade to slope indicated, maintaining surface flatness
of maximum 1/4 inch in 10 ft (6 mm /3 m).
K.
Cold Weather - Temperature of concrete delivered to the job site shall conform
to the following ranges:
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-5
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Ambient Air Temperature
Concrete Temperature
30 - 45 degrees F
0- 30 degrees F
Below 0 degrees F
55 - 90 degrees F
60 - 90 degrees F
65 - 90 degrees F
1. All work shall be in accordance with ACI 306, Latest edition,
"Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting."
2. When outdoor temperature is less than 40 degrees F, temperature of
concrete in place shall be maintained at not less than 50 degrees F.
L. Hot Weather - Temperature of the concrete delivered to the job site shall not
exceed 90 degrees F. All work shall be in accordance with ACI 305, latest
edition, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting."
M. Protect from rain and rainwater. No concrete shall be placed in rain, sleet or
snow or other adverse weather conditions. Rainwater shall not be allowed to
increase the water content of the concrete.
N. Install construction joint device in coordination with floor slab pattern placement
sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet
concrete.
3.4 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. Provide formed concrete surfaces to be left exposed with smooth rubbed finish
or sack rubbed finish as scheduled in this section.
B. Concrete Floor and Slab Finishes:
1. Non-slip surfaces shall be surfaced with all oxide aggregate, "Alumdum"
or "Emerundum". Aggregate shall be unit graded from 1 00 percent
retained on a No. 50 sieve to 100 percent passing No. 8 sieve.
Aggregate shall be uniformly distributed during steel troweling at the rate
of 1/4 pound per square foot, in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
2. Steel Trowel Finish - Interior floors scheduled to receive ceramic tile or
resilient flooring shall have the aggregate well worked down from the
surface and be given a hand, smooth finish.
3. Swirl Finish - Interior floors shall have the aggregate well worked down
from the surface and be given a hard, smooth steel trowel finish. After
the hard smooth finish is obtained, the finisher shall make an additional
pass over the surface to obtain a nonskid finish, commonly known as a
"swirl finish", which is smoother than "sidewalk finish" but is not a
glasslike smoothness. Dusting with sand or cement will not be permitted.
4. Float Finish - Exterior slabs shall be finished with a metal or machine float
to a true and uniform plane with no coarse aggregate visible.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Broom Finish - after power floating the slabs shall receive two steel
trowelings for denisfying. The surface shall then be slightly roughened by
stroking with a stiff fibre bristle broom.
C. The use of any finishing or troweling machine or other apparatus which has a
water attachment for wetting the concrete during finishing operations is
prohibited.
D. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301.
E. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces
uniformly to drains as indicated on Drawings.
3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying,
excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.
B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature
for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
C. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 308.
D. Curing can be accomplished by:
1. Ponding: Maintain 100 percent coverage of water over floor slab areas
continuously for 4 days.
2. Spraying: Spray water over floor slab areas and maintain wet for 7 days.
3. Membrane: Membrane curing compound may be used for those are
which will not be later covered with a topping, VCT, grout, mortar, or
additional concrete. Membrane shall be spray applied at a coverage of
not more than 300 square feet per gallon and shall be applied within 30
minutes of final finishing or immediately after form removal.
4. Film Curing: Film curing with polyethylene sheeting may be used in-lieu
of water curing for areas which will receive topping, mortar or additional
concrete. Film shall be applied as soon as possible after initial set and
shall completely cover the surfaces with no trapped air pockets.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301 and
under provisions of Section 01650.
B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed testing firm.
C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to testing firm for review
prior to commencement of Work.
D. Tests of cement and aggregates shall be performed to ensure conformance with
specified requirements.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-7
E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less cu yds of each
class of concrete placed each day.
F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured
on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents.
G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
3.7 PATCHING
A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms.
B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify
Engineer upon discovery.
C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301.
3.8 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details,
dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements.
B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon
express direction of Engineer for each individual area.
3.9 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Construction joints shall be made and located as shown on the Contract
Drawings. Additional construction joints or revised locations of joints shall be
submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval. All such construction
joints shall be shown clearly on the Contract Drawings. The construction joints
shall be true to lines and shall be located not to impair the strength of the
structure. All construction joints in contact with water, or in water retaining
structures shall have waterstops.
B. Construction joints in general shall be located near the middle of spans of slabs,
beams, and girders, unless a beam intersects a girder at this point, in which case
the joints in the girders shall be offset a distance equal to twice the width of the
beam. Haunches shall be placed at the same time as slabs. Joints shall be
perpendicular to the main reinforcement.
C. All reinforcement shall be continued across construction joints. Keys and dowels
shall be provided as shown on the Contract Drawings. Vertical joints in walls
shall be kept to a minimum. No joints are permitted in footing or foundation
work. The Contractor shall make such provisions for bonding walls and footings
as shown on the Contract Drawings or as approved by the Owner's
Representative.
D. The surface of the hardened concrete at all joints shall be thoroughly cleaned
and all laitance removed. The surface shall be prepared to ensure bonding of
concrete placed on it.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-8
I
I
I
I
,J
I
I
I
I
I
,I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I,
I
I
3.10 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Expansion joints shall be provided where shown on the Contract Drawings. The
joint filler material shall be firmly placed against the face of the completed
concrete work before the concrete of the adjoining portion is placed.
B. Reinforcement or other embedded metal items bonded to the concrete shall not
be permitted to extend continuously through any expansion joint unless shown
otherwise on the Contract Drawings or approved by the Owner's Representative.
C. Premolded expansion joint filler shall be of nonbituminous type unless noted
otherwise on the Contract Drawings. Premolded expansion joint filler shall be
self-expanding cork and shall conform to Specification for Preformed Expansion
Joint Fillers to Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and
Resilient Nonbituminous Types), ASTM 01752.
3.11 INSERTS
A. All sleeves, anchor bolts, pipe anchors, inserts and embedded items shall be
placed in positions prior to concreting. All such items must be clearly located on
the shop drawings and shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. The
Contractor shall coordinate and verify all mechanical, electrical and architectural
drawings for the location of sleeves, pipes, ducts and all other items. Anchor
bolt threads shall be protected with a coat of grease before placing concrete,
after which they shall be thoroughly cleaned, regreased and wrapped in burlap.
All ferrous metal inserts shall be galvanized.
B. Contractor shall hold all embedded items in perfect position and alignment during
placement of concrete using supplementary supports, ties or other approved
means. Such supports or hardware which will remain permanently in the
concrete shall be evaluated for their effect in shield integrity and shall be
documented by photographs.
C. No items made of aluminum are allowed to be embedded in concrete unless
otherwise shown on Contract Drawings. Aluminum surface in contact with
concrete shall be given a heavy coat of an alkali- resistant bituminous paint
before installation. Aluminum surface to be embedded in concrete shall be given
one coat of zinc chromate primer conforming to U.S. Military Specification
MPL-P735.
3.12 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS
A. Prior to placing concrete equipment pads, scrub existing concrete surface clean,
remove oil and grease by chipping or grinding and roughen substrate concrete
surface. The cleaned surface shall be rinsed with clean water and kept saturated
for the 24 hour period immediately preceding the placement of the
concrete/topping.
B. Place required edge strips and reinforcing and other items to be cast in.
C. Immediately before the concrete/topping is applied the concrete surface shall be
coated with neat portland cement slurry having the consistency of paint.
D. Toppings shall be compacted with a mechanical compactor-float.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-9
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.13
SCHEDULE - CONCRETE TYPES AND FINISHES
A. Pump pad slab, pipe and equipment supports: 4,000 psi, 28 day concrete.
B. Concrete sidewalk: 3,000 psi, 28 day concrete
3.14
SCHEDULE - JOINT FILLERS
A. As shown on Drawings.
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 03600 - GROUTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes grouting of equipment bases and such locations as shown
on the Drawings and as specified.
B. The types of grouting include the following:
1. Portland Cement Grout
2. Non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout
1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Prevent damage to or contamination of grouting materials during delivery,
handling and storage.
B. Store all grouting materials in undamaged condition with seals and labels intact
as packaged by the manufacturer.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2.1 PREMIXED GROUTS
A. Portland Cement Grout.
B. Grout Mortar for use as fillets and leveling
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I
2. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate (Marson's sand)
3. Water: Potable
4. Mix 1-part Portland cement to 3-parts sand.
C. Pre-Mixed non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout (Nonmetallic). Non-shrink grout
as shown on the Drawings shall be a mixture of selected silica sands, Portland
cement, water reducing agents, plasticizing and shrinkage compensating agents.
Grout shall be nonmetallic non-corrosive, non-staining and comply with CRD-C-
588, Type D.
D. The grout shall be non-shrink in accordance with ASTM C827, ASTM C191, and
ASTM C109. The water-grout ratio shall be approximately 8 to 10 quarts of
water per cubic foot of grout adjustable for varying job conditions.
E. Grout shall not contain calcium chloride or other salt; aluminum or other metals;
chemical additives, gypsum or expansive cements. Grout shall not expand after
set.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Grouting
03600-1
F. Grout shall be used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written
instructions.
G. Subject to compliance with requirements provide from the following:
1. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. - Crystex
2. Grout Corp. - Five Star Non-shrink Grout or equivalent
2.2 NONSHRINK GROUT
A. Non-shrink grout shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Manufactured under rigid quality control specifically for grout used in
transferring heavy loads.
2. Contain nonmetallic aggregates specially graded to minimize bleeding.
3. Have an initial setting time of approximately one hour at 70oF.
4. Produce no settlement or drying shrinkage at 3-days or later.
5. Have higher strength at all ages than plain cement grout of the same
flowability.
6. Resist attack by oil and water and have lower absorption than plain
cement grout of the same flowability.
7. Minimum compressive strength, in accordance with ASTM C-109, shall
be 2500 psi after 1 day and 7000 psi after 28 days.
2.3 MIXES
A. For less than 2-inch clearance, or where size or shape of space makes grouting
difficult, grout mix shall consist of Portland cement, fine aggregate and water.
B. For greater than 2-inch clearances where coarse aggregate will not obstruct free
passage of the grout, extend grout by adding 50 pounds of pea gravel per 100
pounds grout material.
C. Use minimum amount of water necessary to produce a flowable grout without
causing either segregation or bleeding.
D. Portland cement mortar for raked-out edges of non-shrink grout: one part
Portland cement, two parts sand and 0.50 parts water by weight.
2.4 MIXING
A. Mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications.
B. Mix grouting materials and water in a mechanical mixer for no less than 3-
minutes.
C. Mix grout as close to the work area as possible and transport the mixture quickly
and in a manner that does not permit segregation of materials.
D. After the grout has been mixed, do not add more water for any reason.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Grouting
03600-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART - EXECUTION
3.1 PROCEDURES
A. Installation methods and procedures shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications before work is begun.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Surface preparation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed
specifications.
B. Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material
from concrete surfaces by bush-hammering, chipping, or other similar means,
until a sound, clean concrete surface is achieved.
C. Lightly roughen the concrete, but not enough to interfere with the proper
placement of grout. Cover concrete areas with waterproof membrane until ready
to grout. Immediately before grouting remove waterproof membranes and clean
any contaminated surfaces.
D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. Align, level
and maintain final positioning of all components to be grouted.
E. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water; remove excess water and leave
none standing.
3.3 PLACING
A. Placing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications.
B. Place non-shrink grouting material quickly and continuously by the most practical
means permissible; pouring, pumping or under gravity pressure.
C. Do not use either pneumatic-pressure or dry packing methods without written
permission of the Engineer.
D. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air.
E. Final installation shall be thoroughly compacted and free from air pockets.
F. Do not vibrate the placed grout mixture or allow it to be placed if the area is
being vibrated by nearby equipment.
G. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 480 hours after grout has been placed.
After shims have been removed, fill voids with plain cement-sand grout.
H. After non-shrink grout has reached initial set, rake out exposed edges
approximately 1-inch into the grouted area and paint with Portland cement
mortar.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Grouting
03600-3
3.4 CURING
A. Cure grout for 3-days after placing by keeping wet and covering with curing
paper or by another approved method.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Grouting
03600-4
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 . GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of miscellaneous metal fabrication work is shown on the drawings
and includes items fabricated from aluminum, iron and steel shapes, plates,
bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of the other metal
systems in other sections of these specifications.
B. The types of miscellaneous metal items include, but are not limited to the
following:
1. Rough hardware and fasteners
2. Concrete Inserts
3. Anchors
4. Nosings
5. Loose bearing plates
6. Miscellaneous framing and supports
7. Loose Steel Lintels
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provIsions of the following codes,
standards and specifications, except as otherwise shown and specified:
1. AISC "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural
Members".
2. Aluminum Association, Inc. "Specifications for Aluminum Structures".
3. AWS "Structural Welding Code".
B. Qualification for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding
operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure".
C. Field Measurement: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop
drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of the work.
However, do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the
taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work.
D. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible,
so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site.
Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling
limitations.
E. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinate installation.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit two copies of manufacturer's specifications, load
tables, dimensions, diagrams, anchor details and installation instructions for
products to be used in miscellaneous metal work, including paint products.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Metal Fabrications
05500-1
B. Shop Drawings. Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all
assemblies of miscellaneous metal work, which are not completely shown by the
manufacturer's data sheets.
C. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and connections. Show
anchorage and accessory items.
D. Include setting drawings and templates for location and installation of
miscellaneous metal items and anchorage devices.
E. Samples: Submit two sets of representative samples of materials and finished
products as may be requested by the Engineer, who will review for color, texture,
style, and finish only. All other requirements for the work at the Contractor's
responsibility.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Plates, Shapes and Bars.
1. Steel Plates (to be bent or cold-formed): ASTM A283, Grade C,
2. Stainless Steel Structural Shapes - ASTM A276-Type 316.
3. Stainless Steel Plate-ASTM A240-Type 316.
4. Structural Shapes or Plates-ASTM A36.
5. Cold-Finished Steel Bars: ASTM A 108, grade as selected by the
fabricator.
6. Cold-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A36.
7. Galvanized Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A526, with ASTM A525, G90
zinc coating.
8. Structural Tubes: ASTM A500 - GR B.
9. Steel Tubing (hot formed, welded or seamless): ASTM A501.
10. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B. Standard weight (Schedule 40), unless
otherwise indicated.
11. Gray Iron Casting: ASTM A48, Class 30.
12. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A47, grade as selected.
13. Aluminum Plates and Sheets: ASTM B209; 6061-T6, T6510 alloy.
14. Aluminum Extruded Shapes: ASTM B221; 6061-T6, T6510 alloy.
15. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B108 214 Alloy
B. Metal Surfaces: For the fabrication of metal items which will be exposed to view,
use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including
pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. Remove
such blemishes by grinding or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating
and application of surface finishes including zinc coatings.
C. Metal Primer Paint: Primer paint selected must be compatible with the required
finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint
requirements specified in Division 9 of these specifications.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Metal Fabrications
05500-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in
galvanized steel, complying with Military Specifications MIL-P-21 035 (Ships).
2.2 FABRICATED METAL ITEMS
A. Rough Hardware and Fasteners. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated
bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron
shapes as required for framing and supporting work, and for anchoring or
securing work to concrete or other structures.
B. Manufacture or fabricate items of sizes, shapes and dimensions required.
Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood
structural connections; elsewhere furnish steel washers.
C. Fasteners:
1. Provide zinc-coated fasteners, with galvanizing complying with ASTM
A 153, for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners
for the type, grade and class required for the installation of miscellaneous
metal items.
2. Standard Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A276, Type 316.
ASTM A193 GR B8
ASTM A194 GR 8M
3. Lag Bolts: FS FF-B-561C, square head type.
4. Machine Screws: FS FF-S-92B( 1), cadmium plated steel.
5. Wood Screws: FS FF-S-111 D, flat head carbon steel.
6. Plain Washers: FS FF-W-92B, round, general assembly grade carbon
steel.
7. Lock Washers: FS FF-W-84A(2), helical spring type carbon steel.
8. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields; FS FF-S-325 (AM3)
9. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type; FS FF-B-588C(1), type, class and style
as required.
10. Expansion Anchor Bolts:
a. Stud: ASTM A276, Type 316 stainless steel.
b. Wedge: AISI 316 stainless steel.
c. Nut: ASTM F594, Type 316 stainless steel.
d. Washer: AISI 316 stainless steel.
11. Length identification marked on impact section of bolt.
12. Adhesive cartridge anchorages: A self contained aggregate, polyester
resin and hardening agent contained in' a glass vile 'designed for
anchoring reinforcing bars and anchor bolts into concrete. Anchorage
shall be capable of developing and maintaining full yield strength of bar
for underwater service. All bolts shall be 304 stainless steel.
D. Nosing: To be provided on concrete stairs.
E. Fabricate of material type, sizes, and configurations as shown.
1. If not shown, provide extruded aluminum with black abrasive filler.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Metal Fabrications
05500-3
F. Provide flat surface abrasive-filled, unless ribbed abrasive-filled type is indicated.
G. Provide anchors for embedding in concrete, either integral or applied to as
standard with the manufacturer.
H. Drill for mechanical anchors, with countersink holes located not more than
4-inches from ends, and at not more than 12-inches o.c., evenly spaced between
ends, unless otherwise shown. Provide clear spacing if recommended by
manufacturer.
I. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide loose bearing and leveling plates
for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction, made flat, free from
warps or twists, and of required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to
receive anchor bolts. Galvanize after fabrication.
J. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide miscellaneous framing and
supports which are not a part of the structural steel framework and are required
to complete the work.
1. Framing for counters - See Architectural drawings for forms associated
with open counters.
K. Fabricate miscellaneous units to the sizes, shapes and profiles shown or, if not
shown, of the required dimensions to receive adjacent grating, plates, doors, or
other work to be retained by the framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate
from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, of all welded construction
using mitered corners, welded brackets and splice plates and a minimum
number of joints for field connection.
L. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items to be anchored to
the work.
M. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building
into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is place.
(See concrete section for installation of inserts.).
1. Except as otherwise shown, space anchors, 2-feet-Q-inches o.c. and
provide units the equivalent of 1-1/4-inch x 1/4-inch x 8-inch steel strips.
2. Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports unless noted otherwise.
3. All lintels scheduled in exterior walls shall be galvanized.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which miscellaneous
metal' items are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions
detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with
the work until satisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Installer.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Metal Fabrications
05500-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for the
installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, anchor bolts and
miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate the delivery of such items to the
project site.
3.3 INSTAllATION
A. Workmanship: Use materials of the size and thickness shown, or if not shown,
of the required size and thickness to produce adequate strength and durability in
the finished product for the intended use. Work to the dimensions shown or
accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use
the type of material shown or specified for various components of work.
B. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for
installation of the miscellaneous metal items. Set the work accurately in location,
alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from
established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork
for items which are to be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction.
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld
connections which are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop
welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and touch-up
shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which
have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and which are intended for bolted
or screwed field connections.
D. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edged to radius of approximately 1/32-inch
unless otherwise shown. Form bent-metal corners to the smallest radius possible
without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work.
E. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with the
recommendations of AWS. At exposed connections, grind exposed welds
smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints which are flush and smooth, using
concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of the type
shown or if not shown, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts.
G. Provide for anchorage of the type shown, coordinated with the supporting
structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support
for the intended use of the work.
H. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work indicated to receive finish
hardware and similar items of work.
I. Field Welding: Comply with AWS code for the procedures of manual shielded
metal-arc welding, the appearance and quality of welds made, and the methods
used in correcting welding work.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Metal Fabrications
05500-5
J. Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for those items shown on the drawings or
specified to be galvanized, using the hot-dip process after fabrication.
1. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing of iron and steel hardware.
2. ASTM A123 for galvanizing for rolled, pressed and forged steel, shapes,
plates, bars and strip 1/8-inch thick and heavier.
3. ASTM A386 for galvanizing of assembled steel products.
K. Dissimilar Materials: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or there is a
condition such as aluminum against concrete, they shall be protected from each
other with a pressure sensitive tape, bitumastic coating or other protective
method.
L. Shop Painting: Shop paint metal fabrications except those members or portions
of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be
field welded, and galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
M. Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted
connections, and abraded areas of the shop paint, and paint all exposed areas
with the same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to
provide a minimum dry film thickness or 2.0 mils.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Metal Fabrications
05500-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND COATINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work includes furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to
complete the painting and coatings as indicated on the Drawings and in these
specifications.
B. Surface preparation, paint and coatings materials, and their application shall be
as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the Project
Representative. The Contractor shall take all health and safety precautions
necessary to prevent accidents during the storage, handling, application, and
drying of any of the coatings described.
C. Paints and coatings used to furnish the surfaces of structures or vessels which
come into contact with potable water shall meet the applicable requirements of
the Pinellas County Health Department and the Florida Department of
Environmental Protection or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction.
D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Section 09902 - Pipe Painting
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor is responsible for a satisfactory paint application which will
adhere without peeling, flaking, blistering or discoloration. Before application of
any painting materials, the Contractor shall submit a letter of Certification from
the manufacturer of the materials selected for the application proposed.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include,
but are limited to the following:
1. Ameron - Corrosion Control Division
2. Carboline Company
3. Glidden - Durkee Division of SCM Corporation
4. Induron Coatings, Inc.
5. Koppers Company, Inc.
6. Mobil Chemical Company
7. Porter Coatings - Division of Porter Paint Company
8. Royston Laboratories, Inc.
9. Rust-Oleum Corporation
10. Tnemec Company, Inc.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-1
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Data Sheets and Color Charts:
1. The full name of each product and descriptive literature shall be
submitted along with a list of water and wastewater plants in Florida
where the product has been used.
2. All painting/coatings that will come in contact with potable water shall be
certified in accordance with ANSI/NSF Standard 61, and shall meet
USDA, FDA and Florida Department of Environmental Protection health
standards for use in potable water service. A letter of acceptance by the
FDEP shall be submitted by the Contractor along with the proposed
painting/coating system.
3. Within a minimum of 30 days prior to application of paints and coatings,
the Contractor shall submit six sets of color charts and data sheets for
selection by the Owner. Before work is commenced, the Contractor shall
prepare samples as required until the color and textures are satisfactory
to the Owner.
4. Resubmit samples as requested until required sheen, color and texture is
achieved.
a. On 12-inch x 12-inch hardboard, provide two samples of each
color and material, with texture to simulate finish conditions. On
actual wood surfaces, provide two 4-inch x 8-inch samples for
stained wood finish. On concrete Masonry, provide two 4-inch
square samples of masonry for each type of finish and color,
defining filler, prime and finish coats. On actual wall surfaces and
other building components, duplicate painted finish of acceptable
samples, as directed by the Engineer.
1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing
manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. All coatings shall be
stored in an enclosed structure for protection from weather and excessive heat
or cold. Flammable coatings must be stored in conformance with City, County,
State, and Federal Safety Codes for flammable coatings or paint materials. All
paint materials used on the job shall be kept in a single place which shall be kept
neat and clean. All oily rags, waste or debris shall be removed every night and
all precautions taken to avoid the danger of fire.
B. Extra Stock: At the conclusion of the project, the Contractor shall provide the
Owner with a minimum of one quart from each 50 gallons or fraction thereof for
each paint system used on the project. The paint or coating container shall
indicate the applicable paint system as indicated in these specifications.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Painting or coating and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces,
unless otherwise indicated:
1. Paint all new construction and portions of existing facilities disturbed by
new construction.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not
colors are designated. If not designated, colors will be selected by the
Project Representative from standard colors available for the coatings
required.
3. Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts (including
color coding), and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed
metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical
work.
4. Painting shall be done at such times as the Contractor and Project
Representative may agree upon in order that dust-free and neat work be
obtained. Painting shall be done strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions and shall be performed in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer.
5. "Shop" painting as referred to defines the paint coat which shall be
applied in the shop or plant immediately after manufacturer, fabrication or
assembly and prior to shipment to the site of installation. "Field" painting
defines the paint coats to be applied at the project site where the
structure or equipment is completed, erected, or installed in place as
specified.
6. General: No paint shall be applied when the air or surface temperature,
as measured in the shade, is below that's recommended by the
manufacturer. Paint shall not be applied to wet or damp surfaces, and
shall not be applied in rain, snow, fog, mist, or when the surface
temperature is less than 50F above the dew point. No paint shall be
applied when it is expected that the surface temperature will drop below
the manufacturer's recommendation within eight hours after the
application of the paint. Dew or moisture condensation shall be
anticipated, and if such conditions are prevalent, painting shall be
delayed until it is certain that the surfaces are dry; further, each day of
painting shall be completed well in advance of the probable time when
moisture condensation will occur in order to permit the required film
drying time as specified by the manufacturer prior to the formation of
moisture. Care must be exercised to apply coatings with the thickness
recommended by the manufacturer with adequate drying time permitted
between coats to assure proper release of solvents.
7. Workmanship: Workmanship shall be of first class quality. Finish
painting shall show no drips, runs, sags, holidays, or other defects. The
finish coat shall be free from noticeable laps or brush marks. Paint
during application shall be continuously stirred, and no thinner shall be
added after the paint has been mixed. Paint shall be thoroughly worked
and brushed into all joints, corners, and over all surfaces. Should any
coat of paint be judged unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall remove the
coat(s) as necessary and repaint at no additional cost to the Owner.
8. Existinq Utilities. Structures and Properties: It shall be the responsibility of
the contractor to locate and avoid damage to any and all existing water,
gas, sewer, electric, telephone, and other utilities, structures, or
appurtenances. The Contractor shall repair or pay for all damages
caused by his operations or his personnel to existing utilities, structures,
appurtenances, or properties, either below ground or aboveground, and
shall settle in full all damage suits which may arise as a result of his
operations.
9. Ventilation: It is essential that the solvent vapors released during and
after application of coatings be removed from tanks or enclosed places.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-3
During coating application the capacity of ventilating fans shall be at least
300 cfm per gallon of coating applied per hour. Continuous forced
ventilation at a rate of at least one complete air change per 4 hours shall
be provided for at least 7 days after coating application is completed. Air
shall be exhausted from the lowest portions of the tank with the top
openings kept open and clear. Before the tank is sterilized or filled with
water, the application of the final coat on the interior shall be allowed to
cure for a minimum of seven days.
B. Materials and Application:
1. Obtain painting materials from one manufacturer. Painting materials not
obtainable from the prime manufacturer shall be obtained from a second
source recommended by the prime manufacturer.
2. There shall be a perceptible difference in shades of successive coats of
paint so that the application of successive coats of paint can be properly
and uniformly spread and inspected. Pipes, sheet metal ducts and other
metal items which are to be installed in inaccessible locations shall be
painted prior to installation.
3. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for the period of time recommended by
the manufacturer before the next coat is applied.
C. Equipment, Machinery, and Shop Fabricated Items:
1. Pumps, motors, machinery, equipment and other manufactured items
shall have surfaces prepared, primed and finish-coated in accordance
with the standard practice of the manufacturer. Finish coat colors shall
be as approved by the Project Representative.
2. Shop-fabricated items and components for field assembly shall have
surfaces prepared and shop-primed. Finish coat colors shall be as
approved by the Project Representative.
1.6 TESTING EQUIPMENT & PROCEDURES
A. General: The Contractor shall have the following testing equipment on the
project site. Equipment shall be in calibration and proper working order.
Equipment shall be used in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions or
as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be notified of time of testing so
that he might be present to witness testing.
1. Slinq Psvchrometer: Relative humidity and dew point readings shall be
taken at intervals throughout each day's work. Readings shall be taken
at the start of each morning, mid day and afternoon's work. Should
environmental conditions change, additional readings shall be taken to
assure that coatings are being applied under the conditions as outlined
by the coatings manufacturer.
2. Surface Temperature Thermometer: Surface temperatures shall be
taken in areas where work is being performed. Surface temperatures
shall be within the limits specified by the coatings manufacturer.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Replica Tape & Micrometer: Testex X-Course Replica Tape shall be
employed to determine the surface profile of blasted surfaces. The
profile shall be as specified for each blasted surface.
4. Dry Film Thickness Measurements: Dry film thickness readings shall be
taken with a properly calibrated (per the manufacturer's instructions)
Type 1 (magnetic) or Type 2 (electromagnetic) instrument. Dry film
thickness readings will be taken and recorded at the frequency and
manner as directed by the Engineer.
5. Holiday Detection: After completion of the interior coating system, interior
surfaces shall be holiday detected in accordance with ASTM G 62 for low
voltage holiday detection. The Holiday detector shall be a Tinker & Rasor
Model M-1, or equal. Areas found to have holidays shall be marked and
repaired in accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions. The
Engineer shall be notified of time of testing to witness the tests. The
Contractor shall provide ladders, rigging, etc. as necessary to allow the
Engineer to spot check paint thickness of each coat.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ALL SYSTEMS
A. The film thickness designated and/or the number of coats to be applied shall not
be decreased and shall be increased where required to meet other
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. There shall not be a change from the generic type of coating specified.
C. Manufacturer's recommendations as to which finish coat should be used with a
particular primer shall be observed. In all cases, the prime coat and finish coat
shall be from the same manufacturer. All paint shall be mildew resistant.
D. Tnemec and Induron products are given as examples of painting and coating
systems identified in the following paragraphs. The products of other
manufacturers (listed in Paragraph 1.2.B.) may be used as long as they are of
the same quality.
2.2 GROUP A - CONCRETE AND MASONRY (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE
WATER)
A. System A-3. For use on exterior walls above grade to a point six inches below
finish grade.
1. Surface Preparation. Remove existing paint by pressure washing. Fill
voids with grout; remove loose protrusions and mortar splatter. Allow
new concrete to cure 28 days.
2. First Coat:
a) Concrete: Acrylic emulsion latex coating, matte finish, 3 mils dry
thickness of Tnemec Series 6 or Equal.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-5
b) Concrete Block: Acrylic latex block filler of sufficient thickness to
fill pores and voids at 80 S.F./Gal., Tnemec 54-562 Masonry Filler
or Equal.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Second Coat:
a) Concrete: Acrylic emulsion latex coating, semi-gloss, 2 mils OFT
of Tnemec Series 29 or Equal.
b) Concrete Block: Acrylic emulsion latex coating, matte finish, 3
mils dry thickness of Tnemec Series 6 or Equal.
4. Third Coat:
a) Concrete: None.
b) Concrete Block: Concrete: Acrylic emulsion latex coating, semi-
gloss, 2 mils OFT of Tnemec Series 29 or Equal.
2.3 GROUP B - STRUCTURAL STEEL; CONCRETE AND STEEL TANKS; EQUIPMENT
AND PIPING (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER)
A. System B-1. For use on exterior exposed piping, equipment, structural and
miscellaneous steel, - non-submerged, not exposed to splash, spray or corrosive
atmosphere.
1. Surface Preparation: Commercial blast bare metal according to the
SSPC-SP-6. On bituminous coated cast iron pipe, clean and spot prime
bared areas. Ductile iron surface prep- NAPF 500-03-04.
2. Prime: Modified Aromatic Polyurethane Tnemec Series 1 Purple Prime
or equal, min. 3.0 mils OFT
3. Intermediate: Tnemec Series 66 at 3.0-4.0 mils OFT.
4. Finish: Tneme~ Series 73 at 2.5-3.0 mils OFT.
For bituminous shop coated ductile iron pipe - prime with Tnemec Series 66 or
equal at minimum 3.0 mils OFT. Allow bituminous coating to bleed through prime
coat. Apply second coat of Tnemec Series 66 or equal at minimum 3.0 mils OFT.
For outside areas, apply finish coat of Tnemec Series 73 or equal, at 2.5-3.0 mils
OFT.
2.4 GROUP J - WATER TANKS AND SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER
A. The interior tank paint system shall be certified in accordance with ANSI/NSF
Standard 61, and shall meet USDA, FDA and Florida Department of
Environmental Protection health standards for use in potable water service. A
letter of acceptance by the FDEP shall be furnished to the Project
Representative for the system selected prior to paint application.
B. System J-1 For use on steel surfaces (interior and immersion service) in
contact with potable water.
1. All miscellaneous steel components that are part of the pipe support
system shall be painted prior to fabrication inside the tank and again after
installation as required to offer a complete painting system.
2. Surface Preparation: Grind all weld and seams smooth. Remove all
existing paint, primer, grease, oil, dirt, rust and rust stain by Near White
Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP10). All surfaces must be clean and dry prior to
application of any coatings. All prepared surfaces must be primed the
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-7
same day as surface preparation in order to prevent flash rusting or re-
contamination of the substrate.
3. Primer: One coat polyamide epoxy primer, 4.0 to 6.0 mils dry film
thickness, Tnemec Pota Pox Plus Series 20-15BL, Tank White
(ANSI/NSF Std. 61 certified by UL), or Equal.
4. Filler and Surfacer: Modified Amine Epoxy as needed to fill all pits and
voids, Tnemec Series 63-1500 or Equal.
5. Stripe Coat: One stripe coat of polyamide epoxy (brush into weld
seams), 3.0 to 5.0 mils dry film thickness, Tnemec Pota-Pox Series 20-
1255, Beige (NSF International certified in accordance with ANSI/NSF
Std. 61), or Equal.
6. Intermediate Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 4.0 to 6.0 mils dry film
thickness, Tnemec Pota-Pox Series 20-1255, Beige (NSF International
certified in accordance with ANSIINSF Std. 61), or Equal.
7. Finish Coat: One coat polyamide epoxy primer, 4.0 to 6.0 mils dry film
thickness, Tnemec Pota Pox Plus Series 20-15BL, Tank White
(ANSIINSF Std. 61 certified by UL), or Equal.
C. System J-2 For use on steel tanks (exterior).
1. Surface Preparation: Grind all weld seams smooth. Remove all existing
paint, primer, rust and rust stain by Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC-
SP6). All surfaces must be clean and dry prior to application of any
coatings. All prepared surfaces must be primed the same day as surface
preparation in order to prevent flash rusting or re-contamination of the
substrate.
2. Primer: One coat of an aromatic urethane, zinc-rich primer at a dry film
thickness of 2.5-3.5 mils, Tnemec Series 90-97, or Equal (sprayed
applied, brush or roller is acceptable for small areas).
3. Stripe Coat: One stripe coat of a high build polyamide, satin finish epoxy,
brush-applied to weld seams at a dry film thickness of 2.5-3.5 mils,
Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal.
4. Intermediate Coat: One coat of a high build polyamide, satin finish epoxy
at a dry film thickness of 4.0 to 6.0 mils, Tnemec Series 66, or Equal (two
coats may be necessary to achieve d.f.t if brush applied).
5. Finish Coat: One coat of a aliphatic acrylic semi-gloss polyurethane with
an added UV absorber and light stabilizer for additional color and gloss
retention at a dry film thickness of 2.5-4.0 mils, Tnemec Series 73 with
added 44-600, or Equal (two coats may be necessary to achieve d.f.t if
brush applied).
2.5 GROUP M - SPECIAL COATINGS
A. System M-3. For sealing concrete floors where concrete is shown as natural in
the Finish Schedules and on all exposed concrete floors where no finish has
been shown. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days.
1. Surface Preparation: Mechanically abrade floor to achieve a medium grip
sandpaper profile.
2. First Coat: One coat of clear epoxy floor sealer, minimum 10 mils DFT,
Tnemec 201 Epoxoprime, or Equal.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I"
I
I
I
I
I
2.6 THINNING
A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products for the particular purpose and by
the manufacturer furnishing the paint shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done
strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the full
knowledge and approval of the Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SHOP PAINTING
A. All ferrous and non-ferrous surfaces shall be solvent cleaned before priming.
Primer shall be applied in the shop to protect surfaces from rust during shipment
and storage.
B. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or
erection.
3.2 FIELD PREPARATION
A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the
objective of obtaining a smooth, clean and dry surface. No painting shall be
done before the prepared surfaces are approved by the Engineer.
B. Surface preparation for miscellaneous surfaces to be painted, not specifically
covered in these specifications, shall be as recommended by the manufacturer
of the paint selected for use and as approved by the Engineer.
c. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating
manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition.
D. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures
and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-applied
protection. Reinstall removed items after painting is completed. Measure
moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply
finishes to masonry walls unless moisture content of surfaces are below 12
percent.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with
manufacturer's directions.
B. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and
surfaces to which applied.
C. Workmanship for applying paint shall be of professional quality. The painter
shall apply each coat at the rate recommended by the manufacturer smoothly
without runs, sags, or holidays. If the material has thickened or must be diluted
for use with a spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same thickness as
achieved with undiluted materials. In other words, one gallon of paint as
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-9
originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a great square foot area
when applied by spray gun than when applied by brush. Deficiencies in film
thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coat or coats of
paint. On masonry, application rates will vary according to the surface texture;
however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded.
On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective
and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying
additional coats of paint. Before succeeding coats are applied to a surface, the
preceding coat shall have been approved by the Engineer.
D. Drying time shall be construed to mean "under normal conditions". Where
conditions are other than normal because of the weather or because painting
must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be necessary.
Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be placed in service,
until paints are thoroughly dry.
3.4 DAMAGED COATINGS
A. Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have edges feathered and
repaired in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, as
approved by the Owner.
B. All finish coats, including touch up and damage-repair coats shall be applied in a
manner which will present a uniform texture and color-match appearance.
3.5 UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION
A. If the item has an improper finish, color, or insufficient film thickness, the surface
shall be cleaned and topcoated with the specified material to obtain the specified
color and coverage. Specific surface preparation information shall be obtained
from the coatings manufacturer and reviewed and approved by the Owner.
B. All visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power-
sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated
in accordance with the specifications.
C. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections.
Evidence of these conditions shall be cause for rejection.
D. Any defects in the coating system shall be repaired by the Contractor per written
recommendations of the coating manufacturer.
3.6 GUARANTEE AND ANNIVERSARY INSPECTION
A. All work shall be warranted for a period of one year from date of acceptance of
the project.
B. The Owner will notify the Contractor at least 30 days prior to the anniversary
date and shall establish a date for the inspection. Any defects in the coating
system shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
Should a failure occur to 25% of the painted surface, either interior or exterior,
the entire surface shall be cleaned and painted in accordance with these
specifications.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.7 CLEAN UP
A. All cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed
metal containers or destroyed at the end of each day. Upon completion of the
work, all staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site
and/or destroyed in an approved and legal manner. Paint spots, oil, or stains
upon adjacent surfaces and floors shall be completely removed, and the entire
job left clean and acceptable to the Owner.
3.8 STEEL TANK PAINTING REQUIREMENTS
A. General Painting Procedures:
1. Cleaning and painting shall be done at such times as approved by the
Project Representative. The Contractor shall do a complete cleaning and
painting job on all damaged surfaces of the tank and accessories.
Particular attention shall be given to the proper preparation and condition
of all surfaces to be painted, as specified herein and as recommended by
the manufacturer of paint to be used.
2. All surface preparation and painting work shall be performed in
accordance with American Water Works Association Standard
Specification 0102, latest edition, and manufacturer's recommendations,
except as otherwise specified herein.
3. All surface preparation and priming shall be done in the field. Damaged
portions of the interior and exterior of the tank, including all plates,
structural members, appurtenances or accessories shall be cleaned in
accordance with these technical specifications.
4. Prior to priming, all surfaces shall be completely free of all rust, mill scale,
dust and all other interference materials. All sharp edges, including those
from scaffolding lugs, as well as those on weld seams, shall be ground
smooth. All surfaces shall be primed in the same day and within 8 hours
of the blast cleaning. In the event that rusting occurs on any surface prior
to priming, the rusted area shall be recleaned as directed by the Project
Representative. Special attention shall be directed to the removal of all
blast cleaning dust or other residues prior to the application the prime
coat.
5. The colors of the finish coatings shall be selected by the Owner. The
Contractor shall submit to the Owner through the Project Representative
for approval, suitable samples of all colors and finishes as required.
Samples shall be portable samples, samples of the surfaces to be
painted or both, as required by the Owner and Project Representative.
Final work shall be in accordance with the approved samples. In order to
easily distinguish between successive coats, each coat shall be of such
shade or tint as to easily distinguish it from preceding coats at all times.
6. All painting materials shall be stored and mixed in a single place
approved by the Project Representative. The Contractor shall dispose of
all waste and excess materials in an approved manner. The Contractor
shall be held solely responsible for a any damage due to his failure to
observe this provision.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-11
7. The Contractor shall apply each coating at a rate and manner specified
by the manufacturer. Paint shall be applied so as to obtain a coverage
per gallon not greater than that recommended by the manufacturer. The
Contractor shall record, in a manner satisfactory to the Project
Representative, the quantities of paint used for each successive coat on
the various parts of the work.
8. If paints are thinned for spraying, the coating shall be built up to the same
film thickness achieved with undiluted material. Deficiencies in film
thickness shall be corrected by the application of an additional coat or
coats of paint as directed or approved by the Project Representative.
Where thinning is necessary, only the products of the manufacturer
furnishing the paint, and for the particular purpose shall be used. All
thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions and shall be subject to the approval of the Project
Representative. Paint shall not be applied to wet or damp surfaces, nor
in adverse temperature conditions. The Contractor shall adhere strictly to
the manufacturer's recommendations regarding weather, air temperature,
moisture conditions, etc., as well as to the direction of the Project
Representative as to times when painting will be allowed.
9. Before any surface is painted it shall be cleaned carefully of all dust, dirt,
grease, etc., and the surface prepared as specified herein. After surface
preparation, painting shall be done as soon as practical after such
preparation and prior to any deterioration of the prepared surface.
Cleaning and painting shall be so programmed that dust and other
contaminates from the surface preparation and cleaning process will not
fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
10. Finish surfaces shall be uniform in finish and color. In all cases, the paint
film produced shall be as specified and be satisfactory to the Project
Representative. Each coat of paint shall be allowed to dry for the time
specified by the manufacturer before the next coat is applied.
11. The Contractor shall protect his work at all time as well as the work site
and adjacent property. The contractor shall be solely responsible for any
damage to the site or adjacent property caused by his operations.
B. Steel Tank Painting Procedures
1. All pit depths from 3/32-inch to 5/32-inch shall be filled with the
application of seam sealer material. The seam sealer material is to be
toweled onto the excessively pitted sections until a smooth, finished
surface is obtained. All pit depths greater than 5/32-inch are to be filled
by welding additional material into these places. All welded sections are
to be ground smooth.
2. The tank shall remain uncoated after the filler material is installed for a
minimum of 6 hours to allow this material to cure. The primer coat may
not be applied until the filler material is dried completely according to the
paint manufacture's specifications.
3. The tank shall be coated with primer one section at a time, starting with
the roof, then the sidewalls, and finish with the bottom. A section is
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
defined as a portion of the roof, a portion of the bottom, or one vertical
drop down the sidewall.
4. Immediately prior to the primer application, a section to the surface shall
be lightly reblasted to remove the flash rust, with care being taken to not
damage the filler material. After that section is adequately cleaned, the
primer material shall be installed.
5. After this section is primed, the next section shall be lightly reblasted to
remove the flash rust and this procedure. repeated until the tank is
completely primed. All transitional areas at the junction of the vertical
drops between the cleaned areas and the painted sections shall be
feathered to insure a smooth edge.
6. After the primer coat has dried completely according to the paint
manufacturer's specifications, the next coat may be applied.
7. A striping coat shall be applied by brush and/or roller to all welds,
corners, appurtenances, roof plate seams, roof plate to beam junctions,
beam junctions, bolts, and all other hard to coat areas.
8. After the striping coat has dried completely according to the paint
manufacturer's specifications, the intermediate coat may be applied.
9. Final Coat. After the intermediate coat has dried completely according to
the paint manufacturer's specifications, the final coat may be applied.
10. Drying Time. A minimum of 7 days following the application of the final
coat on interior surfaces shall be allowed before the tank is filled with
water and disinfected. The time between final coat application and filling
the tank may be extended to conform to the paint manufacturer's
recommendations or directions from the Project Representative.
C. Safety Precautions
1. Ventilation, electrical grounding of electrical equipment, and care in
handling coatings, paints, solvents, and equipment are important safety
precautions during coating projects. The Contractor shall conform with
safety requirements set forth by regulatory agencies applicable to the
construction industry, manufacturers' published instructions, and
appropriate technical bulletins and manuals that normally include
container warning labels and material safely data sheets (MSDS). The
Contractor shall provide and require the use of personal protective
equipment for all employees working on or about the project site.
2. Ventilation
a. Ventilation is extremely important in reducing the hazards inherent
on applying coating formulated of flammable and toxic materials.
During application of coatings inside tanks, adequate ventilation
shall be provided and workers shall be equipped with fresh air
masks. All equipment shall be nonsparking and shall comply with
NFPA 70 and local, state, and federal safety regulations.
b. Under some conditions the minimum ventilation fan capacity
specified may not provide adequate ventilation. The shape of the
tank, the location and size of openings, the placement of blowers
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-13
and ducts, the rate and method of coating application, and
weather conditions will determine the required ventilation. Since
1973, ANSI/AWWA 0100 has required additional manholes to
facilitate access and ventilation. Consideration shall be given to
installing additional manholes in existing tanks that do not have
two access openings.
c. The effectiveness of the ventilation system shall be checked by
making periodic explosimeter readings. Ventilation shall be
sufficient to keep the concentration of the volatile material below
the maximum allowable concentration prescribed by applicable
local, state, and federal safety regulations.
d. Use outside air for supply. Exhaust completely to the outside of
any enclosures.
e. Separate the point of supply as far possible from the point of
exhaust.
f. Install enough ducts and blowers to ensure uniform air distribution
throughout the tank.
g. Add more exhaust ducts in areas where vapors may collect.
Solvent vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate in the
lower portions of the tank.
h. High concentrations of explosive vapors are likely to occur
farthest from the source of fresh air.
i. If the tank has roof hatches or vents, they may be used to aid
ventilation. However, if heating or dehumidification is used,
ventilation may be provided by other means and the roof hatches
and vents may need to remain closed.
j. A period of forced ventilating plus a period of gravity ventilation
shall be continued after coating application is completed to ensure
complete curing and solvent removal. Coating life may be
shortened if there is inadequate ventilation during the curing
period and minute quantities of coating solvent may contribute to
taste and odor problems in stored water. Lower temperature or
higher humidity may extend the time that ventilation is necessary.
Heating can be employed to shorten the forced ventilation
periods. Heat sources that emit toxic fumes or water shall not be
used.
3. Breathing Apparatus. When blast cleaning and coating operations are
performed inside the tank, all persons exposed to particulate matter and
coating vapors shall wear OSHA approved breathing apparatus. The air
source for air-supplied masks should comply with applicable local, state,
and federal safety regulations.
4. Protective Clothing. All of the Contractor's personnel engaged in blast
cleaning and coating operations shall wear protective clothing sufficient to
inhibit the intrusion of particulate matter and coating vapors.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Lighting. Adequate lighting acceptable to the Project Representative
shall be provided by the Contractor to allow proper safety, workmanship
and inspection.
6. Access. All manholes and other tank openings shall remain open during
cleaning, painting, and curing operations.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-15
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Painting and Coatings
09900-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TABLE 09900-1
PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. MULTI-MEDIA FILTER STEEL TANK
1. Interior, wet, immersion service, tank wall and ceiling (repaint areas with
damaged paint only or as required due to proposed work) - System J-1.
2. Interior, wet, immersion service, miscellaneous cast iron, ductile iron and steel
items - System J-1.
3. Exterior - System J-2
B. MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
1. Ductile iron pipe, valves, supports, and miscellaneous steel, exposed and above grade -
System B-1.
2. Miscellaneous exterior concrete - System A-3.
3. Stainless steel pipe and supports - No paint system required.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 09902 - PIPE PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Painting of all exposed above ground utility pipelines, valves and fittings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. Exposed piping (except stainless steel) shall be painted. Metal pipe shall be
painted System B-1, or J-1 depending on location. Seal coats shall be used over
bitumen coated surfaces as applicable. Plastic pipe shall be painted in
accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations.
B. The finish coat color shall be as shown on the Pipe Identification Schedule.
2.2 PIPE PAINT COLORS
A. Raw Well Water: Dark Blue
B. Multi-Media Filter Effluent: Dark Blue
C. Potable Backwash Water: Light Blue
D. Waste Backwash Water: Light Green
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe Painting
09902-1
I"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 11371 - MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section includes providing and installing improvements to four (4) existing
automatic pressure type filters for iron, arsenic, hydrogen sulfide and solids
removal.
B. The Contractor is responsible for providing all labor, materials, equipment and
incidentals necessary to install improvements in the multi-media filter system and
related interconnecting piping, electrical, instrumentation and control systems.
C. The following existing items are furnished with each existing Multi-Media Filter:
1. Steel Tank
2. Inlet Distributor/Waste Collector
3. Supplemental Air Wash Distributor
4. Underdrain Distributor
5. Support Gravel
6. Filtration Media
7. Control And Isolating Valves
8. Filter Face Piping
9. System Interconnecting Piping
10. Accessories
11. Control Panel
D. The existing Basis of Design is a multi-media filter system as manufactured by
GE\Osmonics, Minnetonka, MN, (952-933-2277).
1.2 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. General Provide and install exterior and interior improvements on all 4 Multi-
Media Filters and the associated potable backwash water piping assembly.
B. Multi-Media Filter Exterior Improvements
1. Valve No. 1 Raw Water Inlet - Relocate Valve No. 1 to a new location
on the same influent pipe line (all 4 filters). Replace the 8" Mueller
butterfly valve with an 8" Bray butterfly valve; use the same ElM actuator
with new mounting brackets (Multi-Media Filter Nos. 1 and 2 only). The
new Bray butterfly valves and actuator mounting brackets to be provided
by the Owner. Provide and install new 6" and 8" SS pipe (all 4 filters).
2. Valve No.2 Filter Effluent - Provide and install a 6" V-port ball valve with
a positioning/modulating electric actuator. Provide and install SS 8"x6"
reducers and 6" SS pipe (all 4 filters).
3. Valve No.3 Backwash Inlet - Replace the 8" Mueller butterfly valve with
an 8" Bray butterfly valve; use the same ElM actuator with new mounting
brackets. The new Bray butterfly valves and actuator mounting brackets
to be provided by the Owner (all 4 filters)
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-1
4. Valve No. 4 Waste Backwash Outlet - Replace the 8" Mueller butterfly
valve with an 8" Bray butterfly valve; use the same ElM actuator with
new mounting brackets. The new Bray butterfly valves and actuator
mounting brackets to be provided by the Owner (Multi-media Filter Nos.
1 and 4 only).
5. Valve No 5 Waste Rinse Outlet - Provide and install a flangeless 8" V-
port ball valve with a positioning/modulating electric actuator. Provide
and install 8" SS pipe and flanges as required (all 4 filters).
6. Valve NO.6 Air Scour - No improvements in this contract (all 4 filters).
7. Valve NO.7 Slow Fill Inlet - To be relocated to become Valve NO.8 (all
4 filters).
8. Valve No. 8 Upper Tank Drain - Relocate 2" ball valve No. 7 to a 2"
upper tank drain outlet. Designate as 2" ball valve NO.8. Provide and
install 2" SS manual isolation ball valve and 2" SS piping (all 4 filters).
9. Magnetic Flowmeter - Provide and install a 6" magnetic flowmeter on
the raw water Inlet piping with new 6" SS piping and 8"x6" SS reducers
as required. Relocate the existing 8" manually operated butterfly valve
(all 4 filters).
10. Differential pressure Transmitter - Provide and install a differential
pressure transmitter connecting to the raw water inlet and the filter
effluent pipes (all 4 filters).
11. 2" SS Ball Valve - Provide and install a 2" manual SS isolation ball valve
on the existing 2" outlet for the ARV on the top of the tank. Provide and
install 2" SS pipe as required (all 4 filters).
C. Exterior Work- Potable Backwash Water Feed Assembly
1. 8" Potable Backwash Water Flow Control Valve - Provide and install
one 8" V-port ball valve with a positioning/modulating electric actuator on
the 10" potable backwash water feed line. Relocate the existing 1 0"
backflow preventer assembly and the 10" Venturi flowmeter. Reuse as
much existing 1 0" ductile iron pipe as possible. Provide and install
12"x10" and 1 0"x8" ductile iron eccentric reducers. Provide and install
1 0" and 8" ductile iron pipe as required.
D. Multi-Media Filter Interior Work
1. 2" Drain Pipe - Provide and install 2" SS drain pipe and fittings in upper
part of Multi-Media Filter Tank (all 4 filters).
2. Raw Water Inlet Pipe - Provide and install new 8" and 6" SS raw water
inlet pipe fittings, and supports (all 4 filters).
3. 2" Air Scour Header - Relocate existing 2" SS air scour header and
diffusers to a location above the gravel support media base (all 4 filters).
4. Non-Shrink Grout - Provide and install non-shrink grout in the bottom of
the steel filter tank (all 4 filters).
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Gravel Underdrain and Support Base - Remove and recycle existing
gravel; provide and install new gravel support base with gradations as
shown on the plans to obtain required volume (all 4 filters).
6. Filter Sand - Remove and recycle existing sand; provide and install new
filter sand to obtain required volume (all 4 filters).
7. Anthracite - Provide and install new anthracite (all 4 filters).
E. Electric<'ll Work
1. Provide and install new electric power, wiring and conduit and new
instrumentation wiring and conduit for new and relocated electric
actuated valves, flowmeters and pressure transmitters (all 4 filters and
potable backwash water piping assembly).
F. InstrlJment<'ltion
1. Provide and install new flow and pressure transmitters and associated
wiring and conduit. Also, provide and install new signal wiring from
PLC's to electric actuated valves as required (all 4 filters). Note: The
programming of existing PLC's for control of valves during normal
filtration operations and backwash operations shall be provided by
Others.
G. Disinfection
1. Clean and disinfect the filter tank interiors, gravel and sand filter media,
interior and exterior piping, and exterior valves of each Multi-Media Filter
in accordance with AWWA C653, latest edition, Standard for
Disinfection of Water Treatment Plants. Note that the anthracite media
cannot be disinfected and must be placed in each filter tank using the
cleanest procedures possible. The Owner shall obtain clearance from
the Pine lias County Health Department prior to placing the Multi-Media
Filter back into use.
1.3 FACTORY-TRAINED TECHNICIAN
A. The supervisory service of a factory trained field service technician who is
specifically trained in this type of equipment shall be provided for a minimum
period of 3 cumulative 8-hour man-days during construction. He shall assist the
General Contractor with technical advice on the installation of the major
components of the treatment equipment including:
1. Proper setting of the interior piping.
2. Placement of the gravel support material.
3. Proper placement and conditioning of the filter media.
4. Proper installation of the exterior piping.
B. Upon completion of the installation, the services of the factory trained field
service technician shall be provided for a period of not less than five 8-hour man
days to check the completed installation, make any required adjustments, initiate
a trial performance run, and place the system in satisfactory operation.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-3
C. In addition to the above, the manufacturer shall provide the services of the
factory trained field service engineer for a period on not less than three 8-hour
man days for instructing the plant operating personnel in the proper care and
operation of the equipment.
D. The General Contractor shall provide a one-year warranty against defective
equipment for the equipment specified in this section.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. The General Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative seven
complete sets of shop drawings, details, data sheets, and other descriptive
drawings and material as may be required to fully describe the equipment
proposed and to verify compliance with the contract documents.
B. All submittals shall be complete, neat, and orderly. The submittals shall include
the following:
1. Custom, CAD generated shop drawings pertinent to this specific
application showing interconnections of the components in the system,
including scaled double line piping drawings (schematics will not be
acceptable), control logic schematic/wiring diagrams, control panel
drawings to include front panel view, internal wiring detail, and panel
internal arrangements, control panel equipment charts, equipment
arrangements, installation and erection details, anchor bolts, equipment
pads, etc. Provide one copy of electronic drawings in AutoCAD, version
2000.
2. Detailed descriptions of each piece of equipment specified.
3. Description of the operation and control of the equipment along with an
annotated copy of the control logic program.
4. 4 copies of operation and maintenance manuals for the new equipment
for the Multi-Media Filters.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EXISTING FILTER TANKS
A. The system consists of four (4) vertical pressure filters, 144 inch 0.0. by 96 inch
straight shell.
B. Each filter tank is welded steel construction using SA-516 Grade 70 steel, tested
to withstand a hydrostatic pressure 50% in excess of the designed working
pressure of 100 psi. The tank is ASME code construction, without stamp.
C. Each tank includes the following features:
1. One (1) 24 inch x 18 inch elliptical manhole in the bottom of the straight
side.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Four (4) structural steel leg type supports.
3. One (1) 16 inch x 12 inch elliptical manhole in the dome top.
O. Tank interior is white metal sandblasted per SSPC-SP5 and lined with a Tnemec
series 20 Pota-Pox epoxy-polyamide potable water coating system consisting of
the following:
1. One (1) coat (3.0 - 5.0 mils OFT) of Tnemec #20- 1255 Pota-Pox beige
primer.
2. One (1) coat (4.0 - 6.0 mils OFT) of Tnemec #20- 2000 Pota-Pox white
finish.
E. Tank exterior is commercial sandblasted per SSPC-SP6, and painted with
one(1)shop coat (3.0 - 5.0 mils OFT) of Tnemec #20-1255 Pota-Pox Beige
primer and 2 field coats of Tnemec 23 Enduratone (1.5 mils each coat).
F. Finish painting of the tank exterior shall be field applied by the General
Contractor in accordance with the painting section of the specifications.
2.2 EXISTING FILTER INLET DISTRIBUTOR
A. Each filter is furnished with a Schedule 40-316 SS Filter inlet pipe, 8-incles in
diameter.
2.3 EXISTING AIR SCOUR DISTRIBUTOR
A. Each filter tank is furnished with a separate header-lateral air wash distributor
located at the top of the gravel support bed. The distributor consists of Schedule
40-316 SS pipe, 0.50-inch in diameter, spaced 6-inches on center. The 0.125 -
inch diameter air orifices are spaced 2 inches apart. The air header is schedule
40-316 SS pipe, 2.00 inches in diameter.
2.4 EXISTING UNDERDRAIN SYSTEM
A. Each filter tank is furnished with an 8-inch Schedule 40-316 SS header
underdrain system for distribution of backwash water and for collection of filtered
water.
2.5 EXISTING GRAVEL SUPPORT BED
A. A gravel support bed is incorporated in the bottom of each vessel, consisting of
five (5) layers of graded gravel.
B. The gravel gradations from top to bottom are as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3/4" x 1/2"
1/2" x 1/4"
1/8" x 1/16"
1/2" x 1/4"
3/4" x 1/2"
1.5 inches depth
1.5 inches depth
3 inches depth
1.5 inches depth
35 inches depth
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-5
C. The gravel is "Cape May" quality, washed and screened, and shipped in clearly
marked one hundred (100#) pound bags. The gravel meets the requirements of
the American Water Works Association (AWWA) Specification number
B-1 00-96.
2.6 EXISTING FILTRATION MEDIA
A. Each filter has a total of 339 cubic feet of silica sand filter media to form a 36-
inch bed depth.
B. In addition to the sand filter media, each filter has a total of 169 cubic feet of
specially graded Anthrafilt to form an 18-inch bed depth.
C. The Anthrafilt meets the following criteria:
1. Specific gravity: approx. 1.6
2. Effective size: 0.6 - 0.8 mm
3. Uniformity coefficient: less than 1.6
D. All filtration media was shipped in one (1) cubic foot bags on pallets.
E. The Filter media is acceptable under Standard 61 of the National Sanitation
Foundation.
2.7 EXISTING EXTERIOR VALVING
A. Each filter is furnished with an exterior automatic and manual valve assembly
consisting of the following:
1. Automatic valving: C504 AWWA rated butterfly control valves with 125#
flanged cast iron bodies, cast iron discs with stainless steel edge,
stainless steel shaft, BUNA seats, bronze bushing, TFE upper and lower
shaft bearing, and ElM electric motor operators with NEMA 4
enclosures.
2. Valves arefurnished for the following filter sequences:
a. Tank inlet
b. Tank outlet/backwash inlet
c. Tank backwash outlet
d. Tank rinse outlet
e. Tank slow refill
f. Tank draindown
g. Tank Air Scour Inlet
3. Manual isolating valves: C504 AWWA rated butterfly control valves with
125# flanged cast iron bodies, cast iron discs with stainless steel edge,
stainless steel shaft, BUNA seats, bronze bushing, TFE upper and lower
shaft bearing, and manual gear operators. Valves shall be furnished for
the following:
a. Tank inlet isolating
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b. Tank outlet isolating
4. Automatic air release valves: Apco Model 200 automatic air release
valves with threaded cast iron bodies and stainless steel floats.
2.8 PROPOSED REPLACEMENT PIPING
A. External Pipe Assembly on each filter
1. Schedule 40S, 316L stainless Steel, Butt-Weld or Flanged, ~ -inch
through 12-inch (See Section 15061 for more details).
B. Internal Filter Replacement Pipe
1. Same as above.
C. Potable Backwash Water Feed Pipe Assembly
1. Special Thickness class 53 Ductile Iron Pipe, Cement lined, Flanged
(See Section 15062 for more details).
2.9 PROPOSED REPLACEMENT FLOWMETER
A. Magnetic Flowmeter, 6-inch nominal diameter, flanged, total of four required
(See Section 13100 for more details).
2.10 PROPOSED REPLACEMENT VALVES
A. Electric Motor Operated Butterfly Valves, Open/close Service
1. Bray series 31, Lug style, 150 psi (See Section 15100 for more details)
(Provided by Owner).
2. Electric motor operated actuator (Use existing ElM Actuators)
B. Electric Motor operated V-Port Ball Valves, Positioning/Modulating Service.
1. V-Orifice ball Valve, 317 stainless steel, 150 psi service, Dezurik Type
VPB, or equal (See Section 15100 for more details)
a. 6-inch flanged V-Port Ball valve for filter effluent (quantity of 4)
b. 8-inch flangeless V-Port Ball valve for waste rinse (quantity of 4)
c. 8-inch flanged V-Port Ball valve for potable backwash Water feed
(quantity of one).
2. Electric Motor Operated Actuators, positioning/modulating service, 480
volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz (See Section 15102 for more details).
C. Manual Ball Valve
1. ~16 Stainless Steel, Class 300, flanged, TFE seats1/2 to 4 inch (see
Section 15100 for more details).
2.11 PROPOSED DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR
A. Quantity of 4 (See Section 13100 for more details).
2.12 PROPOSED NON-SHRINK GROUT
A. Non-shrink, non-expanding, non-metallic, compressive strength- 7000 psi in 28
days (see Section 03600 for more details).
B. Install in bottom of each filter, 17 inches depth, 110 cubic feet per filter.
2.13 PROPOSED GRAVEL SUPPORT BED
A. A gravel support bed shall be installed in the bottom of each filter consisting of
four (4) layers of graded gravel, with the largest size gravel loaded into the filter
first and the succeeding smaller sizes placed on top.
B. The gravel graduations shall be as follows from top to bottom:
1. 1 /8"x1 /16" 3 inches depth, 28 cubic feet per filter.
2. ~"x1/8" 3 inches depth, 28 cubic feet per filter.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-7
3. 1 /2"x1 /4" 3 inches depth, 28 cubic feet per filter.
4. %"x1/2" 25 inches depth, 235 cubic feet per filter.
C. The gravel shall be "Cape May" quality, washed and screened, and shipped in
clearly marked one hundred (100#) pound bags. The gravel shall meet the
requirements of the American water Works Association (AWWA) Specification
number 8-100, latest edition.
2.14 PROPOSED SAND FILTER BED
A. Provide each filter with a 32-inch depth of filter sand (300 cubic feet per filter)
placed on top of the gravel support base.
8. The filter sand gradation shall be an effective size of 0.5 mm and a uniformity
coefficient of less than 1.6. The filter sand shall range in size between 0.45 and
0.55 mm.
C. The filter sand shall be "Cape May" quality, washed and screened, and shipped
in clearly marked 100 pound bags. The filter sand shall meet the requirements
of AWWA 8-100, latest edition
2.15 PROPOSED ANTHRACITE FILTER BED
A. Provide each filter with an 18-inch depth of filter anthracite (170 cubic feet per
filter) placed on top of the filter sand.
B. The anthracite gradation shall be an effective size of 0.7 mm and a uniformity
coefficient of less than 1.65. the anthracite shall range in size between 0.60 and
0.80 mm.
C. The anthracite shall be shipped in clearly marked 100 pound bags. The
anthracite shall meet the requirements of AWWA 8-100, latest edition, and NSF
Standard 61.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DEMOLITION
A. See Section 02050 for a detailed description of demolition.
3.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. See paragraph 1.2 of this section for a detailed description of the scope of work
for each Multi-Media Filter.
3.3 COORDINATION AND PHASING OF CONSTRUCTION
A. The Contractor shall keep 3 Multi-Media filters in operation while working on
improvements for the fourth Multi-Media Filter.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to determine the sequence and
schedule of the Multi-Media filters to be shut down.
C. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with no less than 72 hours written notice
before shutting down a Multi-Media Filter. The Owner reserves the option to
determine when each Multi-Media Filter can be shut down.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. The relocation of the isolation valve on the influent raw water line for each Multi-
Media Filter shall require that all four multi-Media Filters be shut down. The
Contractor shall coordinate closely with the Owner regarding these shutdowns.
The valve relocation procedure shall be kept as short as possible. Four
shutdowns of all 4 Multi-Media Filters will be needed to accomplish this task. The
shutdown time shall be limited to four (4) hours or less per occurrence.
E. The Contractor shall coordinate closely with the Owner in order to determine a
backwash schedule during construction. The removallinstallation Ire location
Ireplacement of the potable backwash water inlet valve and the waste backwash
valve may be affected by the backwashing of another Multi-Media Filter.
F. The contractor may choose at his option to finish the exterior piping and valve
improvements on all four filters before proceeding to work on the internal
improvements for each filter.
G. In order to have at least 3 filters in operation at all times during construction, the
Owner shall take over the operation of each filter immediately after
improvements are finished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall turn the
operation of each filter over to the Owner after improvements are finished and
the filter has been pressure tested, disinfected, and test operated through a
normal filtration cycle and a normal backwash cycle.
3.4 WELDING REQUIREMENTS
A. All welding shall be performed by welders that are certified under the ASME
Boiler and Pressure vessel code and/or AWS B 2.1 and/or AWWA C220 (See
Section 15061 for more details).
3.5 OSHA CONFINED SPACE REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall follow all OSHA regulations for working in a confined space
when workers are inside the steel tank of a Multi-Media Filter. The Contractor
shall provide protective clothing, ventilation systems, self-contained breathing
apparatus, and any other systems and procedures to meet OSHA requirements.
See Section 09900, paragraph 3.8 .C for further details.
3.6 DISINFECTION
A. Disinfect each Multi-Media Filter and exterior piping and valves in accordance
.with AWWA C653. see Section 02090 for further details.
3.7 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS
A. Provide a pressure test of each Multi-Media Filter Steel Tank at 100 psi for 2
hours.
B. Provide pressure tests of external piping and valves at 150 psi for 2 hours where
isolation valves allow the new pipe and valves to be tested.
3.8 OPERATIONAL TESTS
A. The Owner shall provide potable water for operational tests of each Multi-Media
Filter for the normal filtration cycle and the normal backwash cycle.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-9
3.9 PAINTING
A. After the filtration media and gravel support media has been removed from each
Multi-Media filter, the existing internal piping has been relocated, and the new
internal piping has been installed, the Contractor shall inspect the interior tank
walls and roof for damage to the existing internal painting system. If any damage
to the interior paint system is found, the Contractor shall touch- up paint those
areas before refilling the tank with filter media per Section 09900.
8. The Contractor shall touch-up paint any damaged areas of the exterior paint
system of each Multi-Media filter tank in accordance with Section 09900.
3.10 RECYCLING SAND AND GRAVEL MEDIA
A. When the contractor is removing sand filter media and gravel support media
from each filter, the Contractor shall keep the sand and gravel medias
completely separated for possible reuse in the filters. If recycling the sand and
gravel media is economically feasible, the Contractor shall wash, screen, and
separate the individual gradations of sand and gravel for reuse in the Multi-Media
filters. Anthracite removed from the filters shall become the property of the
Contractor and shall be disposed of in a legal manner.
3.11 RELOADING FILTER MEDIA
A. The media shall be loaded one layer at a time with each layer completed before
the layer above is started. Placement of media in the filters shall conform to
AWWA 8100 (latest edition). After gravel support bed loading, the filter sand,
then the anthracite, shall be loaded. Media loading requirements for the filter
sand and anthracite shall be identical to the filter gravel layer.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Multi-Media Filters
11371-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 13100 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the work of this section as it relates to
other sections of the specification. Particularly:
1. Section 15100 - Valves and Appurtenances
2. Section 16480 - Motor Starters
1.2 DESCRIPTION of WORK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide an approved professional SYSTEM
INTEGRATOR to have total system responsibility for instrumentation, controls,
services and systems as indicated in the contract drawings and described
herein.
B. This section of the specifications shall be considered as a single unit and shall
be included in the single source responsibility from the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR.
C. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR, working together with the CONTRACTOR, shall
provide and install the total requirements for System Controls and
Instrumentation as described herein and shown in the contract drawings.
D. This project provides modifications to the four (4) Dual Media Filters with
instrumentation and controls as described herein, for the City of Clearwater's
Water Treatment Plant No. 1 (Reverse Osmosis Facility).
E. The project will include the addition of a new Magnetic Flow Meter for
measurement of Influent Flow into each filter and a low-range differential
pressure transmitter to measure the head loss across the filter vessel.
F. The project will also include modifications to the existing Dual Media Filter local
control panels to allow the following functions (typical for each filter control panel
unless noted):
1. The existing Slow Fill Valve (AOV-07) will be deleted. A new valve will be
added for the vessel Tank Top Drain (AOV-08). The existing Slow Fill
Valve controls will be relabeled and reused for control of the new valve.
2. The Service Water Outlet Valve (AOV-02) and Rinse Outlet Valve (AOV-
05) will be converted from open/close valves to modulating valves. The
limit switch indications (Open and Closed) for valve position and the
Local/Remote control switch will be reused. The Open, Close and Stop
pushbuttons for these valves will be removed (equipment and wiring).
Control of each modulating valves will be through the PLC for remote
control or, locally, through the use of a single loop controller configured for
use as a manual loading station. The controllers will be located on the
panel door in place of the deleted push buttons using a bezel plate and
gasket attached to the panel to protect the panel NEMA 4X integrity. A
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-1
hinged cover with gasket attached to the bezel plate will be included to
protect the controller from the elements. Each controller will be powered by
a new fused 120 VAC circuit added to the existing UPS protected power
distribution.
3. A new Allen Bradley Flex I/O isolated analog output module will be added
to the PLC system of each local panel for the automatic control of the
modulating valves. The panel circuitry will be added to provide control of
the valve from the PLC when the valve panel switch is in Remote mode and
from the controller when in Local mode. The new module will be connected
to the existing PLC bus using an Allen Bradley Flex I/O expansion cable.
4. Modifications to the existing panel analog input circuits to accommodate
the new Influent Flow transmitter and Filter Loss of Head differential
pressure transmitter. For control panel DM-4, these modifications will
include the addition of a new Allen Bradley Flex I/O isolated analog input
module as noted in the system drawings.
5. Provide new terminals, shielded cable and surge suppression for all new
analog points, whether used on this project or designated as spare.
6. Provide a new circuit breaker on the panel non-UPS protected power to
provide 120 VAC power to the new Influent Flow Meter. Provide wiring
from the breaker to new terminals for connection of the field wiring.
G. Surge protection will be provided for all new transmitters and all new analog
points, including those configured as spare.
H. Update of the existing filter control panel drawings to reflect the incorporated
modifications. The ENGINEER will provide existing drawings in AutoCAD 2005
electronic format for modification. Updates will reflect all changes to the panel
whether new or existing circuits.
I. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR will NOT be responsible for the programming of
the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) or the Remote Operations Interface
(HMI) including screens, database and control logic. This work will be performed
by others, as part of a separate contract.
J. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide various levels of training and spare
parts, as described in these specifications. Training shall be included on the
operation and maintenance of the control system and troubleshooting of all
related components and systems.
1.3 CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY
A. The CONTRACTOR'S attention is directed to the fact that each part of the work
specified forms part of an integral system and as such shall be provided by a
single supplier. The supplier (SYSTEM INTEGRATOR) shall provide all of the
equipment and appurtenances regardless of manufacturer and shall be
responsible to the CONTRACTOR for satisfactory operation of the entire system,
except as described herein as provided by others.
B. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall be responsible to oversee the coordination
between the proposed instrumentation and the controls and providing system
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
start-up and calibration services so that the entire hardware system operates as
intended.
C. Work shall include but not be limited to the following: Provide all components
regardless of manufacturer and apply total SYSTEMS INTEGRATION
ENGINEERING to assure that each component is appropriate for the service
intended and that it is applied and utilized in keeping with the recommended
standards of practice designated by the manufacturer.
O. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall also oversee the installation, start-up and
calibration of every system component to verify that all details of the system are
properly executed.
E. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall" provide technical services including interface
design, coordination with related equipment and systems provided by others,
equipment installation, system calibration and operator training.
F. Additional hardware may be required to achieve proper interface or systems
operation (i.e. signal converters, signal re-transmitters, interposing relays and
similar items). These shall be provided and installed by the SYSTEMS
INTEGRATOR as part of the total systems responsibility at no additional cost to
the Owner to form a system which is well ordered and complete.
G. The work shall include complete testing of all equipment and wiring at the
completion of the work and making any minor changes or adjustments
necessary for the proper functioning of the system and equipment. All
workmanship shall be of the highest quality; sub-standard work will be rejected.
H. The work schedule will be coordinated with the Owner to minimize disruptions to
plant operations. The project intent is to allow only one filter to be removed from
operation at a time. All installation, panel modification, calibration and startup
activities will occur during the outage. Once the filter is returned to service,
testing will occur to verify the filter operation prior to removing the next filter from
service.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. AVAILABLE SYSTEM INTEGRATORS: A single sub-contractor shall be
designated as the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. This supplier shall be responsible
for all of the specialized controls and instrumentation for the project. The
instrumentation SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide all engineering,
equipment, materials and hardware as well as assuring proper installation,
adjustment, calibration and startup of all systems, regardless of manufacturer.
B. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be a company which is regularly engaged in
the business of instrumentation and controls systems integration in the state of
Florida in the water and wastewater industry.
C. The CONTRACTOR, with the Owner's concurrence, shall select the SYSTEMS
INTEGRATOR from one of the names listed below or an approved equal.
. Curry Controls, Lakeland, FL
. OCR Engineering Services, Mulberry, FL
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-3
· Revere Controls, Birmingham, AL
D. The CONTRACTOR may, at his discretion, propose an alternate SYSTEMS
INTEGRATOR for consideration however this request must be made and
approved prior to the bid. Refer to the PRE-BID REQUEST AND APPROVAL
OF SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR (SI) SUBSTITUTION section of this specification
for the procedure for requesting substitution including a qualifications package
regarding company information and capability.
1.5 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS
A. The shop drawing submittals shall include detailed information specific to the
project requirements as outline,d below. Submittals shall be provided for review
and approval by the Owner and Engineer.
S. Catalog cuts and Component Data Sheets shall be provided for each individual
component, device, system or subsystem supplied as a component of this
project. Catalog cuts shall include catalog information, descriptive literature,
application information, operating ranges and accuracy statements, wiring
diagrams, power sources, options and accessories. All applicable options or
accessories shall be marked with dark arrows so that the exact model,
configuration and accessories are clearly delineated.
C. Each catalog cut shall be accompanied with an appropriate component data
sheet as a cover which shall summarize the job-specific data which describes
each component supplied with specific data including manufacturer, model
number, scale, range, set-points, options included, materials of construction,
mounting hardware, power requirements and accessories. Each catalog cut
section will be separated by tabs or color sheets to easily distinguish section
separation.
D. A Bill of Materials shall be provided that shall list all of the instruments,
equipment, panels and devices supplied in this project, grouped by remote
location designations, and identified by code numbers consistently and
systematically. The tabulation shall include as a minimum the instrument name
and model, the code number, a description, options and accessories provided
and the quantities.
E. Panel drawings shall be provided for each enclosure, control panel, or system
schematic provided and as described elsewhere in these specifications.
Drawings shall be clearly legible, and shall include front panel elevation and
layout of the internal panel components, drawn to scale. Panel drawings shall be
fully detailed showing hinges, doors, latches, subpanels, component cut-outs,
panel face mounted devices, nameplates and service legends.
F. Complete control diagrams shall be provided, in ladder and loop schematic form,
showing all wiring details including all devices, electrical connections, wire
numbering, terminal strip location and numbering, wire color code and
termination designations at each device.
G. The LOOP DIAGRAMS shall meet the minimum requirements of ISA S5.4. The
physical location of each component, in every loop, shall be clearly designated,
both in the panel and in the field.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H. Field Wiring Diagrams shall be provided, showing all wiring interconnections
between equipment, panels, junction boxes and field mounted devices. The
diagram shall identify each cable and conductor by size and type (Le. gage,
THHN, twisted, shielded, coaxial, etc.), as well as color code and numbering.
Termination details shall be included at the panel, at the field device termination
point and at any intermediate connections required.
I. Installation Details shall be provided for each field mounted device which shall
include mounting details, piping, tubing, wiring connections, pilot tube routing,
materials and accessories, sunshields and other necessary details required for
proper equipment installation.
J. All documentation shall be provided in an 11" x 17" paper copy and in an
electronic format on compact disk. Acceptable format shall be AutoCAD 2005,
or later, DWG files.
1.6 DOCUMENTATION
A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide full documentation for all hardware,
instrumentation and equipment including complete manuals for installation,
operation, calibration and troubleshooting. All documentation shall be neatly
organized, readable and complete.
B. Complete hardware installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting
manuals shall be provided.
C. At the completion of the project, the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide
complete as-built drawings describing all instrumentation systems and all
instrumentation-related wiring interface details accurately and completely. Wiring
diagrams shall include complete and detailed as-built wiring diagrams for all
locations. These shall include all components as described under SHOP
DRAWING SUBMITTALS above but shall be corrected to include all information
reflected by AS-BUILT conditions.
D. Submitted documentation will be reviewed against as-built conditions and final
acceptance will not be issued until all discrepancies are corrected. All final
documentation shall be an accurate depiction of the final implementation.
E. All final Record documentation shall be grouped and provided in bound hardcopy
O&M sets. Each bound set shall include a writable compact disk containing all
Record documentation in electronic format. Acceptable electronic formats are
Microsoft DOC, Adobe PDF and AutoCAD DWG.
F. Six (6) complete sets will be required.
1.7 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS IN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS
A. In some cases, schematics have been included in the contract drawings to clarify
the intended control function and to explain typical interactions of system
components. These schematics provide recommended details for various
aspects of the system design. They do not purport to include all of the details
and components of the total system design.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-5
B. It shall be the responsibility of the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR to ensure that the
final installation is in compliance with the design and the functions described
herein.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. These specifications are intended to give a general description of what is
required but do not cover details of construction which may vary in accordance
with the exact requirements of the equipment offered. Installations shall include
all necessary parts, equipment, sockets, modules, connectors and other
components required to form a complete and fully functional system.
B. All equipment, cabinets and devices furnished hereunder shall be heavy-duty
type, designed for continuous industrial service. Where possible the system
shall contain products of a single manufacturer and consist of equipment models
which are currently in production. Equipment provided shall be of modular
construction.
C. Materials used in the system shall be new, unused and as hereinafter specified.
All materials where not specified shall be of the very best of their respective
kinds. Samples of materials or manufacturer's specifications shall be submitted
for approval as required by the ENGINEER.
2.2 ENCLOSURES
A. The existing filter control panels are manufactured according to the standards of
Underwriters Laboratory and contain the UL 50BA Industrial Control Panels label
indicating that the complete panel, including all components, is certified for UL
compliance as manufactured as a complete control assembly. Modifications
made through this project shall be in conformance with these standards.
B. All work shall be performed in a professional manner and in consideration of
allowing ease of future troubleshooting and maintenance. All equipment should
be mounted so as to minimize crowding within the panel. All devices shall be
mounted and wired in a neat and workmanlike manner. Each component shall
be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved legend plates.
C. Construction:
1. All components shall be of the highest industrial quality and securely
mounted to the removable back panels with screw and lock washers.
Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping
screws shall not be used to mount any component.
2. Panels shall be provided with circuit breakers to supply individual power
feeds to each device.
D. Wiring:
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. All interconnecting wiring shall be stranded cable, sized appropriately for
the amp load, 600 volt insulation and rated for not less than 90 degree C.
2. Power distribution wiring on the line side of fuses shall be 14 AWG
minimum. Control wiring on the secondary side of fuses shall be 16
AWG minimum. Analog circuits shall utilize 16 AWG shielded, twisted
pair cables, insulated for not less than 300 volts.
3. AC power and low voltage DC wiring systems shall be routed in separate
wireways. Crossing of different system wires shall be at right angles.
Different system wires routed parallel to each other shall be separated by
at least 2 inches. Different wiring systems shall terminate on separate
terminal blocks. Wiring troughs shall not be filled to more than 60
percent visible fill.
4. Terminal blocks shall be barrier type with the appropriate voltage rating
(600 volts minimum). They shall be raised channel mounted type.
5. All wiring shall include unique identification. Wire and type markers shall
be the sleeve type with heat impressed letters and numbers. Direct
wiring between field equipment and panel equipment will not be allowed.
6. Only one side of a terminal block row shall be used for internal wiring.
The field wiring side of the terminal shall not be within 6-inches of the
side panel or adjacent terminal.
7. All wiring connected to live circuits independent of the panel's normal
circuit breaker protection shall be clearly identified as such.
8. All wiring shall be clearly tagged and color coded. All tagged numbers
and color coding shall correspond to the panel wiring diagrams and loop
drawings and the overall tagging system. All power wiring, control wiring,
grounding, and dc wiring shall utilize different color insulation for each
wiring system used. The wiring color code and tagging system shall be
submitted and included as a legend on the schematic diagrams. Provide
a terminal block schedule describing all terminal point functions.
9. Each control circuit shall be individually protected by circuit breakers. All
protecting devices shall be clearly labeled and located for ease of
maintenance.
10. Provide surge protection on instrumentation and control circuits as
specified herein or as shown on the drawings.
a. General: Equip control panels with surge-arresting devices to
protect equipment from damage due to electrical transients
induced in interconnecting lines from lightning discharges and
nearby electrical devices.
b. Suppressor Locations:
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-7
1) At point of connection between each equipment item,
including AC powered transmitters and its power supply
conductors (direct wired equipment).
2) On analog pairs at each end when the pair travels outside
of a building.
3) In other locations where equipment sensitivity to surges
and transients requires additional protection beyond that
inherent to the design of equipment.
11. Grounding: All suppressors shall be grounded per the suppressor
manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish control panels with an integral
copper grounding bus for connection of suppressors and other required
instrumentation. Provide single-point connection of all grounds to
grounding bus using the shortest possible path. Each grounded object
shall have a separate connection to the ground bus. Do not connect
cable shields to suppressor ground terminal or daisy-chain ground
connections. Provide 1-inch wide by 1/8-inch thick copper ground bus as
a minimum.
E. Equipment Mounting/Arrangement: All components shall be mounted in a
manner that shall permit servicing, adjustment, testing and removal without
disconnecting, moving or removing any other component. Components mounted
on the inside of panels shall be mounted on removable plates and not directly to
the enclosure. Mounting shall be rigid and stable, unless shock mounting is
required otherwise by the manufacturer to protect equipment from vibration.
Internal components shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent
engraved phenolic legend plates, %" (minimum) white letters on black
background. Legend plate text shall be submitted to the Engineer for review
prior to fabrication.
F. Components:
1. Control/Interposing Relays
a. Control Relays shall be plug-in miniature type with DIN rail
mounted sockets. Units shall, as a minimum have 10 Amp, 120
VAC DPDT contacts and 120 VAC, 1.6 W maximum coils.
b. Units shall be as manufactured by IDEC RH series, Potter &
Brumfield, Allen Bradley or approved equal.
2. Power Supplies
a. Power Supplies shall be provided as required to provide loop
power to field instrumentation and as otherwise needed.
b. Supplies shall convert 120 V AC power to 24 VDC sufficient to
allow connected equipment to operate within their required
tolerances. Unit shall be DIN rail mounted and UL listed. Provide
fusing for each DC supply line to individual two-wire transmitter.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c. Units shall be as manufactured by SOLA SDN Series to match
existing equipment.
3. Circuit Breakers
a. Circuit Breakers shall be provided as required to provide isolation
for all component group power feeds. Units shall be rated as
recommended by the equipment manufacturer for maximum
equipment protection.
b. Component Circuit Breakers shall be rated for 120 V AC, 10,000
ampere interrupting capability and UL approved. Units shall be
thermal magnetic type with DIN rail mounting.
c. Units shall be as manufactured by Allen Bradley 1492 Series,
General Electric V-Line Series or approved equal.
4. Terminal Blocks
a. Terminal blocks shall be used for all external wiring connections
and for internal voltage bus connections. Blocks shall be screw
connection clamp type, DIN rail mounted units, sized appropriately
for the application and held in place with end stops. Terminals
shall be labeled on both sides of the block and the strip shall be
labeled on the end stop. Jumpers between blocks shall be pin
connector type without loss of space on terminals or rails.
b. General purpose units shall be rated for 600 VAC at 30 amps and
capable of accepting up to a 10 AWG wire. Ground blocks shall
have a green/yellow body and be electrically grounded to the
mounting rail. The block shall accept up to a 10 AWG wire.
c. Units shall be as manufactured by Allen Bradley 1492-W4 series,
Weidmueller WDU-4 series or equal.
K. Nameplates: All external components and the enclosure shall be supplied with
permanent engraved legend plates. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16-inch
thick machine engraved black background phenolic which reveals white lettering
when engraved. Engraved text shall be 3/16-inch high for component legends,
~-inch high for the enclosure legend. Legend plates shall be securely fastened
in place using stainless steel screws. Legend plate text shall be submitted to the
Engineer for review prior to fabrication.
2.3 SURGE AND TRANSIENT PROTECTION - POWER, CONTROL AND ANALOG
SIGNAL
A. All electronic systems, equipment and devices provided in this contract shall be
protected from surges. Protection shall be provided at panel entry points for
analog and discrete signals.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-9
B. Analog instruments such as pressure transmitters, flow meters, etc. shall be
protected from power spikes and surges at both the instrument and at the final
termination point.
C. Field mounted 4-20 ma two-wire transmitters shall be equipped with field
mounted signal transient protectors. Field mounted four-wire transmitters shall
be equipped with appropriately rated transient protectors on both power and
signal side.
D. These protective devices shall be external to and installed in addition to any
protective devices built into the equipment. Power and signal protection shall be
installed in either a NEMA 4X enclosure or in the enclosure that houses the
equipment to be protected.
E. All surge arrestors shall be mounted and wired per the manufacturer's
recommendations including local grounding for surge energy dissipation.
F. Transient protection devices for 120 V AC Power Connections shall be EDCO
HSP-121BT-1RU or approved equal to match existing equipment.
G. Transient protection devices for panel mounted 120 V AC control circuits shall be
Allen Bradley 700-HA33A 1 to match existing equipment.
H. Transient protection devices for panel mounted DC voltage or analog signal
circuits shall be Bourn 181 0-15-A3 to match existing equipment, EDCO DRS-036
or.approved equal
I. Transient protection devices for field mounted two-wire transmitters shall be
EDCO SS65-036 or approved equal
J. Transient protection devices for field mounted four-wire transmitters shall be
EDCO SLAC 12036 or approved equal
2.4 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)
A. Isolated Analog Input Module:
1. Four (4) isolated input points per module, 4-20ma @ 24VDC.
2. Provide with Allen Bradley 1794-TB3 Terminal Base
3. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, Flex I/O 1794-IF41.
B. Analog Output Module:
1. Four (4) single ended output points per module, 4-20 mA @ 24 VDC.
2. Provide with Allen Bradley 1794-TB3 Terminal Base
3. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, Flex I/O 1794-0E4.
F. Flex I/O Expansion Cable:
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, Flex I/O 1794-CE3 or 1794-CE6 as required by the
application.
2.4 SINGLE LOOP CONTROLLER
A. Individual single loop controllers shall be provided for local panel operation of
modulating valves. Controllers shall be provided with an individually fused
power circuit to allow for ease of maintenance or replacement.
B. Unit shall be a '!4 DIN panel mounted single loop controller with a NEMA 4X front
panel and rated for 120 V AC, 60 Hz operation
C. Unit shall provide, as a minimum, three lines of digital display with the top line
used for display of Influent Flow, the second line for valve position and the third
line for the controller output. All values shall be presented in engineering units.
The top display shall be a minimum of five digit, seven segment units with a
height of 0.5 inches. The second and third line shall be a minimum of nine
character, 14 segment alphanumeric. In addition to process values, the displays
shall provide indication of Auto/Manual operation and alarm conditions.
D. All inputs shall be isolated 4-20 mA dc with an input impedance of 250 Ohms.
All outputs shall be 4-20 mA dc into 1000 Ohms.
E. Faceplate buttons shall be thick-key silicone rubber and, as a minimum, provide
the ability to access menu functions, change displays, adjust setpoints and
change control values.
F. Although the unit will be used in manual mode, it shall have full PID functionality
included and shall be capable of monitoring and configuring all parameters and
algorithms for these capabilities.
G. The unit shall provide accuracy of 0.05% of full scale, input filtering of 0-120
seconds and input sampling/output updates at up to 10 times per second.
H. Unit shall be a Moore Industries Model 535 or approved equal by Honeywell or
ABB.
2.5 MAGNETIC FLOW METER
A. Magnetic FIQwmeters shall consist of a flowmeter with remote signal
converter/transmitter that is capable of converting and transmitting a signal from
the flow tube. The flow tube shall utilize the characterized principle of
electromagnetic induction and shall produce DC signals directly proportional to
the flow rate
B. The flowmeter accuracy shall be ~:t0.5% of reading from 2-100% meter capacity.
C. The flowmeter shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. NEMA 6P / IP68 accidental submersion enclosure
2. Meter body shall be powder epoxy coated aluminum or carbon steel with
an epoxy finish
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-11
3. Electrical Housing shall be powder epoxy painted aluminum
4. ANSI Class 150 flanges (minimum)
5. Tefzel or polyurethane liner to suit process requirements
6. Flush type or bullet type (slurry applications) electrodes compatible with
process fluid
7. Empty pipe detection
8. SST bolts/nuts, centering device, Teflon gaskets
9. Grounding rings when installed in non-metallic piping. Grounding rings
shall be chemically resistant to process, 316SST minimum, and grounded
as detailed in the project drawings.
10. The cables for interconnecting the flow tube to the transmitter shall be
furnished by the manufacturer and of sufficient length as to not require
splicing.
D. The transmitter shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. NEMA 4X enclosure
2. 120VAC, 60Hz input power
3. Process display with keypad for menu driven configuration
4. Minimum of one (1) 4-20ma output proportional to flow
5. HART protocol
6. Minimum of one (1) alarm relay output
7. Empty pipe detection
8. Low-flow cutoff selectable from 0-9% of full scale
9. Selectable Damping of 0-99 seconds
10. Flow, reverse and net totalization
11. Non-volatile EEPROM memory
E. Magnetic Flowmeters shall be Sparling TigermagEP FM656 or equal by ABB
Endress & Hauser or Khrone
2.6 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
A. Differential pressure transmitters shall be of the capacitance type, with a process
isolated diaphragm with silicone oil fill, microprocessor based "smart" electronics,
and a field adjustable 30:1 input range.
B. Span and zero shall be continuously adjustable externally over the entire range.
Span and zero adjustments shall be capable of being disabled internally.
C. Transmitters shall be NEMA 4X weatherproof and corrosion resistant construction
with low copper aluminum body and 316 stainless steel process wetted parts.
Units shall include a factory assembled 316 stainless steel 3-valve manifold with
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~-18 NPT process connections. The transmitter will be mounted using a stainless
steel bracket for a 2-inch pipe.
D. Accuracy, including nonlinearity, hysteresis, and repeatability errors shall be plus or
minus 0.10 percent of calibrated span, zero based. The maximum zero elevation
and maximum zero suppression shall be adjustable to anywhere within sensor
limits.
E. Output shall be linear isolated 4-20mA 24 VDC with a digital signal based on
HART protocol. Power supply shall be 24 VDC, two wire design.
F. Each transmitter shall be furnished with a 4 digit LCD indicator capable of
displaying engineering units and/or milliamps, and mounting hardware as required.
G. Overload capacity shall be rated at a minimum of 25 MPa. Environmental limits
shall be 40 to 85 oC at zero to one hundred percent (0-100%) relative humidity.
H. Each transmitter shall have a stainless steel tag with calibration data, attached to
body.
I. The capacitance pressure sensor shall be mechanically, electrically and thermally
isolated from the process and the environment, shall include an integral
temperature compensation sensor, and shall provide a digital signal to the
transmitter's electronics for further processing.
J. Factory set correction coefficients shall be stored in the sensor's non volatile
memory for correction and linearization of the sensor output in the electronics
section.
K. The electronics section shall correct the digital signal from the sensor, and convert
it into a 4-20 mA analog signal for transmission to receiving devices.
L. The electronics section shall contain configuration parameters and diagnostic data
in non volatile EEPROM memory, and shall be capable of communicating, via a
digital signal superimposed on the 4-20 mA output signal, with a remote interface
device. Output signal damping shall be provided, with an adjustable time constant
of 0-36 seconds.
M. Differential pressure indicating transmitters shall be calibrated in inches of liquid for
filter head loss service.
N. Transmitters shall be provided with one (1) HART Communicator for transmitter
calibration, provided with 120 VAC charger and spare battery pack. Unit shall be
a Rosemount 375 Field Communicator or approved equal
O. Differential pressure indicating transmitters shall be Rosemount Model 3051 CD
with Rosemount Model 0305RC manifold.
2.7 SUNSHIELDS
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-13
A. All outdoor mounted transmitters shall be provided with a 316 Stainless Steel or
FRP sunshields. Sunshields are to be sized so that the sunshield will extend a
minimum of three (3) inches beyond the transmitter enclosure on all sides.
B. The sunshield shall be sized to include protection for the transmitter and the
surge arresting device.
C. All sunshield and instrument mounting hardware shall be 316 Stainless Steel.
2.8 ANALOG lOOP SUPPLY AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION
A. Each analog instrument and system shall be provided with an appropriate
modular, regulated power supply with sufficient power to drive all loop
components, conductors and accessories. Analog signals 'shall be
communicated using shielded stranded signal cable with braided shield and
waterproof jacket, suitable for the service intended. The SYSTEM
INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the installation of the signal wiring and provide
appropriate installation procedures.
B. All signal wiring shall be installed in metallic conduit that is physically separated
from power conduits. Shields shall be wired to drain only at one end and
terminated to a proper ground connection. Bare drains shall not contact the
metallic conduit at any point. The cable shall be tested after installation for
verification of total isolation of the drain to the conduit. Signal loops shall be
provided with signal line surge protection at the control panel or at any
instrument or device which is external to the control panel. Signal isolation shall
be as described above.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAllATION
A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and
expertise required to carry out the installation, calibration, testing and start-up of
all equipment in a manner in keeping with the best standard practices available
and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for each piece of
equipment supplied.
B. All work shall be scheduled, in advance, with the Engineer and the Owner to
minimize down time of any system. Detailed plans and sequencing shall be
included in the construction schedule submitted by the CONTRACTOR.
C. Careful attention must be paid to provide installations at each location which are
both functional and esthetically acceptable.
D. All conduits used in conjunction with control panels or instrumentation of any
kind shall be sealed using a suitable duct-sealing compound to minimize the
possible damage caused by vapors or wetness. It shall be the responsibility of
the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR to verify that this is accomplished early in the
project, so that corrosion damage does not occur during the time of construction.
E. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide the ENGINEER a
periodic written report detailing construction progress. This report shall include
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
'I
I'
I
specific tabulations of equipment on which construction/installation has been
completed.
F. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and
maintenance. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall examine the
Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for various items of equipment in order to
determine the best arrangement for the work as a whole and shall supervise the
installation of all equipment.
G. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. The locations of equipment shown on the Drawings are
approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the ENGINEER
during construction. Obtain in the field all information relevant to the placing of
equipment and, in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed
by the ENGINEER and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the
work in an approved manner.
H. Two complete sets of approved shop drawings shall be kept at the job site during
all on-site construction. Both sets shall be identically marked up to reflect any
modifications made during field installation or start up. All markings shall be
verified and initialed by the ENGINEER or his designated representative.
Following completion of installation and the operational readiness testing, one
set of the marked up drawings shall be provided to the ENGINEER, the other
retained by the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR for incorporation of the
markups into the final as-built documentation.
I. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local rulings. Should any
work be performed contrary to said rulings, ordinances and regulations, the
CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall bear full responsibility for such
violations and assume all costs arising there from. All corrections required for
conformance shall be at the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR's
expense.
J. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall take steps to keep electrical
and control enclosures clean and free of contaminants throughout installation.
Under no circumstances are electrical and control enclosures to be cleaned
using compressed air to blowout dust, which could cause contaminants to be
forced into sensitive electronics.
K. Provisions shall be made to completely capture filings (metal, etc.) when drilling
into enclosures to prevent contamination of electrical equipment.
L. Upon completion of construction/installation work, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM
INTEGRATOR shall thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment
and materials and remove all surplus materials, rubbish and debris that has
accumulated during the construction work. The entire area shall be left neat,
clean and acceptable to the Owner.
3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING
A. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground
loops, minimize the effects of electromagnetic interference/radio frequency
interference (EMI/RFI) and to provide maximum practical immunity from damage
resulting from lightning-induced transients.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-15
B. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external
to panels, or for grounding of field devices) for signal shielding, signal grounding,
. or safety grounds.
C. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be
minimized to reduce pick-up of EMI/RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less
than one inch is preferred with a maximum exposed length of two inches only
permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires shall be permitted.
D. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and external to panels.
Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned
two-conductor twisted pair with 100 percent coverage of aluminized Mylar or
aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire.
E. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source
to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal
cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. No signal cable shall share a
common cable shield grounding wire with any other signal cable or other circuit.
The exposed length of cable shield grounding wires shall not exceed two inches
prior to termination with less than one-inch maximum length preferred.
F. All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the
practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code.
3.3 EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION
A. Every analog instrument, limit switch, control or related device shall be properly
calibrated, tuned, adjusted and commissioned so that the accuracy and
operation of the device equals the highest level of performance which that device
can achieve.
B. Accurate and appropriate test equipment and industry standard test procedures
shall be used to demonstrate that the equipment operates within its expected
tolerance of accuracy at various points throughout its operating range.
C. Whenever calibration adjustments are being made, the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR
supplied technician(s) shall notify the members of the plant
electrical/instrumentation staff so that they may witness the procedure as an
educational process. The technicians shall assist the operator in any way
possible in becoming well versed in the start-up, operation, maintenance and
calibration of the equipment provided.
D. The technician(s) shall be fully familiar, trained and qualified to service and
support the items that are being serviced.
3.4 CALIBRATION AND SERVICE REPORTS
A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall prepare a written, dated, report for each start-
up, calibration, troubleshooting or maintenance event. This report shall identify
the instrument serviced, define the procedures, and provide conclusions. This
shall include every instrument or system provided in this project, and shall apply
to every visit by equipment suppliers and system subcontractors. The reports
shall also document each wiring modification, warranty repair and problem
analysis.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
'J
W
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
i
B. All reports shall be distributed to the Engineer, the Contractor and copied to the
Owner's staff, and a copy shall be kept in a permanent file on site for future
reference.
3.5 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide the following components as spare
parts. Parts shall be mounted in the original boxes and shall include all manuals,
brackets, terminal blocks and accessories. These parts are in addition to any
parts and components provided and installed as part of this project.
S. Spare parts shall be provided to allow the operators to recover and return to
operation after any of a wide variety of system failures. Unless otherwise noted,
one of each type of component or accessory shall be provided, identical to the
ones installed. These shall include, but not be limited, to the following:
. One (1) Each Type PLC Component
. One (1) Each Type Valve Position Controller
. Two (2) Each Type Surge Suppressor Device
. One (1) Each Type Power Supply
3.6 TRAINING
A. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide the services of a
trained and competent field service engineer for comprehensive training of the
Owner's personnel. Training shall be provided for the operation, configuration
and maintenance of the hardware and systems provided as part of this project
and shall consist of a 4-hour training session, exclusive of any travel or setup
requirements.
B. Training shall be provided in a hands-on format and be specific for the
equipment provided. It shall include the actual hardware, configuration settings,
calibrations and interaction of all equipment.
C. Scheduling of the training shall be specified by, and at the convenience of, the
OWNER. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the
scheduling with the ENGINEER/OWNER, and shall provide written notice of
available training dates, with a minimum of (2) two weeks prior notice. Candidates
for training will be specified by the OWNER.
D. Prior to conducting of any training, the SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall submit a
formal outline for review, detailing intended training formats and items that will be
covered. Approval of this outline is required prior to the schedule of any training
sessions.
3.7 WARRANTY
A. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall guarantee the material
and/or workmanship of all installed equipment and systems for a period of (12)
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-17
twelve months from the date of final acceptance of the complete system by the
Owner.
B. During this warranty period, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall
provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, the services of a trained, competent
field service engineer who shall arrive on site within 36 hours of notification by
the Engineer or Owner to repair and/or replace any faulty device or equipment
supplied by the system supplier as part of this contract. All preventive and
corrective activities shall be documented with service reports, which shall identify
the equipment being serviced, state the condition of the equipment, describe all
work performed, and list materials used. A copy of all service reports shall be
delivered to the Engineer and Owner on or before the next business day.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
,I
,
I
I
I
i
... .. ... .. .. - - - -, - - .. .. - -~. .. ~ .. -
Ground Storage Tank and Valve Replacement
Cosme Water Treatment Plant
City of St. Petersburg, Florida
Instrumentation Schedule
TAG DESCRIPTION SERVICE RANGE
L T - T7 Pressure Transmitter Storage Tank No.7 Level O-?? PSI
L T-T8 Pressure Transmitter Storage Tank No.8 Level O-?? PSI
L T - T9 Pressure Transmitter Storage Tank No.9 Level O-?? PSI
LT-T10 Pressure Transmitter Storage Tank No.1 0 Level O-?? PSI
L T - T11 Pressure Transmitter Storage Tank No. 11 Level O-?? PSI
PW-PT-1 Pressure Transmitter Plant Water Pump Station Discharge Pressure 0-100 PSI
PI-PS-PUMP1 Pressure Indicator Plant Water Pump No. 1 Discharge Pressure 0-100 PSI
PI-PS-PUMP2 Pressure Indicator Plant Water Pump No.2 Discharqe Pressure 0-100 PSI
PI-PS-PUMP3 Pressure Indicator Plant Water Pump No.3 Discharge Pressure 0-100 PSI
PW-FM-01 Venturi and Differential Pressure Transmitter Plant Water Pump Station Discharge Flow 0-600 GPM
Cosme WTP Ground Storage
Tank and Valve Replacement
Controls and Instrumentation
13300-SCHED1
-
- .. .. .. -, .., .. - - .._'~ -' ..
.. ..
-\-
-
City of Clearwater Reverse Osmosis Facility
Multimedia Filter Improvements Project
PLC Input I Output Schedule
TAG DESCRIPTION TYPE MIN MAX EGU PANEL COMMENTS
DM1-DPIT-001 Filter No.1 Loss of Head AI 0 20 PSI DM1
DM1-FIT-001 Filter No.1 Influent Flow AI 0 1500 GPM DM1
DM1-ZC-002 Filter No.1 Service Outlet Valve Position Command AO 0 100 % DM1
DM1-ZC-005 Filter No.1 Rinse Outlet Valve Position Command AO 0 100 % DM1
DM1-ZCC-001 Filter NO.1 Service Inlet Valve Call to Close DO Off Close DM1 Reuse existinq 1/0 w/new valve
DM1-ZCC-008 Filter NO.1 Tank Top Drain Valve Call to Close DO Off Close DM1 Reuse existina 1/0 from Slow Fill Valve
DM1-ZCO-001 Filter No.1 Service Inlet Valve Call to Open DO Off Open DM1 Reuse existina 1/0 w/new valve
DM1-ZCO-008 Filter No.1 Tank Top Drain Valve Call to Open DO Off Open DM1 Reuse existinq I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM1-ZIT-002 Filter No.1 Service Outlet Valve Position Feedback AI 0 100 % DM1
DM1-ZIT-005 Filter No.1 Rinse Outlet Valve Position Feedback AI 0 100 % DM1
DM 1-ZSC-001 Filter NO.1 Service Inlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM1 Reuse existina I/O w/new valve
DM1-ZSC-002 Filter No.1 Service Outlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM1 Reuse existinq I/O w/new valve
DM1-ZSC-005 Filter NO.1 Rinse Outlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM1 Reuse existina 1/0 w/new valve
DM1-ZSC-008 Filter No.1 Tank Top Drain Valve Closed DI Closed DM1 Reuse existina I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM1-ZS0-001 Filter NO.1 Service Inlet Valve Open DI Open DM1 Reuse existinq 1/0 w/new valve
DM1-ZS0-002 Filter NO.1 Service Outlet Valve ODen DI ODen DM1 Reuse existina I/O w/new valve
DM1-ZS0-005 Filter No.1 Rinse Outlet Valve ODen DI ODen DM1 Reuse existina 1/0 w/new valve
DM1-ZS0-008 Filter NO.1 Tank Top Drain Valve Open DI Open DM1 Reuse existina I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM2-DPIT-001 Filter NO.2 Loss of Head AI 0 20 PSI DM2
DM2-FIT -001 Filter NO.2 Influent Flow AI 0 1500 GPM DM2
DM2-ZC-002 Filter NO.2 Service Outlet Valve Position Command AO 0 100 % DM2
DM2-ZC-005 Filter NO.2 Rinse Outlet Valve Position Command AO 0 100 % DM2
DM2-ZCC-001 Filter No.2 Service Inlet Valve Call to Close DO Off Close DM2 Reuse existinq 1/0 w/new valve
DM2-ZCC-008 Filter NO.2 Tank Top Drain Valve Call to Close DO Off Close DM2 Reuse existina I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM2-ZCO-001 Filter No.2 Service Inlet Valve Call to ODen DO Off ODen DM2 Reuse existina I/O w/new valve
DM2-ZCO-008 Filter No.2 Tank Too Drain Valve Call to ODen DO Off Open DM2 Reuse existina I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM2-ZIT-002 Filter No.2 Service Outlet Valve Position Feedback AI 0 100 % DM2
DM2-ZIT-005 Filter NO.2 Rinse Outlet Valve Position Feedback AI 0 100 % DM2
DM2-ZSC-001 Filter No.2 Service Inlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM2 Reuse existina I/O w/new valve
DM2-ZSC-002 Filter No.2 Service Outlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM2 Reuse existina I/O w/new valve
DM2-ZSC-005 Filter No.2 Rinse Outlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM2 Reuse existing I/O w/new valve
DM2-ZSC-008 Filter No.2 Tank Too Drain Valve Closed DI Closed DM2 Reuse existina I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM2-ZS0-001 Filter NO.2 Service Inlet Valve Open DI Open DM2 Reuse existina I/O w/new valve
DM2-ZS0-002 Filter No.2 Service Outlet Valve Open DI Open DM2 Reuse existing 1/0 w/new valve
DM2-ZS0-005 Filter No.2 Rinse Outlet Valve Open DI Open DM2 Reuse existing 1/0 w/new valve
DM2-ZS0-008 Filter NO.2 Tank Top Drain Valve Open DI Open DM2 Reuse existing I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM3-DPIT-001 Filter No.3 Loss of Head AI 0 20 PSI DM3
DM3-FIT-001 Filter NO.3 Influent Flow AI 0 1500 GPM DM3
DM3-ZC-002 Filter No.3 Service Outlet Valve Position Command AO 0 100 % DM3
DM3-ZC-005 Filter No.3 Rinse Outlet Valve Position Command AO 0 100 % DM3
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-SUPP2
DM3-ZCC-001 Filter No.3 Service Inlet Valve Call to Close DO Off Close DM3 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM3-ZCC-008 Filter No.3 Tank Ton Drain Valve Call to Close DO Off Close DM3 Reuse existino I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM3-ZCO-001 Filter NO.3 Service Inlet Valve Call to Open DO Off Open DM3 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM3-ZCO-008 Filter NO.3 Tank Top Drain Valve Call to Open DO Off Open DM3 Reuse existinq I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM3-ZIT-002 Filter NO.3 Service Outlet Valve Position Feedback AI 0 100 % DM3
DM3-ZIT -005 Filter No.3 Rinse Outlet Valve Position Feedback AI 0 100 % DM3
DM3-ZSC-001 Filter No.3 Service Inlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM3 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM3-ZSC-002 Filter No.3 Service Outlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM3 Reuse existinq I/O w/new valve
DM3-ZSC-005 Filter No.3 Rinse Outlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM3 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM3-ZSC-008 Filter No.3 Tank Too Drain Valve Closed DI Closed DM3 Reuse existino I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM3-ZS0-001 Filter No.3 Service Inlet Valve Open DI Open DM3 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM3-ZS0-002 Filter No.3 Service Outlet Valve ODen DI Open DM3 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM3-ZS0-005 Filter NO.3 Rinse Outlet Valve ODen DI ODen DM3 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM3-ZS0-008 Filter NO.3 Tank Too Drain Valve ODen DI Open DM3 Reuse existino I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM4-DPIT-001 Filter No.4 Loss of Head AI 0 20 PSI DM4
DM4-FIT-001 Filter No.4 Influent Flow AI 0 1500 GPM DM4
DM4-ZC-002 Filter No.4 Service Outlet Valve Position Command AO 0 100 % DM4
DM4-ZC-005 Filter NO.4 Rinse Outlet Valve Position Command AO 0 100 % DM4
DM4-ZCC-001 Filter NO.4 Service Inlet Valve Call to Close DO Off Close DM4 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM4-ZCC-008 Filter No.4 Tank Too Drain Valve Call to Close DO Off Close DM4 Reuse existino I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM4-ZCO-001 Filter No.4 Service Inlet Valve Call to Open DO Off Open DM4 Reuse existinq I/O w/new valve
DM4-ZCO-008 Filter No.4 Tank Ton Drain Valve Call to Open DO Off Open DM4 Reuse existino I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM4-ZIT-002 Filter NO.4 Service Outlet Valve Position Feedback AI 0 100 % DM4
DM4-ZIT-005 Filter NO.4 Rinse Outlet Valve Position Feedback AI 0 100 % DM4
DM4-ZSC-001 Filter NO.4 Service Inlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM4 Reuse existinq I/O w/new valve
DM4-ZSC-002 Filter NO.4 Service Outlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM4 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM4-ZSC-005 Filter No.4 Rinse Outlet Valve Closed DI Closed DM4 Reuse existinq I/O w/new valve
DM4-ZSC-008 Filter NO.4 Tank Ton Drain Valve Closed DI Closed DM4 Reuse existino I/O from Slow Fill Valve
DM4-ZS0-001 Filter NO.4 Service Inlet Valve Open DI Open DM4 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM4-ZS0-002 Filter No.4 Service Outlet Valve Open DI Open DM4 Reuse existino I/O w/new valve
DM4-ZS0-005 Filter NO.4 Rinse Outlet Valve Open DI Open DM4 Reuse existinq I/O w/new valve
DM4-ZS0-008 Filter NO.4 Tank Ton Drain Valve Onen DI Open DM4 Reuse existino I/O from Slow Fill Valve
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Controls and Instrumentation
13100-SUPP2
-.
-
..
..
..
-: ....
-.
-
...
-
'--"
, .'
..
-
fila
-
-/..
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
Ii
PRE-BID REQUEST AND APPROVAL OF SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR (51)
SUBSTITUTION
1. Minimum Qualifications
To qualify for consideration, the proposed Systems Integrator (SI) must demonstrate
experience in the following areas. In particular, experience shall be directly related to work
performed in municipal water systems.
a) Construction, assembly, field installation, and testing, of electrical and
instrumentation control panels.
b) Configuration of Allen-Bradley PLCs and related components.
c) Installation and configuration of Device-net networks.
d) Installation, calibration, and troubleshooting, of related field instrumentation and
controls.
Omission from the above list does not relieve the proposed SI from any responsibility in
performing the functions required under this contract. The proposed SI shall be required to
be experienced in all areas necessary to successfully perform the tasks required under this
project.
In addition, the proposed SI shall meet the following qualifications:
a) Shall have been in business for a minimum of ten (10) years, performing work in
municipal water systems, with projects that are similar in size, type, and nature, to
the work comprising the subject project.
b) The proposed SI shall have successfully completed a minimum of(10) projects in
the last five (5) years, similar in size, scope, and technology, to that specified under
this project. As a minimum, five (5) of these projects shall have been performed in
the state of Florida. The SI shall demonstrate successful compliance with project
schedules and budgets for project submittals, fabrication, and material/equipment
delivery, overall completion of the system integration and final close-out project
Operation and Maintenance Manual and Record Drawing documentation.
c) Systems Integrator Personnel: At a minimum, the SI shall ha\e in their permanent
employ:
1. (1) Allen-Bradley certified PLC Specialist
2. (1) Qualified Quality Control Inspector for Fabrication and Field Installation
d) Shall maintain sufficient qualified field service staff to execute the work specified on
this project, in a timely manner and within the approved construction schedule.
e) Design and Fabrication: The SI shall demonstrate in-house capability and staffing to
complete detailed panel design and fabrication of system components and panels.
f) Service Center: The proposed SI shall have a company-owned Service Center
within the state of Florida.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Request for System Integrator Substitution
13100-515-1
2. Information to be Submitted
a) Identify proposed Systems Integrator. Provide complete company background,
including previous organization names or acquisitions, years in business under each
name, company size in number of employees and revenue (past 5 years), and
company contact information.
b) Provide a list with brief description of projects that the proposed SI has successfully
completed in the past (5) years that are of similar size, scope, and technology, to
that specified under this project. Provide the name and complete current contact
information for the project owner and project engineer. Be advised that the contacts
provided may be used for referral purposes. The City of Clearwater will not be
responsible for locating references if the supplied information is incorrect or
incomplete. At least (5) of the listed projects shall have been performed in the state
of Florida.
c) Provide a list of all projects that the proposed SI has successfully completed for the
City of Clearwater, regardless of size or type. Include information on project size
and location.
d) Identify all key personnel that will be assigned as part of the project team, including
project manager, design, field installation, and startup personnel. Provide
background information, including previous relevant work experience, education,
and training for each.
e) Identify local representatives and service center locations within 100 miles of the
project location.
f) Provide a list of any projects in the last five (5) years in which the SI has failed to
complete awarded work, including project name, location, size, and reason for not
completing.
g) Provide a list of any past or pending judgments, litigation, or liquidated damages
claims, occurring or levied in the previous five (5) years. Provide a brief description
of the circumstances of each instance.
h) Provide a short narrative outlining how the project will be managed in order to meet
schedule and budget requirements. Indicate the controls to be utilized to maintain
both schedule and budget for this project, and describe how personnel will be
assigned, and tasks effectively handled, in order to provide the most efficient service
on the project during both the design and the construction phases of the work.
3. Procedure for Substitution Request
a) All Requests for Substitution of Systems Integrator shall be submitted no later than
10 days prior to submission of bid.
b) Where the General Contractor (GC) bidding the project wishes to utilize the services
of a Systems Integrator not specifically named in the Specifications, the GC shall
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Request for System Integrator Substitution
13100-515-2
I
I
I
,I'
I
I
I
I
,I
i
I
-
I
,I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
submit, as a complete submittal package, all ofthe previously specified information.
Submittals received directly from any SI will not be considered.
c) All Requests for Substitution submittals shall be provided complete. Partial
submittals may be cause for rejection by the City and/or Engineer. Neither the
Engineer nor the City will be responsible for missed deadlines associated with the
rejection of submittals.
d) The GC submitting the Request for Substitution shall sign the submittal package,
including applicable company stamp or mark. In signing the submittal package, the
GC represents that they have confirmed the proposed Sl's qualifications, quality of
work, and capabilities to perform the work required in the project specifications.
e) Request for Substitution submittal packages shall be sent to the City of Clearwater
Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater,
Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida
33756-5520 (street address only). The Request shall be clearly labeled "Request for
Substitution of Systems Integrator" and shall reference the City's project number.
f) Four (4) complete sets shall be deli\iered to the City of Clearwater.
g) The City and Engineer will review and evaluate the requests, and the Engineer shall
provide a written response to the General Contractor within 5 days from receipt of
the original submittal package.
h) The written response from the Engineer shall be considered as final determination of
approval of substitution. No fe-submittals shall be accepted.
4. Evaluation Factors
Evaluation factors are the perceived ability of the proposed Sl to perform the Scope of
Services as specified in the Contract documents, in the most timely and cost effective
manner, while considering the overall quality level which will best meet the needs of the
City. Determinations will be based on the responses to the information requested in the
Substitution Procedures, and subsequent investigations by the City and/or their Engineer.
Areas of consideration in the evaluation process will include, but not be limited to, the
following:
a) The proposed SI's conformance to the qualifications criteria established herein.
b) The qualifications and experience of the personnel employed by the proposed SI
that will be involved in the technical support and management of the equipment
manufacture and the installation, configuration, commissioning, and servicing of the
equipment.
c) The proposed Sl's overall reputation in the field of service, established history of
ability to perform work of this size and type, and the demonstrated ability to meet
project schedules and budgets.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Request for System Integrator Substitution
13100-515-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS - GENERAL STATEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. General:
1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all pipe
and pipe fittings as indicated in accordance with provisions of Contract
Documents.
2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades.
3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all
supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices
incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation.
4. See Division 1 for General Requirements.
B. Related specification sections include but are not limited:
1. 15061 - Steel Pipe
2. 15062 - Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings
3. 15064 - Plastic Pipe
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01300.
B. Verify on shop drawings, dimensions, schedule of pipe, linings, coatings, fittings,
hangers, supports, and miscellaneous appurtenances. When special fittings are
necessary, verify locations of items and include complete details.
C. Yard piping drawings. Submit scaled drawings showing locations and dimensions
to and from fittings, valves, structures, gates, and related appurtenances.
Provide scaled drawings to a minimum scale of 1/8-inch equals 1-foot. Provide
details to minimum scale of 1/8-inch equals 1-foot. Information shall include but
not necessarily be limited to:
1. Dimensions of piping lengths.
2. Invert or centerline elevations of piping crossings.
3. Acknowledgment of bury depth requirements.
4. Details of fittings, tapping locations, thrust blocks, restrained joint
segments, harnessed joint segments, hydrants, and related
appurtenances.
5. Line slopes and vents.
D. Building piping diagrams. Submit sealed drawings showing locations and
dimensions of all piping inside structures. Show all pipeline-mounted devices,
connections to equipment, hangers and supports, anchors, and related
appurtenances. Information shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. Dimensions of piping and end connections.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement
15060-1
2. Invert of centerline dimensions.
3. Location and type of pipe supports and anchors.
4. Locations of valves and valve operator type.
5. Details of fittings, tapping locations, equipment connections, flexible
expansion joints, connections to equipment, and related appurtenances.
6. Acknowledge valve and equipment tag numbers and instrument tag
numbers.
7. Show provisions for expansion and contraction.
8. Show line slopes and air release vents.
E. Include on fabrication drawings location of jointed sections to permit
maintenance of connected equipment and to permit removal of connected
equipment without disturbance of main piping system.
F. Copies of any manufacturer's written directions regarding material handling,
delivery, storage and installation.
G. As work progresses and again when work is complete, submit "As-Recorded"
drawings of piping systems in project including project items and pre-existing
items. Identify complete location, elevations, description of piping systems.
Relate piping systems to identified structures and appurtenances. Submit four
(4) copies.
H. Submit written verification of required pressure testing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Unless otherwise shown on drawings or drawing schedule, piping system
materials, fittings, and appurtenances are subject to requirements of specific
technical specifications and shall be as shown on the following piping schedule
for the liquid noted. The material designations are used on the Process Piping
Schematics in the Construction Drawings.
GENERAL PIPING SCHEDULE
D1 BW,PW 4 - 16 Above Class 53 Cement-Lined Ductile Iron,
Flan ed
S1 DR Y2 - 3 Above Schedule 40S 316 Stainless Steel
S1 BW, FW, PW, RW 4 - 12 Above and Schedule 40S 316 Stainless Steel
Below
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, INSPECTION AND STORAGE
A. Inspect materials thoroughly upon arrival. Remove damaged or rejected
materials from site.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement
15060-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
B. Observe manufacturer's directions for delivery and storage of materials and
accessories.
c. Store materials on-site in enclosures or under protective coverings above ground
to keep clean and dry.
3.2 HANDLING OF PIPE
A. Protect pipe coating during handling using methods recommended by
manufacturer. Use of bare cables, chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids in
contact with coated pipe is not permitted.
B. Prevent damage to pipe during transit. Repair abrasions, scars, and blemishes.
If repair of satisfactory quality cannot be achieved, replace damaged material
immediately.
C. Erect piping to accurate lines and grades and support as required on drawings or
described in specifications. When temporary supports are used, ensure that
sufficient rigidity is provided to prevent shifting or distortion of pipe. Install
expansion devices as necessary to allow expansion and contraction movements.
3.3 PIPING - GENERAL
A. Minimum bury. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, provide a minimum of
two (2) feet, six (6) inches earth cover over exterior buried piping systems and
appurtenances conveying water, fluids, or solutions subject to freezing.
3.4 PIPING WITHIN BUilDINGS, STRUCTURES AND UNITS
A. Install piping in vertical and horizontal alignment as shown on drawings.
Alignment of piping smaller than 4-inches may not be shown. However, install
according to drawing intent and with ample clearance and allowance for:
1. Expansion and contraction.
2. Operation and access to equipment, doors, windows, hoists, moving
equipment.
3. Headroom and walking space for working areas and aisles.
4. Install vertical piping plumb and horizontal piping runs parallel with
structure walls.
B. Use methods of piping support as shown on the drawings and as required in
Section 15141. Where pipes run parallel and as same elevation or grade, they
may be grouped and supported from common trapeze-type hanger, provided
hanger rods are increased in size as specified for total supported weight. The
pipe in the group requiring the least maximum distance between supports shall
set the distance between trapeze hangers.
C. Locate and size sleeves required for piping system. Arrange for chases,
recesses, inserts, or anchors at proper elevation and location.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement
15060-3
D. Install service piping to provide every plumbing fixture and equipment requiring
potable water with suitable supply and soil or waste and vent connection as
required by code. Consult manufacturer's data and large scale details of rooms
containing plumbing fixtures before roughing in piping. Plug or cap piping
immediately after installation.
E. Use reducing fittings throughout piping systems. Bushings will not be allowed
unless specifically approved.
F. Provide drain pans and piping from items of equipment where condensation may
occur. Run drain piping to nearest floor drain or rainwater downspout.
Condensate drain piping shall generally be 1-inch except where otherwise
indicated.
G. Soil, waste, vent and rainwater piping installation:
1. Install horizontal soil or waste lines with fall to produce flow rate of 2
fUsec or 1/8-inch/foot. Hold as close to construction as possible to
maintain maximum headroom. Make changes of direction with 1/8 bends
and junctions with wye fittings. Use short wye fittings in vertical pipe only.
Install handhold test tee at base of each stack. Install cleanouts at
deadends, at changes of direction, and at 50-foot intervals on horizontal
runs. Where cleanouts occur in concealed spaces, provide with
extensions to floors above or to wall as required.
2. Run vent stack parallel to each soil or waste stack to receive branch
vents from fixtures. Each vent stack shall originate from soil or waste pipe
at its base. Where possible, combine soil, waste, or vent stacks before
passing through roof so as to minimize roof openings. Offset pipes
running close to exterior walls away from such walls before passing
through roof to permit proper flashing. Provide pipes passing through
roofs with cast iron increases minimum of 12-inches below roof one size
larger than pipe but in no case less than 4-inches. Terminate each vent
with approved frostproof jacket.
3. Provide each vent pipe passing through roof with 4-lb sheet lead flashing
consisting of 18 x 18-inch base with tubular vertical sleeve surrounding
pipe with 1-inch minimum spacing and turning in 2-inches at top. Provide
gasket seal between top and lead sleeve.
4. Carry vent stacks 4-inches and larger full size through roof. Extend vent
stacks at least 12-inches above roofing.
5. Provide each roof drain with 4-lb sheet lead flashing 36 x 36-inch square
clamped under flashing ring of drain.
H. Potable or service water piping installation:
1. Install drain tees with capped nipples of PIS brass 3-inches long at low
points. If low points occurs in concealed piping, provide approved flush
access panel. These drains are not shown on drawings.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement
15060-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
2. Slope water lines down to drain points not less than 1-inch in 50-feet.
3. Wherever threaded piping is installed, provide clean-cut tapered threads
with ends thoroughly reamed after cutting to remove burrs. Pipe joint
cement permitted only on external threads. For screwed nipples for
connections to flush valves, lavatory supplies, and other equipment with
threaded connections use iron, copper, or brass pipe.
4. Install ball, butterfly, gate, check, and plug valves where indicated or
required to adequately service all parts of system and equipment. Unless
otherwise indicated, install valves on each branch serving restroom.
Install valve on inlet and outlet connections of heat exchangers and on
other equipment connected to water lines.
5. Install union between valves and connections to each piece of equipment
and install sufficient number of unions throughout piping system to
facilitate installation and servicing. On copper pipe line, install wrought
copper solder-joint copper to copper unions for lines 2-inches and
smaller; for lines 2-1/2-inches and over, install brass flange unions.
5. Construct and equip plumbing fixtures and equipment with anti-siphon
devices as to entirely eliminate any danger of siphoning waste material
into potable water supply system.
7. Where exposed pipes 5-inches in size and smaller pass through floors,
finished walls, or finished ceilings, fit with nickel or chrome-plated plates
large enough to close hole completely around pipes. Secure plates to
pipe by set screw in approved manner.
8. Size supply branches to individual fixtures as scheduled or indicated on
drawings.
9. Install piping so as to be free to expand with proper loops, anchors, and
joints with injury to system or structure.
10. Provide branches to wall hydrants or hose bibbs in exterior location with
interior shutoff and drain valves.
11. Provide approved type vacuum breaker installations indicated or as
required by Code.
3.5 PIPING OUTSIDE BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
A. Install piping as shown on drawings with ample clearance and allowance for
expansion or contraction.
B. Install flexible joint within two (2) feet of point where pipe enters or leaves
structure. Provide balance of piping with standard laying lengths and in
accordance with drawings.
3.6 PIPE INTERSECTIONS WITH STRUCTURES AND UNITS
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement
15060-5
A. Enter and exit through structure walls by using wall seals specified or as shown
on drawings.
3.7 EQUIPMENT PIPE CONNECTIONS
A. Exercise care in bolting flanged joints so that there is no restraint on the opposite
end of pipe or fitting which would prevent uniform gasket pressure at connection
or would cause unnecessary stresses to be transmitted to equipment flanges.
Where push-on joints are used in conjunction with flanged joints, final positioning
of push-on joints shall not be made until flange joints have been tightened
without strain.
B. Tighten flange bolts at uniform rate which will result in uniform gasket
compression over entire area of joint. Provide tightening torque in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Support and match flange face to uniform contact over their entire face area
prior to installation of any bolt between the piping flange and equipment
connecting flange.
D. Permit piping connecting to equipment to move freely in directions parallel to
longitudinal centerline when and while bolts in connection flange are tightened.
Align, level, and wedge equipment into place during fitting and alignment of
connecting piping. Grout equipment into place prior to final bolting of piping but
not before initial fitting and alignment. To provide maximum flexibility and ease of
alignment, assemble connecting piping with gaskets in place and minimum of
four (4) bolts per joint installed and tightened. Test alignment by loosening flange
bolts to see if there is any change in relationship of piping flange with equipment
connecting flange. Realign as necessary, install flange bolts, and make
equipment connection.
E. Provide utility connections to equipment shown on drawings, scheduled or
specified.
F. Obtain rough-in data from approved shop drawings on equipment. Obtain rough-
in data for relocating existing equipment and coordinate with Owner.
G. Unless otherwise specified, make piping connections to equipment, including but
not limited to installation of brass and fittings, strainers, pressure-reducing
valves, flow control valves, and relief valves provided with or as an integral part
of equipment.
H. Furnish and install sinks, brass, fittings, strainers, pressure-reducing valves, flow
control valves, pressure relief valves, and shock absorbers which are not
specified to be provided with or an integral part of equipment.
I. For each potable or service water supply piping connection to equipment, furnish
and install union and gate or angle valve. Minimum size to be 1/2-inch.
J. Furnish and install "P" trap for each waste piping connection to equipment if
waste is connected directly to building sewer system. Size trap as required by
Plumbing Code.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement
15060-6
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
-
I
I
I
I
I
,I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
K. Stub piping for equipment, sinks, lavatories, supply and drain fittings, key stops,
"P" traps, miscellaneous traps, and miscellaneous brass through wall or floor and
cap and protect until such time when later installation is performed. Run piping
mains and branches in laboratory benches, built-in counters, and cabinet work if
acceptable to Construction Manager.
3.8 ANCHORAGE AND BLOCKING
A. Block, anchor, or harness exposed piping subjected to internal pressure, in
which mechanical, push-on, flexible, or similar joints are installed to prevent
separation of joints.
B. Provide reaction blocking, anchors, joint harnesses, or other acceptable means
for preventing movement of piping caused by internal pressure in buried piping
tees, wye branches, plugs, or bends.
C. Place concrete blocking so that it extends from fitting into solid undisturbed earth
wall. Concrete blocks shall not cover pipe joints. Provide bearing area of
concrete in accordance with drawing detail. In event that adequate support
cannot be achieved against undisturbed soil, install restrained piping joints.
D. Provide reaction blocking, anchorages, or other supports for fittings as shown on
drawings for piping installed in fills, unstable ground, above grade, or exposed
within structures.
3.9 CLEANING
A. General:
1. Clean interior of piping systems thoroughly before installing. Maintain
pipe in clean condition during installation.
2. Before jointing pipe, thoroughly clean and wipe joint contact surfaces and
then properly dress and make joint.
3. Immediately prior to pressure testing, clean and remove grease, metal
cuttings, dirt, or other foreign materials which may have entered the
system.
4. At completion of work and prior to final acceptance, thoroughly clean
work installed under these specifications. Clean equipment, fixtures, pipe,
valves, and fittings of grease, metal cuttings, and sludge which may have
accumulated by operation of system, from testing or from other causes.
Repair any stoppage or discoloration or other damage to parts of
building, its finish, or furnishings, due to failure to properly clean piping
system, without cost to Owner.
3.10 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. General:
1. Upon completion of piping, but prior to application of insulation on
exposed piping, test all piping systems. Utilize pressures, media and
pressure test duration at specified on piping specification sheets. Isolate
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement
15060-7
equipment which may be damaged by the specified pressure test
conditions. Perform pressure test using calibrated pressure gages and
calibrated volumetric measuring equipment to determine leakage rates.
Select each gage so that the specified test pressure falls within the upper
half of the gage's range. Notify the Engineer 24 hours prior to each test.
2. Unless otherwise specified, completely assemble and test new piping
systems prior to connection to existing pipe systems.
3. Acknowledge satisfactory performance of tests and inspections in writing
to Engineer prior to final acceptance.
4. Provide all necessary equipment and perform all work required in
connection with the tests and inspections.
5. Bear the cost of all testing and inspecting, locating and remedying of
leaks and any necessary retesting and re-examination.
3.11 LOCATION OF BURIED OBSTACLES
A. Furnish exact location of buried utilities encountered and any below grade
structures. Reference items to definitive reference point locations such as found
property corners, entrances to buildings, existing structure lines, fire hydrants,
and related fixed structures. Include such information as location, elevation,
coverage, supports, and additional pertinent information which will be required by
future contractors for replacement servicing, or adjacent construction around any
buried facility.
B. Incorporate information to "As-Recorded" drawings.
3.12 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Insulating joints. Provide insulating joints where dissimilar metals are joined
together and where specifically indicated on drawings. Type of joint shall be as
detailed and in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Insulating flanges. Provide each unit to consist of flat-faced rubber
gaskets.
2. Insulating unions. Provide "dielectric" union by Epco or equal.
3. Insulating couplings. When joining larger diameter dissimilar metal pipe,
use insulating coupling equal to Rockwell No. 416, Dresser Style 39, or
equal. When pipes have different outside diameters, use insulating
reducing couplings equal to Rockwell No. 417, Dresser Style 39-62, or
equal.
B. Dirt strainers:
1. Provide V-type strainers to locations shown on drawings and/or
scheduled.
2. Furnish composition bronze strainers rated for 150 psi working pressure
at 450oF. Provide a 20-mesh monel screen. Install a threaded bronze
plug in the blowoff outlet. Furnish threaded NPT end connections.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement
15060-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Subject to compliance with these specifications, furnish Mueller No. 351
strainers or equal.
C. Welding:
1. Have each welding operator affix an assigned symbol to all his welds.
Mark each longitudinal joint at the extent of each operator's welding.
Mark each circumferential joint, nozzle, or other weld in two places 1800F
apart.
2. Use only certified welders meeting procedures and performance outlined
in Section 9 of the ASME and other codes and requirements per local
building and utility requirements.
3. Have all welds conform to highest industrial practice in accordance with
ANSI B31.3 and ANSI B31.1 or other codes and requirements per local
building and utility requirements.
D. Protective coatings and linings:
1. Where coatings, linings, paint, tests and other items qualified in
applications of service are stated, pipe and fittings shall be included in
referenced conditions.
2. Where specified, galvanize surface in accordance with hot-dip method
using any grade of zinc acceptable to ASTM B6.
3. Where specified, field paint pipe in accordance with Section 09900.
E. Underground alarming tape. Provide underground warning tape constructed of
heavy gage 0.004-inch polyethylene film to identify all buried utilities except 3-
inch and smaller irrigation pipe. Provide 6-inch wide tape as follows:
Film LeQend
Film Color
Electric line below
Telephone line below
Water line below
Sewer line below
Nonpotable water below
Reclaimed Water Below
Red
Orange
Blue
Green
Brown
Purple
1. Install tape directly above each buried utility at a depth of 24-inches
below final grade.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement
15060-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15061 - STEEL PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes furnishing and installing stainless, galvanized, and black
carbon steel pipe, fittings and appurtenances for interior and exterior use above
and belowground as shown on the Drawings and as specified.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer shall design and fabricate the pipe and fittings to conform to the
requirements of AWWA C220 for stainless steel pipe and AWWA C200 for BCS
and galvanized steel pipe. Design stress in the pipe wall shall not exceed fifty
percent of the minimum yield point of the steel.
B. Fittings for steel pipe shall be fabricated to the dimensions shown in
ANSI/AWWA C208. Flanges for steel pipe shall be manufactured per
ANSI/AWWA 207
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Certificates of Compliance with specified requirements. Obtain shop
drawings for fabrication and installation. After verifying details and dimensions
provide three sets of final drawings and installation instructions to Engineer for
use in observing installation and for record purposes.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2.1 STAINLESS STEEL
A. Pipe:~" through 12", Schedule 40S, 316L stainless steel, welded seam,
annealed after welding, pickled and passivated, butt weld ends.
B. Fittings: W' through 12", Schedule 40S, 316L wrought stainless steel, butt-weld
or seamless, cold-formed, annealed, pickled and passivated, butt-weld ends (2
1/2" and larger), socket-weld ends (2" and smaller) .
C. Flanges: ~" through 12", 150 Ib, forged stainless steel, butt-weld by flat face or
to match existing equipment, smooth face finish.
D. Gaskets: 1/8-inch, full face EPDM or "Viton".
E. Bolts and Nuts: stainless steel hex-head bolts and stainless steel heavy semi-
finished hex nuts.
F. Specifications:
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Steel Pipe
15061-1
Specification
Pipe
Fittings
Flanges
Gaskets
Bolts
Nuts
Bolt Length
Bolt and Nut Threads
Material ASTM
A312, Grade TP 316L
A403, Grade CR 316L
A182, Grade F 316L
Dimensional ANSI
B36.19
B16.9
B16.5
B 16.21
B18.2.1
B18.2.2
B16.5
B1.20.1
F593, GRP2
F394, GRP2
2.2 BLACK CARBON STEEL (BCS) PIPE FOR MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
A. Black Carbon Steel Pipe, Schedule 40, %" thru 4", with welded connections.
B. Materials:
1. Pipe, W' through 4", Schedule 40, carbon steel, electric-welded seam or
seamless, butt-weld ends.
2. Fittings, W' through 4", 150 Ib, malleable iron, banded, butt weld ends.
3. Branches, W' through 3", standard weight, forged steel, welding outlet
fittings/butt weld ends.
4. Flanges, W' through 4", Class 150, forged steel, raised face (or faced to
match equipment), butt weld ends.
5. Gaskets, 1/16" thick, compressed asbestos.
6. Bolts and Nuts, Carbon steel, hex-head bolts, heavy, semi-finished, cold-
punched hex nuts.
C. Specifications:
Material Dimensional
Specifications ASTM ANSI (MSS)
Pipe A53, Tp E or S B36.10
Fittings A197 B16.3
Branches A105
Flanges A105 B16.5
Gaskets B16.21
Bolts and Nuts A307, Gr B B18.2.1, B18.2.2
Bolt Length B16.5
Bolt Threads B1.1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A Inspect for defects, damage, dirt and debris in pipe. Clean if necessary. Discard and
remove defective materials. Reject pipe found unsatisfactory.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Steel Pipe
15061-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Piping Code: Install and test all piping systems in conformance with the
applicable portions and the specifically referenced paragraphs of the American
National Standards Institute's "Code for Pressure Piping, ANSI B31.1 - "Power
Piping"
B. Fabrication Accuracy: Accurately fabricate and install piping as shown on the
Contract Drawings. All horizontal piping shall be installed level. All vertical
piping shall be installed plumb. Exceptions are shown and noted on the Contract
Drawings.
C. Access: All piping equipment and devices installed in the piping that requires
periodic removal for maintenance or replacement shall be installed for easy
removal without cutting or damaging the pipe. Installation of new piping must
maintain access to all existing valves, instruments, and controls.
D. Flanges: Install flanges at each of the following locations:
1. Near connections to mechanical or piping equipment
2. On both sides of control valves and other in line instruments
3. On the branch side of branch connection valves
4. Where shown on the Contract Documents\
E. Dielectric Joints: Use dielectric joints to connect piping of dissimilar metals, such
as stainless steel-to-copper, carbon steel-to-copper, galvanized steel-to-copper,
etc. Use bolt insulation kits for dissimilar flanges in all liquid services. Dielectric
joints are not shown on Contract Drawings.
F. Passivation: For all new or reused stainless steel pipe, fittings and weld joints;
Contractor shall follow all standards and procedures in accordance with ASTM
A967 and ASTM A380.
3.3 WELDING PROCEDURES
A. General:
1. Reference Standard
Perform all welding of piping systems with qualified welders andl or
welding operators in conformance with procedures qualified under
section IX, Part A, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel code, AWS
B2.1, and AWWA C220.
2. Environmental Requirements
a. No welding shall be performed when the air temperature is below
zero degrees F.
b. Wet or damp surfaces shall not be welded.
c. Provide shielding during welding operations when winds are in excess
of 20 mph.
d. When GTAW is used, seal tube or pipe ends to protect against
chimney effect thereby preventing loss of gas shielding.
3. Preparation
a. Remove all oil, grease, paint, rust and other foreign material from all
pipe and component surfaces.
b. Oxygen or arc cutting of pipe is acceptable only if the cut is
reasonably smooth and all slag is removed from the cut surfaces.
Surface discoloration is not considered detrimental.
c. Butt welding of base metal is limited to 7/16 inch maximum thickness.
d. Root spacing for butt joints and branch connections shall allow for
100 percent penetration of the pipe wall thickness and is limited to 1/8
inch maximum.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Steel Pipe
15061-3
4. AliQnment: Align butt welded joints to within commercial tolerances. If
misalignment exceeds 1/16 inch, the internal surface shall be faired to a 3
to 1 taper. Misalignment exceeding 1/8 inch is not permitted.
5. Preheatinq Requirements: Preheat metals in accordance with the ASME
code and AWS 132.1
6. Weldinq Technique
a. Use stringer type bead. Weave bead may also be used up to three
times the electrode diameter.
b. Vertical welding progression shall be upward
c. Trackwelds may become part of the root pass when taper ground at
the ends to provide for complete penetration. Defective welds shall
be removed by arc gouging or grinding and replaced with the root
pass.
d. Flux, slag and weld splatter shall be removed by mechanical or hand
methods using a wire brush between succeeding weld passes and
upon completion of the weld.
e. Prior to depositing subsequent beads, grind all weld build-up at weld
starts with deposit contour. Grind weld stops to feather edge when
SMAW is used.
f. Restrike the arc approximately 3/8 inch back from the end of
previously deposited weld bead. Resume welding in original direction.
Striking the arc on base metal outside the welding groove is
prohibited.
g. On double-welded joints, root side must be ground, chipped or air
carbon-arc gouged until sound weld metal is reached before
depositing finished beads.
7. Weld Qualitv Requirements
a. Complete penetration (100 percent) of groove welds is required.
b. Weld protrusion inside the pipe shall not exceed limits of
reinforcement.
c. Concave root surfaces are acceptable (1/32 inch maximum) provided
the thickness of the weld is at least equal to the thinner of the two
sections being joined.
d. Backing rings are not permitted
e. Taper weld reinforcement into the base metal without overlap.
Limitations are as follows:
Wall Thickness (inches) Max Allowable Reinforcement Thickness
(inches)
~ and under 3/32
Over ~ thru 1/2 1/8
Over 'Y:1 thru 1 5/32
Over 1 3/16
f. Fillet welds may be convex or concave provided they have complete
penetration to the root and throat dimensions specified.
g. Undercutting at weld edges is not permitted
h. Welding current and technique shall ensure that the weld deposit is
not concave.
i. Peening of welds or root passes is not permitted.
j. Completely remove and re-weld any crack, blowholes, overlaps or
other weld defects.
8. Weld Identification: Welders shall identify their welds by marking their
assigned numbers adjacent to each weld at intervals not exceeding three
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Steel Pipe
15061-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
feet apart. Metal stamp all materials 1/4 inch or thicker. Indelibly mark
materials less than 1;4 inch thick.
3.4 AUSTENTIC STAINLESS STEEL PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Joints: Shop fabricate major piping assemblies to keep field welds to an
absolute minimum. Provide flanged connections for steel assemblies.
B. Preparation, Cleaning, and Aligning. Prepare ends of pipe for welding by
machining, abrasive cutting, grinding, sawing, or any combination of these
methods using stainless steel saw blades and cutting and grinding tools suitable
for stainless steel pipe.
Thoroughly clean weld areas and remove all burrs and scale. Remove all
foreign substances such as cutting oils, metal particles, grinding compounds etc.
Clean only with stainless steel wool, stainless steel wire brushes, or other non
contaminating media.
Align work accurately in jigs or fixtures. Keep aligning benches clean at all
times. Do not allow stainless steel to come in contact with carbon steel benches,
jigs, or fixtures. Place sheet of stainless steel between bench and stainless steel
pipe. Carbon steel jig or fixture surfaces that come in contact with stainless steel
pipe shall be galvanized.
C. Welding Procedure: All weld procedures shall be qualified under ANSI B31.1,
Paragraph127.5. All welders shall have successfully completed performance
qualification tests per ANSI B31.1, Paragraph 127.5. Welding procedures shall
follow the recommended practices of AWS D10A.
All weld joints shall be purged with an inert gas prior to and during the welding
operation. Purging procedures shall conform to AWS 010.11. Both the torch
side and the back side (inside the pipe) shall be purged. All purge paper must
be physically removed from systems prior to cleaning of the systems.
Manual welding shall start and end with the tungsten arc adjacent to the weld
joint to prevent joint contamination.
All welds must have 100 percent penetration. The interior must be flush and
smooth. Undercut shall not be acceptable.
D. Weld Cleaning: Clean interior and exterior of all welds which are accessible.
Use stainless steel wire brushes, resinoid, or rubber-bonded aluminum grinding
wheels which are free of carbon particles. Do not use carbon steel tools or
brushes, or grinding wheels which are also used on carbon steel material.
E. Weld Inspection: All shop welds shall be visually inspected by the fabricator's
quality control division. Each weld shall be marked with an inspection stamp,
certifying that the weld is acceptable.
F. Marking and Shipping: All pipe, fittings, and fabrications shall be marked with
the material type, gage, and heat number. All pipe ends shall be plugged prior
to shipment to the jobsite. Pipe spools shall be loaded, blocked and lagged to
ensure protection from damage during shipping.
3.5 FLANGED SYSTEMS
A. Flanged Joints: Bolt holes of the flanges shall straddle the normal
vertical and horizontal centerlines, unless otherwise shown on the
Contract Drawings.
B. Installation of gaskets and bolting procedures shall conform to ANSI
B 31.1 Paragraph 135.2. Use one, and only one gasket per joint.
Nuts on bolts and/ or stud bolts shall be tightened by the crossover
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Steel Pipe
15061-5
method to load gaskets evenly. Tightening shall be repeated by
going over and across until the joint is uniformly tight. Torque
wrenches shall be used to uniformly torque bolts.
C. Flange bolts and/or stud-bolt length shall comply with ANSI 816.5.
D. Flange bolts and/or stud-bolts shall be lubricated with oil and
graphite at time of installation.
E.
3.5 WELDING IN CONFINED SPACES
A A portion of the stainless steel pipe welding work will be accomplished inside
each Multi- Media Filter tank. The Contractor shall follow all OSHA regulations
for work in a confined space when welders are working inside each tank. The
Contractor shall provide protective clothing, ventilation systems, self-contained
breathing apparatus, and all other systems and equipment to meet OSHA
requirements. See section 09900, Paragraph 3.8.C for detailed requirements.
3.7 TESTING
A. Testing of completed pipelines shall be in accordance with the requirements of
Section 01660 of this Specification.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Steel Pipe
15061-6
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
SECTION 15062 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Install within the project site all materials and incidentals including flanged joint,
mechanical joint, push-on joint, and restrained joint ductile iron pipe and/or
ductile iron restrained, flanged, or mechanical joint fittings for wastewater and
water mains, complete, as shown on the project drawings.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate all deliveries with the related Vendor(s) in a
manner not to impede construction on individual projects.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall transmit (from the related Vendor) for submittal to the
Engineer, within ten days after receipt of individual Notice to Proceed, a list of
materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the appropriate shop
drawings for all ductile iron pipe and fittings.
B. All ductile iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract shall be
inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to
which the material is manufactured. Furnish in duplicate to the Engineer sworn
certificates of such tests and their results. In addition, all ductile iron pipe and
fittings to be furnished under this Contract may be inspected at the foundry for
compliance with these Specifications by an independent testing laboratory
selected by the Owner. The manufacturer's cooperation shall be required in
these inspections. The cost of foundry inspection of all pipe approved for this
Contract, plus the cost of inspection of a reasonable amount of the disapproved
pipe, will be borne by the Vendor.
C. Shop Drawings including layout drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval and shall include dimensioning, methods and locations of supports and
all other pertinent technical specifications for all piping to be furnished.
D. The Contractor shall transmit from the Vendor to the Engineer, the pipe
manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable sections of the
Specifications.
E. The Contractor shall coordinate all submittals with the related Vendor in a
manner not to impede construction on individual projects.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Pipe shall be supplied in lengths not in excess of 21-feet. Buried pipe 4 to 12
inches in diameter shall have mechanical joint fittings. Pipe 14-inches and
greater in diameter shall be rubber-ring type push-on joint as manufactured by the
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
15062-1
American Cast Iron Pipe Company, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, Clow-
McWane-Tyton, Griffin or approved equal. Push-on and mechanical joints shall
be restrained to the lengths of straight pipe as shown in the piping details on the
drawings for all bends, tees, and dead ends. Restraints shall be Megalug by
EBAA Iron, Romac, American Ductile Iron Pipe's Fast Grip Gasket, U.S. Pipe's
Field Lok Gasket, or equal
B. Buried pipe shall be Pressure Class 350 for 4 to 12 inches diameter, Pressure
Class 250 for 14 to 20 inches diameter, Pressure Class 200 for 24 inches
diameter and Pressure Class 150 for 30 to 64 inches diameter.
C. Flanged ductile-iron pipe for above ground piping shall conform to current
ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 with factory applied screwed long hub flanges except
as otherwise specified hereinafter. Flanged or other unburied pipe shall be
minimum thickness Class 53. Flanges shall be faced and drilled after being
screwed on the pipe with flanges true to 90 degrees with the pipe axis and shall
be flush with end of pipe conforming to ANSI B16.1, 125 pounds standard.
D. Bolts and nuts on flanged fittings shall be Grade B, ASTM A-30?, cadmium plated
and conform to ANSI B16.1 for Class 125.
E. Standard Fittings for buried pipe shall be mechanical joint and shall have a
pressure rating of 250 psi, shall be ductile iron, and shall meet the requirements
of AWWA C110. Gaskets shall be EPDM (Ethylene-Propylene Dine Monomer)
such as the "Fastite Gasket" of American Ductile Iron Pipe Co., conforming to the
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11., or approved equal.
F. Mechanical joint fittings may be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53. The working pressure rating for the fittings shall be
350 PSI. The fittings shall be lined on the inside and coated on the outside with a
fusion bonded epoxy in accordance with ANSI/NSF Standard 61.
G. Flanged fittings shall be ductile as specified herein. Flanges and flanged fittings
shall be flat face and shall conform to ANSI A21.10 for 250 psi pressure rating.
Full face type 1 /16-inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to A WW A C111.
H. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, either push-on, mechanical,
restrained, or flanged joints shall be used. Prior to commencing work, jointing
systems for pipe shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
I. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for potable water and reclaimed water shall be lined
with cement lining and a 1 mil thick bituminous seal coat as listed in the piping
schedule in Section 15060.
J. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for wastewater and activated sludge shall be lined
with 40 mils DFT of Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy or 60 mils DFT of American
Cast Iron Pipe Company's Polybond Plus.
K. Pipe and fittings exposed to view in the finished work to be painted shall not
receive the standard tar or asphalt coat on the outside surfaces but shall be shop
primed on the outside with one coat of Koppers No. 621 Rust inhibitive Primer or
approved equal. All other pipe and fittings shall be shop coated on the outside
with a 1.0 mils thick bituminous coat in accordance with ANSI A21.51.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
15062-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Should portions of the pipe inadvertently be given the outside coating of
coal tar enamel instead of the rust inhibitive primer as required for
exposed piping the surfaces shall be sealed with a non-bleeding sealer
coat such as Inertol Tar Strop, or Mobil Anti-Bleeding Aluminum Sealer.
Sealing shall be a part of the work of this Section.
L. All buried ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be provided with a 4-mil thick cross
laminated high density polyethylene encasement or an 8-mil thick polyethylene
encasement per ANSI A21.5/AWWA C105. Color of encasement shall be in
accordance with requirements based on the service type of the pipe as listed in
Section 09902.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to
the pipe or coatings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings shall
be examined before installation, and no piece shall be installed which is found to
be defective. Any damage to the pipe coatings shall be repaired as directed by
the Engineer.
B. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and hammer test
just prior to being installed.
C. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and
replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no additional expense to
the Owner.
3.2 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTAllATION
A. Alignment and Grade: The pipelines shall be laid and maintained to lines and
grades established by the Drawings and Specifications, with fittings, valves and
hydrants at the required locations unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Valve-operating stems shall be oriented to allow proper operation. Hydrants
shall be installed plumb.
B. Underground Conflicts: Prior to excavation, investigation shall be made to the
extent necessary to determine the location of existing underground structures
and conflicts. Care shall be exercised to avoid damage to existing structures.
When obstructions that are not shown on the drawings are encountered during
the progress of the work and interfere so that an alteration of the Drawings is
required, the Engineer will alter the Drawings or order a deviation in line and
grade or arrange for removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions.
When crossing existing pipelines or other structures, alignment and grade shall
be adjusted as necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, to provide
clearance as required by federal, state, or local regulations or as deemed
necessary by the Engineer to prevent future damage or contamination of either
structure.
C. Trench Construction:
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
15062-3
1. Trench preparation shall proceed in advance of pipe installation for only
as far as necessary to allow proper pipe installation. The width of the
trench at the top of the pipe shall be ample to permit the pipe to be laid
and joined properly and allow the backfill to be placed as specified.
2. Bedding shall be provided and compacted in accordance with the Trench
Details on the Drawings.
3. Holes for the bells shall be provided at each joint but shall not be larger
than necessary for joint assembly and assurance that the pipe barrel will
lie flat on the trench bottom. Other than noted previously, the trench
bottom shall be true and even in order to provide support for the full
length of the pipe barrel, except that slight depression may be provided to
allow withdrawal of pipe slings or other lifting-tackle.
4. When excavation of rock is encountered, all rock shall be removed to
provide a clearance of at least 6-inches below and on each side of all
pipe, valves, and fittings for pipe sizes 24-inches or smaller, and 9-inches
for pipe 30- inches and larger. When excavation is completed, a bed of
sand, crushed stone or earth that is free from stones, large clods, or
frozen earth shall be placed on the bottom of the trench to the previously
mentioned depths, leveled, and tamped. These clearances and bedding
procedures shall also be observed for pieces of concrete or masonry and
other debris or subterranean structures, such as masonry walls, piers, or
foundations that may be encountered during excavation.
5. This installation procedure shall be followed when gravel formations
containing loose boulders greater than 8 inches in diameter are
encountered. In all cases, the specified clearances shall be maintained
between the bottom of all pipe and appurtenances and any part,
projection, or point of rock, boulder, or stones of sufficient size and
placement which, in the opinion of the Engineer could cause fulcrum
point.
6. Should the trench pass over a sewer or other previous excavation, the
trench bottom shall be sufficiently compacted to provide support equal to
that of the native soil or conform to other regulatory requirements in a
manner that will prevent damage to the existing installation.
7. When the subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes, cinders,
refuse, organic material, or other unsuitable material, such material shall
be removed, to a minimum of at least 3-inches, or to the depth ordered
by the Engineer and replaced under the directions of the Engineer with
clean, stable backfill material. The bedding shall be consolidated and
leveled in order that the pipe may be installed as specified.
8. When the bottom of the trench or the subgrade is found to consist of
material that is unstable to such a degree that, in the judgment of the
Engineer it cannot be removed, a foundation for the pipe and/or
appurtenance shall be constructed using piling, timber, concrete, or other
materials at the direction of the Engineer.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
15062-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the safe
and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants
shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes, or other
suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipeline
material and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall
pipeline materials be dropped off or dumped into the trench. The trench should
be dewatered prior to installation of the pipe.
B. All pipe fittings, valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances shall be examined
carefully for damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective
materials shall be marked and held for inspection by the engineer who may
prescribe corrective repairs or reject the materials.
C. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and
plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of the
bell shall be wiped clean and dry and be free from dirt, sand, grit, or any foreign
material before the pipe is laid.
D. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being
placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing, or other
materials shall be placed in the pipe.
E. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled and
the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place
with approved backfill material.
F. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be
closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. When
practical, the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely
dry. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation should the trench fill with water.
G. Trench width at the top of pipe, bedding conditions, and backfill placement and
compaction shall be such that design loadings on the pipe will not be exceeded.
H. Joint Assembly: Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the
Manufacturer's instructions and the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C600.
I. Pipe Deflection: When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either
the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the
amount of deflection shall not exceed that shown in ANSI/AWWA C600.
J. Pipe Cutting: Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure pieces
shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating damage to the
pipe or lining. Ductile cast iron may be cut using an abrasive pipe saw, rotary
wheel cutter, guillotine pipe saw, milling wheel saw, or oxyacetylene torch. Cut
ends and rough edges shall be ground smooth and for push-on joint
connections, the cut end shall be beveled.
K. Thrust Restraint:
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
15062-5
1. All pipe joints, plugs, caps, tees, and bends shall be suitably restrained
by attaching metal tie rods or providing restrained joints as specified.
2. Thrust-restraint design pressure shall be equal to the test pressure of the
line.
3. Restrained mechanical joints utilizing gaskets with stainless steel
restraining elements, welded-on retainer rings, split retainer rings,
setscrew retainer glands, or metal harness and tie rods shall be used in
place of concrete. Tie rods or other components of dissimilar metal shall
be protected against corrosion by hand application of a bituminous
coating or by encasement of the entire assembly with 8-mil thick, loose
polyethylene film in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105.
3.4 ABOVE GROUND PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Install pipe in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building
surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to prevent strain on
joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so that contact faces bear
uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress.
3.5 TESTING
A. Hydrostatic pressure and leakage test shall conform with Section 4 of AWWA
C600 Specification with the exception that the Contractor shall furnish all
gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to test the line.
B. The pressure required for the field hydrostatic pressure test shall be 150 psi.
The Contractor shall provide temporary plugs and blocking necessary to
maintain the required test pressure of 150 psi. Corporation cocks at least 3/4-
inches in diameter, pipe riser and angle globe valves shall be provided at each
pipe dead-end in order to bleed air from the line. Duration of pressure test shall
be at least one hour. The cost of these items shall be included as a part of
testing.
C. The leakage test may be conducted at the same time as the pressure test, and
shall be of not less than one hour duration. All leaks evident at the surface shall
be repaired and leakage eliminated regardless of total leakage as shown by test.
Lines which fail to meet tests shall be repaired and retested as necessary until
test requirements are complied with. Defective materials, pipes, valves and
accessories shall be removed and replaced. The pipe lines shall be tested in
such sections as may be required. The line shall be filled with water and all air
removed and the test pressure shall be maintained in the pipe for the entire test
period by means of a force pump to be furnished by the Contractor. Accurate
means shall be provided for measuring the water required to maintain this
pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage.
D. The amount of leakage which will be permitted shall be in accordance with
AWWA C600 Standards for all pressure tests. No pipe installation shall be
accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula:
L = SD(p)1/2
133,200*
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
15062-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L = Leakage in gallons per hour
S = Length of pipe in feet
D = Nominal diameter in inches
P = Pressure in psi
* Note: If 20-foot pipe lengths are used, factor to be 148,000
3.6 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING
A. All piping and fittings exposed to view shall have its surface prepared and be
painted with a prime coat as specified in Paragraph 2.1.J. Surface preparation
and shop priming is a part of the work of this Section. It shall be part of the work
of this Section to assist as required by the Engineer in identifying pipe contents,
direction of flow and all else required for proper marking of pipe.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
15062-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15064 - PLASTIC PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes furnishing and installing plastic pipe and fittings for interior
use in pressure or process streams as shown on the Drawings and as specified.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings shown fabrication of piping to fit equipment, valves and
fittings to be used. Indicate gasket and joint allowances, working clearance
necessary and supports required.
B. Submit certificate from manufacturer showing compliance with specified
standards. Inspect for defects and damage at delivery.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2.1 MATERIALS
A. PVC Plastic Pipe. ASTM 01785, Schedule 80 (Class 1120), for underground and
exposed piping and solvent weld fittings.
1. Pipe shall bear the National Sanitation Foundation seal for potable water
pipe and be marked with SOR and class number.
B. Fittings for PVC Plastic Pipe. ASTM 02467 socket fittings for schedule 80 with
ASTM 02564 solvent cement. ASTM 02464 threaded fittings for Schedule 80.
150 pound flanges with 316 stainless steel bolts where required.
C. CPVC Plastic Pipe. ASTM F 441, Schedule 80 CPVC pipe, threaded and socket
weld. Pipe shall bear the National Sanitation Foundation seal for potable water
pipe and shall be marked with SOR and/or Schedule number.
D. Fittings for CPVC Plastic Pipe. ASTM F-437 threaded fittings and ASTM F-439
socket fittings for Schedule 80 CPVC pipe with ASTM F-493 solvent cement.
E. High Density Polyethylene Tubing. PE-3408, for potable water. Plastic tubing
shall be manufactured from N.S.F. approved prime virgin PE-3408 high density
polyethylene resin compound and meet the applicable standards of ASTM
01248, ASTM 02737, NSF-14 and AWWA C901. All tubing supplied shall be
OR-9, C.T.S., with a 200 psi operating pressure at 73.40F. Approved Products:
Oriscopipe 5100, EndotiYardly-Blue Jet.
F. Plastic Pipe shall be colored blue for potable water, green for wastewater and
lavender (pantone 522C) for reclaimed water.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Plastic Pipe
15064-1
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Pipe shall be examined for defects, damage, dirt and debris in pipe. Clean if
necessary. Discard and remove defective materials. Reject materials found
unsatisfactory.
3.2 INSTAllATION
A. Install PVC, CPVC, and HOPE pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Allow solvent weld joints to cure at least 24-hours at
temperatures above 400 F before placing in use. Install insulation per
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Pipe shall be installed in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to
building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to prevent
strain on joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so that contact faces
bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress.
3.3 TESTING
A. Test completed piping system in accordance with the requirements of Section
01660 - Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Systems.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Plastic Pipe
15064-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15100 - VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install
complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
B. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and to
the extent possible. all equipment of the same type shall be from one
manufacturer.
C. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working
pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some
appropriate part of the body.
D. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Butterfly Valves
2. Resilient Seated Gate Valves
3. V-Port Ball Valves
4. Ball Valves
5. Service Saddle and Corporation Stop
6. Valve Actuators
7. Valve Boxes
8. Flange Adapter Couplings
9. Solid Sleeve Couplings
10. Restraining Clamps
11. Mechanical Sleeve Seals
12. Expansion Joints
1.2 VALVES DESIGNATIONS
A. Each of the different valves shown on the detailed process piping schematic
drawings has been assigned a valve identification number consisting of letters
and numbers. The Value Designations are as follows:
Multi- Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Valves and Appurtenances
15100-1
BFV1
BV1
BV2
GV1
MAG1
PG
ANSI Class 150 Butterfly Valve, Lug Body
V Port Ball Valve
Type 316 Stainless Steel Ball Valve
AWWA C509 resilient seated gate valve, 150 psi rating
Magnetic Flowmeter
Pressure Gauge
1.3 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS
A. All of the equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard
for use in controlling the flow of potable water, reclaimed water, chemicals,
wastewater, etc., depending on the applications.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well
established reputable firms who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in
the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The equipment
shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best
practices and methods and shall comply with these Specifications as applicable.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Engineer within 30 days after execution of the contract a list of
materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Complete shop drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted to
the Engineer for approval in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300
and the General Conditions.
1.6 TOOLS
A. Special tools, if required for normal operation and maintenance shall be supplied
with the equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BUTTERFLY VALVES (Lugged Style, 150 psi Service)
A. Install lugged style, 150 psi butterfly valves on aboveground piping for the multi-
media filters and other locations as required.
B. Butterfly valves 20" & smaller on 150 psi service shall be lugged style valves with
Nylon 11 coated ductile iron bodies. Discs shall be ductile iron, ASTM A536 Gr.
65-45-12, Nylon 11 coated. Stem shall be Stainless steel ASTM A276 Type 316.
Disc-stem will be through-stem direct drive double "0" design requiring no disc
Multi- Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Valves and Appurtenances
15100-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
screws or pins to connect stem to disc with no possible leak path. Stem shall be
mechanically retained in with 304 SS stem retainer ring in body neck with no part
of stem or body exposed to line media.
C. The neck length shall provide a minimum 2' clearance between actuator
mounting flange and pipe flange for ease of installation. The actuator mounting
flange shall have a bolt circle per ISO 5211.
D. Seats shall be EPDM-Food Grade with tongue and groove design with primary
hub seal and molded o-ring. Suitable for weld-neck and slip-on flanges. Seat
shall totally encapsulate the body with no flange gaskets required.
E. Ductile Iron Discs shall be spherically machined, hand polished disc edge and
hub for minimum torque and maximum sealing capabilities. Each disc shall be
coated with Nylon 11. Valves shall have non-corrosive bushings and self-
adjusting stem seals. Valves shall be bi-directional and tested to 110% of full
rating. No field adjustment shall be necessary to maintain performance. The
pressure rating for the 2"thru 12" valves shall be 175 psi.
F. Electric actuators are specified in Section 15102.
G. Gear operators for butterfly valves shall be marine trim series 04 with handwheel
operation. Materials and equipment shall include a cast iron housing, bronze
gear quadrant, 316 stainless steel worm gear shaft, 316 stainless steel
fasteners, and non-water soluble grease. All disc, stem and seat parts shall be
replaceable individually.
H. Valve materials
1. Body - Ductile Iron, ASTM A536 65-45-12
2. Disc - Nylon coated ductile iron, ASTM A536 65-45-12, Nylon 11
3. Stem - 316 stainless steel, ASTM A276 grade 316
4. Seat - EPDM, food grade
I. Valve shall be Bray Series 31, lug style.
2.2 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES
A. Gate valves with 4" - 24" diameters shall be resilient seated, manufactured to
meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA C509 of latest revision and in
accordance with the following specifications. Valves shall have an unobstructed
waterway equal to or greater than the full nominal diameter of the valve. Valves
for wastewater service shall be epoxy coated.
B. The valves shall be non-rising stem with the stem made of cast, forged, or rolled
bronze shown in AWWA C509. Two stem seals shall be provided and shall be
of the O-ring type, one above and one below the thrust collar.
C. The sealing mechanism shall consist of a cast iron gate having a vulcanized
synthetic rubber coating, or natural rubber seat ring. The resilient sealing
Multi- Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Valves and Appurtenances
15100-3
mechanism shall provide zero leakage at 200 psi. differential pressure with the
line flow in either direction.
D. The valve body, bonnet, and bonnet cover shall be cast iron ASTM A 126, Class
B. All ferrous surfaces inside and outside shall have a fusion-bonded epoxy
coating. A handwheel or wrench nut shall be provided for operating the valve.
All valves shall be tested in strict accordance with AWWA C509.
E. Valves shall be equal to the following models: American AFC-500, M&H 4067;
Kennedy Kenseal-II, Clow 6100,6103 & 6110; , U.S. Pipe Metroseal 5460.
F. All internal parts shall be removable from the bonnet without removing the body
from the pressure main.
G. Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any
position with respect to the vertical. Valves for interior piping or exposed above
grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated. Valves three inches and
larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2 inch square operating nuts, valve
boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with
which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the
left ( counter-clockwise).
H. Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves shall be rated at not less than 150
psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be
cast in raised letters on the valve body.
2.3 SMALL GATE VALVES
A. Gate valves 2-1/2-in in diameter and smaller in size, shall have flanged or
threaded ends as required; and shall be brass conforming to Federal
Specification WW-V-54, Type I or II, solid wedge, rising-stem-type gate valves
as manufactured by Jenkins Bros. or equal products as manufactured by Crane,
Fairbanks, or Kennedy Valve Mfg. Co. or equal.
2.4 V-PORT BALL VALVES
A. The contractor shall provide 2 V-Port Ball Valves for each Multi-Media Filter (total
of 8 for 4 filters) and one V-Port Ball Valve for the potable backwash water feed
pipe. Each V-Port ball valve will be installed to provide more precise control of
flow rates. Each V-Port ball valve shall have an electric motor-operated actuator
designed for positioning/modulating of its V-Port Ball. Each Multi-Media Filter
shall have one 6-inch V-Port Ball Valve installed to replace valve no. 2, filter
effluent (total of 4). Each Multi-Media filter shall have one 8-inch V-Port ball valve
with electric motor operated actuator installed to replace valve no. 5, waste rinse
(total of 4). The potable backwash water feed line shall have one 8-inch V-Port
ball valve with electric motor actuator installed to replace the existing plug valve.
B. V-Port Ball Valves, shall be DeZurik Type VPB V-Port Ball Valves, or equal.
C. The valve shall be designed such that a stream lined straight through flow
passage provides maximum efficiency of flow and minimal erosion. The valve
shall be drop tight at the test pressure of 150 psi.
D. The ball shall be designed with a V-orifice in order to provide high rangeability
and precision throttling required. The ball and seat shall be self-aligning, with a
Multi- Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Valves and Appurtenances
15100-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
spring loaded metal seat design. The ball and seat shall self-compensate for
wear on either surface. The V-Port ball shall have an accuracy of 0.5%.
E. The valve body shall be constructed of 317 stainless steel, ASTM A743, Grade
CG8M. The pressure class shall be 150, flanged and flangeless.
F. The V-Port Ball shall be constructed of 317 stainless steel with a head treated
nickel overlay, A 315, grade CG8M. The splined shaft and ball shall provide a
high strength positive connection that effectively eliminates mechanical backlash
and hysteresis and ensures accurate and precise positioning of the ball.
G. The one-piece PTFE-lined bearing shall provide a large area of radial support to
the shaft, greatly reducing shaft fatigue and breakage. The upper and lower
shafts shall be 2205 Duplex stainless steel, ASTM A276. Bearings shall be
reinforced PTFE lined 317 stainless steel, ASTM A 743, grade CG8M
H. The seat for the V-Port Ball Valve shall be fabricated from reinforced PTFE.
I. End connections for the V-Port Ball Valves shall be as follows:
MMF Valve No.2, Filter Effluent - 6" Flanged, Class 150, ISA75.04, IEC 534-3-2
F-F(quantity of 4)
MMF Valve No.5, Waste Rinse-8" Flangeless, Class 150 ISA75.04, IEC 534-3-2
F-F (quantity of 4)
Potable Backwash Water Feed Flow Control Valve- 8" Flanged, Class 150,
ISa75.04, IEC 534-3-2 F-F (quantity of 1)
Flanges shall be cast solid and faced accurately at right angles to the axis of the
casting. Flanges shall be faced and drilled and shop coated with rust-
preventative compound before shipment. The manufacturer shall provide
integrally-flanged one-piece ANSI bodies for each flanged valve.
J. The manufacturer shall certify that required tests on the various materials and on
the completed valves have been satisfactory. All valves shall be subject to
hydrostatic and leakage tests at the manufacturer's factory. There shall be no
leakage through the shaft seals, the body, end joints, and seats.
K. See section 09900 for painting requirements. Stainless steel and factory finish
painted surfaces shall not be painted.
L. Material Specifications
Description 317 Stainless Steel Bodv
Bodv 317 stainless steel, ASTM A743, Grade CG8M
Ball 317 stainless steel with heat treated nickel overlay, A351, Grade
CG8M
Retainer 317 stainless steel, ASTM A351, Grade CG8M
Retainer Screw 18-8 stainless steel
Retainer Gasket Graphite
Upper Shaft 2205 Duplex stainless steel, ASTM A276
Packina Stud/Nut 18-8 stainless steel
Packina Gland 317 stainless steel, ASTM A351, Grade CG8M
Packina PTFE
Packinq Washer 317 stainless steel, ASTM A276
Upper Bearina Reinforced PTFE Fabric
Lock Screw Alloy 20, B473
Seat Reinforced PTFE
Lower Shaft 2205 Duplex stainless steel, ASTM A276
Lower Bearinq Reinforced PTFE fabric
Thrust Bearina Reinforced PTFE fabric
Gasket Graphite
Cover 317 stainless steel, ASTM A351, Grade CG8M
Multi- Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Valves and Appurtenances
15100-5
Screws 18-8 stainless steel
Adapter Ductile Iron, ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12
Adapter Seal Nitrile
Adapter Screws/ 316 stainless steel
Lock Washer
Seal Flouroelastomer, PFA encapsulated
M. See Section 15102 for the electric motor operated valve actuator specifications.
2.5 AIR RELEASE VALVE (Raw, Filtered and Potable Water)
A. Provide al!d install air release valves as shown on the drawings.
B. Automatic Air Release Valve
1. The air release valve shall be of the simple lever type or float operated,
compound leverage type, and capable of automatically releasing
accumulated air from a fluid system while that system is in operation and
under pressure.
2. To assure drop tight shut off, a viton orifice button having an adjustable
feature shall be used to seal the valve discharge orifice. The orifice
diameter must be sized for use within a given operating pressure range to
insure maximum discharge capacity.
3. The float shall be of all stainless steel construction and capable of
withstanding a pressure of 1,000 P.S.1.
4. The body and cover shall be of cast iron construction with all internal trim
to be of stainless steel or Viton, consistent with the following
specifications:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Body & Cover
Float
Orifice Button
Leverage Mechanism
Cast Iron ASTM A48 Class 35
Stainless Steel ASTM A240
Viton
Stainless Steel ASTM A240 & ASTM A276
5. The air release valves shall be manufactured by Val-Matic Corp.,
Elmhurst, Illinois - Model 25.5, or approved equal.
6. Valve Schedule
Max, Pressure, PSI 150
Inlet Size, Inch 1
Outlet Size, Inch ~
Orifice Size, Inch 1/8
Val-Matic Model No. 25.5
2.6 SERVICE SADDLE AND CORPORATION STOP
A. Service saddle shall have a brass body, double stainless steel straps, O-ring
sealed outlet, and 1 to 2-inch tap, meeting all applicable parts of ANSI/AWWA
C800 and suitable for 200 psig maximum working pressure. Corporation stop
Multi- Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Valves and Appurtenances
15100-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
shall be manufactured from 85-5-5-5 ASTM B62 brass, have double Q-ring
seals, a 1 to 2-inch copper flare compression outlet connection, PTFE coated
ball, 1 to 2-inch AWWA taper inlet threads, suitable for a maximum working
pressure of 300 psi, and manufactured to AWWA C800 standard.
2.7 MANUAL VALVE ACTUATORS
A. General
1. All valve actuators that are manual shall conform to Section 3.8 of the
AWWA Standard Specification.
2. Actuators shall be capable of seating and unseating the disc against the
full design pressure and velocity, as specified for each class, into a dry
system downstream, and shall transmit a minimum torque to the valve.
Actuators shall be rigidly attached to the valve body.
B. Manual actuators shall have permanently lubricated, totally enclosed gearing
with handwheel and gear ratio sized on the basis of actual line pressure and
velocities. Actuators shall be equipped with handwheel, position indicator, and
mechanical stop-limiting locking devices to prevent over travel of the disc in the
open and closed positions. They shall turn counter-clockwise to open valves.
Manual actuators shall be of the traveling nut, self-locking type and shall be
designed to hold the valve in any intermediate position between fully open and
fully closed without creeping or fluttering. Actuators shall be fully enclosed and
designed to produce the specified torque with a maximum pull of 80 pounds on
the handwheel or chainwheel. Actuator components shall withstand an input of
450 foot pounds for 30" and smaller and 300 foot pounds for larger than 30" size
valves at extreme actuator positions without damage. Valves located above
grade shall have handwheel and position indicator. Valves located below grade
shall be equipped with a two inch (2") square AWWA operating nut located at
ground level and cast iron extension type valve box.
2.8 VALVE BOXES
A. All buried valves shall have cast-iron three piece valve boxes. Valve boxes shall
be provided with suitable heavy bonnets and to extend to such elevation at or
slightly above the finished grade surface as directed by the Engineer. The barrel
shall be two-piece, sliding type, having 5 1/4-inch shaft. The upper section shall
have a flange at the bottom having sufficient bearing area to prevent settling and
shall be complete with cast iron covers. Covers shall have "WATER", "SEWER",
or 'RECLAIM', as applicable, cast into the top. All valves shall have actuating
nuts extended to top of valve boxes. Valve boxes shall be provided with
concrete base.
2.9 FLANGE ADAPTER COUPLINGS
A. Flange adapter couplings shall be of the size and pressure rating required for
each installation and shall be suitable for use on either cast iron or ductile iron
pipe. They shall be similar or equal to Dresser Company, Style 128. All
couplings shall have a sufficient number of factory installed anchor studs to meet
or exceed the test pressure rating for this project, 150 psi minimum.
Multi- Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Valves and Appurtenances
15100-7
2.10 SOLID SLEEVES
A. Solid sleeve couplings shall be used in locations as shown on the Drawings.
1. Solid sleeve type couplings shall be used with all buried piping. The
couplings shall be of ductile iron meeting the requirements of
ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 as manufactured by U.S. Pipe, American
Cast Iron Pipe, McWane, or Equal. Solid sleeves shall be furnished with
mechanical joint fittings. The solid sleeve coupling shall be provided with
316 stainless steel bolts and nuts unless indicated otherwise.
2. Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for
exposure to the liquid within the pipe.
2.11 RESTRAINING CLAMPS
A. Restraining clamp assemblies as detailed in the drawings for use at hydrant
connections to water mains, or at fittings where shown on the drawings, shall be
as manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales, Inc., Eastland, TX, or Equal.
2.12 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Sleeve seals shall be the modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking
synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and
sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber sealing and
elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical
insulation. Bolts shall be stainless steel. Sleeve seals shall be Link-Seal as
manufactured by Thunderline Corporation, or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAllATION
A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the location shown, true to
alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be
repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed.
B. After installation, all valves and appurtenances shall be tested at least two hours
at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test
pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to
the satisfaction of the Engineer.
C. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of
operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry
floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as
forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the
Contractor shall check all plans and figures which have a direct bearing on their
location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and
appurtenances during the construction of the structures.
D. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in the
respective pipe sections in Division 15.
Multi- Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Valves and Appurtenances
15100-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Flanged joints shall be made with high strength, low alloy Corten bolts, nuts and
washers. Mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy
steel bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the
pipe. All buried bolts and nuts shall be heavily coated with two (2) coats of
bituminous paint comparable to Inertol No. 66 Special Heavy.
F. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned
thoroughly for a distance of 8 inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket
lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to
a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on
the substantial completion date unless otherwise requested by the Owner.
G. Valve boxes with concrete bases shall be installed as shown on the Drawings.
Mechanical joints shall be made in the standard manner. Valve stems shall be
vertical in all cases. Place cast iron box over each stem with base bearing on
compacted fill and top flush with final grade. Boxes shall have sufficient bracing
to maintain alignment during backfilling. Knobs on cover shall be parallel to pipe.
Remove any sand or undesirable fill from valve box.
3.2 RESTRAINING CLAMPS AND TIE RODS ON PIPE RUN
A. Restraining clamps and tie rods shall be used on all pipe runs, as directed by the
Engineer and/or shown on the Drawings. Restraining devices shall be JCM
Industries, Inc. - Sur-Grip, Ebba Iron, Inc. - Megalug, Romac, or approved equal.
Other types shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
3.3 SHOP PAINTING
A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of
rust-inhibitive primer. All pipe connection openings shall be capped to prevent
the entry of foreign matter prior to installation.
3.4 FIELD PAINTING
A. All metal valves and appurtenances specified herein not finish painted by the
manufacturer will be finish painted by the General Contractor.
3.5 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Completed pipe shall be subjected to hydrostatic pressure test for one hour at
full working pressure. All leaks shall be repaired and lines retested as approved
by the Engineer. Prior to testing, the gravity pipelines shall be supported in an
approved manner to prevent movement during tests.
END OF SECTION
Multi- Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Valves and Appurtenances
15100-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15131 - PRESSURE GAUGES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes furnishing and installing pressure gauges of the type
indicated and in the locations shown on the Drawings.
B. Gauges shall be the following type:
1. Pressure Gauges
2. Accessory Items
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturers catalog data and descriptive literature. Call out materials
of construction by ASTM reference and grade.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2.1 GAUGE DESIGN
A. Gauges 4-1/2-inches and larger shall comply with ANSI B40.1, Grade 2A.
Gauges shall incorporate the following features:
1. Solid or open front with side or rear blowout relief.
2. Pressure tight.
3. 270-degree arc with adjustable pointer.
4. Stem mounted.
5. Hermetically sealed unless specified to be liquid filled.
B. Size of gauge shall be 4-1/2-inches, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings.
Stem or connection size shall be 1/2-inch, except that gauges connected to
gauge protector spools or rings shall have 1/4-inch connections. Pressure range
shall be pressure type 0-150 psi. The gauge shall be filled with glycerin.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Materials of construction shall be as shown in the following table.
Item
Material
Specification
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Case
Bourdon Tube
Windows
Ring
Stem
Dial face
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Acrylic plastic
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Aluminum with clear
baked on acrylic coating
AISI316
AISI316
AISI316
AISI316
6061-T6,
ASTM B209
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pressure Gauges
15131-1
2.3 GAUGE PROTECTORS
A. For applications other than potable water, gauge protectors shall be provided.
Gauge protectors shall consist of three parts: a flexible, impermeable, elastomer
cylinder; a captive sensing liquid; and a steel housing. The process liquid
pressure shall be transmitted through the elastomer-lined cylinder wall and the
sensing liquid to the pressure gauge. An attached 4-1/2-inch pressure gauge
shall indicate the pressure. Gauge outlet in the spool or ring shall be threaded,
1/4-inch, per ANSI 82.1. Spools of sizes 1-inch through 4-inches shall be of the
isolation-spool type with flanged ends. Spools of sizes 6-inches through
24-inches shall be of the isolation-ring type, fitting between two adjacent flanges.
Determine the flange rating based on the test pressure shown in the piping
schedule on the drawings. For test pressures 200 psi and less,. use Class 150
flanges, ANSI 816.5. For test pressures greater than 200 psi, use Class 300
flanges, ANSI 816.5. Materials of construction shall be as follows:
Item Material Soecification
1. Housing flanges Carbon steel ASTM A 36, A 53
(Type E or S)
A 135, A 283,
A 285, or A 570
2. Flexible cylinder 8una N or neoprene
3. Sensing liquid Silicone oil
2.4 SNUBBERS
A. Gauges installed in potable water applications shall be provided with a snubber
to dampen pressure spikes.
2.5 PIPE NIPPLES AND FITTINGS
A. Nipples for connecting gauges to piping shall be Schedule 80S, Grade TP 304
seamless stainless steel, conforming to ASTM A 312. Fittings shall conform to
ASTM A 403, Class WP (304). Threads shall conform to ANSI 82.1. Size of pipe
nipple shall match the gauge connection size.
2.6 TOOLS FOR GAUGES
A. Provide one gauge tool kit, containing a hand jack set, screwdriver, five reamers
(minimum), two pin vise holders, wiggler, tweezer, and carrying case.
2.7 GAUGE COCKS
A. Gauge cocks shall be three way. Gauge cocks shall be brass or bronze, ASTM 8
16 or 8 62. End connections shall be NPT, female. Cocks shall be Crane 306,
Lunkenheimer 573, or equivalent.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pressure Gauges
15131-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install gauges before conducting pressure tests. Do not disassemble gauges
from the factory-assembled diaphragm seals or isolation sleeves or rings.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pressure Gauges
15131-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15141 - PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. General
1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for all pipe
support and anchor systems, in accord with provisions of Contract
Documents.
2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades.
3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all
supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices
incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation.
4. The layout of pipe supports is the responsibility of the Contractor, and
must take into consideration pipe material, joint type, location, and other
requirements of these specifications.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards:
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).
3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
4. ASTM A575 Merchant Quality Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars.
5. American Welding Society (AWS).
6. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry
(MSS).
7. MSS SP-58-67 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials and Design.
8. MSS SP-69-66 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.
9. National Bureau of Standards (NBS)
10. NBS Handbook H-28.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01300.
B. Submit itemized list of wall sleeves, anchors, support devices and all other items
related to pipe support system.
C. Submit scale drawings showing guides, hangers, supports, anchors, structural
members and appurtenances to describe the pipe support system.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe Support Systems
15141-1
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe Support Systems
15141-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Galvanize all structural steel angles, rods, channels, special devices integral to
pipe support systems. locate supports and accessories to support pipe system
at concentrated loads and in accordance with minimum suggested by MSS SP-
69-66.
2.2 PIPE FLANGE SUPPORT
A. Pipe flange support shall be B3094 and base stand shall be B3088 as
manufactured by Cooper B-Line or approved equal and suitable for use with
ductile iron sizes shown on the drawings.
B. Pipe support system shall be carbon steel and field painted per Specification
09900.
2.3 WAll BRACKETS
A. Provide wall bracket supports for pipe located near walls and 8-feet or more
above floor elevation or as indicated on the drawings. Provide wall brackets as
shown on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAllATION
A. Install supports capable of supporting the pipe for all service and testing
conditions. Allow free expansion and contraction of the piping to prevent
excessive stress resulting from service and testing conditions or from weight
transferred from the piping or attached equipment.
B. Install pipe support system in accordance with highest industry practices, and in
full accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Adjust supports and
hangers to allow for proper pitch of pipes.
C. Ensure design, materials of construction, and installation of pipe hangers,
supports, guides, restraints, and anchors for chemical and waste piping are in
accordance with ANSI B31.3, and MSS Standard SP-58 and SP-69, except
where modified by this specification.
D. Check all physical clearances between piping, support system, and structure.
Provide for vertical adjustment after erection.
E. Provide piping system exhibiting pulsation, vibration, swaying, or impact with
suitable constraints to correct the condition. Movements from trap discharge,
water hammer, and similar internal forces are included in this requirement. No
system will be accepted until the adequacy and safety of the system is assured
under all anticipated conditions of operation.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Weld supports in accordance with the requirements of AWS Code D1.1
Structural Welding.
G. Locate piping and pipe supports as to not interfere with open accesses,
walkways, platforms, and with maintenance or disassembly of equipment.
H. After erection of piping systems, and prior to pipe testing and flushing, inspect
for adequacy of clearance for piping and supports.
I. Support pipes for lateral movement with clamps or brackets.
J. Provide 20-gauge galvanized steel pipe saddle for fiberglass and plastic support
points to insure minimum contact width of 4 In.
3.2 SUPPORT SPACING
A. General: Locate pipe supports at maximum spacing scheduled unless indicated
otherwise on the drawings. Provide at least one support for each length of pipe.
at each change of direction and at each valve.
B. Steel, stainless steel. cast-iron, and ductile iron support schedule:
Pipe Sizes - In.
Maximum Span - Ft. *
1 Y:1 and less
2 thru 4
5 thru 8
10 and greater
5
10
15
20
C. Schedule 80 PVC support schedule:
Pipe Sizes - In.
Maximum Span - Ft. *
1 Y:1 and less
2 thru 4
5 thru 8
10 and greater
41/2
6
9
10
3.3 WELDING
A. Identify welding rods clearly identified meeting the requirements of ASTM and
American Welding Society Standards.
B. Integral attachments include welded-on ears, shoes, plates, and angle clips.
Ensure material for integral attachments is of good weldable quality. Have
preheating, welding, and postheat treating in accordance with Chapter V of ANSI
831.3.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe Support Systems
15141-3
3.4 PAINTING
A. Comply with Section 09900.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Pipe Support Systems
15141-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16050 - ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for a complete
electrical system for the Multi-Media Filter Improvements at the Reservoir NO.1
Reverse Osmosis Treatment Plant as hereinafter specified and shown on the
Drawings.
B. The work, apparatus and materials which shall be furnished under these
Specifications and accompanying Drawings shall include all items listed hereinafter
and/or shown on the Drawings. Certain equipment will be furnished as specified in
other sections of these Specifications which will require wiring thereto and/or
complete installation as indicated. All materials necessary for the complete
installation shall be furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR to provide
complete power, lighting, communication systems, instrumentation, wiring and
control systems as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified herein.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the necessary cables, transformers,
protective devices, conductors, exterior electrical system, etc., to serve motor loads,
lighting loads and miscellaneous electrical loads as indicated on the Drawings and/or
as specified hereinafter.
D. The work shall include complete testing of all equipment and wiring at the completion
of the work and making any minor connection changes or adjustments necessary for
the proper functioning of the system and equipment. All workmanship shall be of the
highest quality; sub-standard work will be rejected.
E. Mount and wire drives and process instruments furnished under other Divisions of
these Specifications.
F. Make all field connections to process instrument panels and other control panels
furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications.
G. For process instrumentation furnish and install all conduit, wire and interconnections
between primary elements, transmitters, local indicators and receivers.
H. Furnish necessary devices and make connections to provide power to
control/SCADA equipment, shop equipment, and other equipment. This will require
appropriate receptacles in some cases and direct wiring in other cases, depending
upon equipment furnished.
I. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical system shall be suitable in
every way for the service required. All material and all work which may be
reasonably implied as being incidental to the work of this Section shall be furnished
at no extra cost.
1.2 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES
A. All material and installation shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the
National Electrical Code and all applicable national, local and state codes.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Electrical-General Provisions
16050-1
B. Pay all fees required for permits and inspections.
1.3 TESTS
A. Test all systems and repair or replace all defective work. Make all necessary
adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper
operation of the systems.
B. The following minimum tests and checks shall be made prior to the energizing of
electrical equipment. Test shall be by an independent testinq firm, and a certified
test report shall be submitted stating that the equipment meets and operates in
accordance with the Manufacturer's and job specifications, and that equipment and
installation conforms to all applicable Standards and Specifications:
1) Testing and setting of protective relays for calibration and proper operation.
2) Mechanical inspection of all circuit breakers to assure proper operation.
3) Motors: Megger to ground each motor winding. Record date, motor
temperature, terminal, reading and operator and have Owner representative
sign off on each reading.
4) Conductors: Megger to ground prior to termination all 600 volt conductors
not used for service conductors. Record the date, conductor, reading and
operator and have Owner representative sign off on each reading.
5) Service Conductors: Megger to ground prior to termination in the presence
of the Engineer or his representative all 600 volt service conductors. Record
date, conductor, reading, operator, and have the Owner representative sign
off on each reading.
6) 480 Volt equipment: After installing, with circuit breakers closed, but prior to
terminating any conductors, megger each phase to phase and phase to
ground. Record date, test (Le. A/B or A/G), reading and operator and have
Owner representative sign off on each reading.
7) Miscellaneous:
a. Meggering must be done at 1000 VDC for one minute. The ground
plane used must be the one established at the main source of energy
for conductors, switchboards and control centers. The motor frame
may be used for the ground plane for motors.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Electrical-General Provisions
16050-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b. In the course of construction, it will become necessary to temporarily
energize some systems for testing. Confirm that any motor has been
meggered prior to connection and testing. Do not leave any motor or
system unattended and energized without written authorization.
c. An unsuccessful test will be one in which anyone of the three
megger readings differs from another by more than 25%. Engineer
shall determine if cables and/or equipment bussing shall be replaced.
1.4 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS
A. Provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors, walls, partitions, etc.
Locate all necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured.
1.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. All cutting and patching shall be done in a thoroughly workmanlike manner.
1.6 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS
A. The Drawings are not intended to show exact locations of conduit runs.
B. All three-phase circuits shall be run in separate conduits unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings.
C. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer conduit shown exposed shall be
installed exposed; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed.
D. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all necessary fittings and boxes shall be
provided for a complete raceway installation.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall harmonize the work of the different trades so that
interferences between conduits, piping, equipment, architectural and structural work
will be avoided. All necessary offsets shall be furnished so as to take up a minimum
space and all such offsets, fittings, etc., required to accomplish this shall be
furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR without additional expense to the
Owner. In case interference develops, the Owner's authorized representative is to
decide which equipment, piping, etc., must be relocated, regardless which was
installed first.
F. Verify with the Engineer the exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures,
switches and receptacles prior to installation.
G. The locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets, and similar devices shown on the
Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the
Engineer during construction. Obtain in the field all information relevant to the
placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as
directed by the Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete
the work in an approved manner.
H. Circuit layouts shown are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other
installation details. Furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in
satisfactory operation all power, lighting, and other electrical systems shown.
Additional circuits shall be installed wherever needed to conform to the specific
requirements of the equipment.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Electrical-General Provisions
16050-3
I. The ratings of motors and other electrically operated devices together with the size
shown for their branch circuit conductors and conduits are approximate only and are
indicative of the probable power requirements insofar as they can be determined in
advance of the purchase of equipment.
J. All connections to equipment shall be made as shown, specified, and directed and in
accordance with the Manufacturer's approved shop drawings, regardless of the
number of conductors shown on the Electrical Drawings.
K. At both sites, various 120V circuits are existing, and are fed from the existing
services. No as-built drawings exist for these circuits. The contractor shall insure
that all existing circuits (not made obsolete by the new construction) shall be refed
from the new mini-power zone panel. Sufficient space has been provided to
accommodate any existing circuits.
1.7 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT
A. Investigate each space in the building where equipment must pass to reach its final
location. If necessary, the Manufacturer shall be required to ship his material in
sections, sized to permit passing through such restricted areas in the building.
B. The equipment shall be kept upright at all times. When equipment has to be tilted
for ease of passage through restricted areas during transportation, the Manufacturer
shall be required to brace the equipment suitably, to insure that the tilting does not
impair the functional integrity of the equipment.
1.8 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of project Contract
Drawings. When the project is completed, furnish a complete set of reproducible
"Record" drawings for the Project Record Documents. These documents shall be
24" x 36" in size.
1.9 COMPONENT INTERCONNECTIONS
A. Component equipment furnished under this Specification will not be furnished as
integrated systems. CONTRACTOR shall field install and wire completely all
components.
B. CONTRACTOR shall analyze all systems components and their shop drawings,
identify all terminals and prepare drawings and wiring tables necessary for
component interconnection. CONTRACTOR shall provide crimp on wire numbers
on both ends of all control wiring installed between all panels furnished under this
contract. These numbers shall directly relate to the interconnect wiring drawing
furnished by the CONTRACTOR and be reflected in the As-built drawings submitted.
1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. As specified under other sections shop drawings shall be submitted for approval of
all materials, equipment, apparatus, and other items as required by the Engineer.
B. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following equipment:
1) Motor Starters
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Electrical-General Provisions
16050-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2) Mini-power zone
3) Double Throw Safety Switches
4) Lighting Fixtures
5) Generator Receptacles
6) Wire and Cable
7) Wiring Devices
C. The Manufacturer name and product designation and catalog data sheet shall be
submitted for the following material:
1) Conduit
2) Boxes and fittings
3) Switches
4) Lamps
D. Prior to submittal by the CONTRACTOR, all shop drawings shall be checked for
accuracy and contract requirements. Shop drawings shall bear the date checked
and shall be accompanied by a statement that the shop drawings have been
examined for conformity to Specifications and Drawings. This statement shall also
list all discrepancies with the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings not so
checked and noted shall be returned.
E. The Engineer's check shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the
project and compliance with the Specifications and Drawings. The responsibility of,
or the necessity of, furnishing materials and workmanship required by the
Specifications and Drawings which may not be indicated on the shop drawings is
included under the work of this Section.
F. The responsibility for all dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site
and for coordination of this work with the work of all other trades is also included
under the work of this Section.
G. No material shall be ordered or shop work started until the Engineer's approval of
shop drawings has been given.
1.11 MATERIALS
A. The materials used in all systems shall be new, unused and as hereinafter specified.
All materials where not specified shall be of the very best of their respective kinds.
Samples of materials or Manufacturer's specifications shall be submitted for approval
as required by the Engineer.
B. Materials and equipment used shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed.
C. Electrical equipment shall at all times during construction be adequately protected
against mechanical injury or damage by water. Electrical equipment shall not be
stored out-of-doors. Electrical equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters.
If any apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired by the
CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. If any apparatus has been subject to
possible injury by water, it shall be thoroughly dried out and put through such special
tests as directed by the Engineer, at the expense of the CONTRACTOR, or shall be
replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Electrical-General Provisions
16050-5
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Electrical-General Provisions
16050-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.12 CONDUIT DRAWINGS
A. In addition to the manufacturer's equipment shop drawings, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit for the approval, electrical installation working drawings for the work.
1) Concealed and buried conduit layouts shown on floor plans drawn at not less
than 1/8-inch = 1-foot-O-inch scale. The layouts shall include locations of
process equipment, motor control centers, transformers, panelboards,
control panels and equipment, motors, switches, variable speed drives, large
junction or pull boxes, instruments, and any other electrical devices
connected to concealed or buried conduits.
2) Site electrical may be shown at the scale indicated on the drawings.
3) Plans shall be drawn on high quality reproducible, double sided mylar, size
36-inch x 24-inch, and shall be presented in a neat, professional manner.
1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit complete operations and maintenance data for all equipment furnished under
this Division. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and
shall include all required cuts, Drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, complete part
lists, etc. that are required to instruct operating and maintenance personnel
unfamiliar with such equipment.
1.14 WARRANTY
A. Provide a warranty for all the electrical equipment in accordance with the
requirements of other sections, but in no case less than one year from date of owner
acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
I
I
a
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16100 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. All work shall be executed in a neat and workmanlike manner by experienced and
capable electricians so as to present a neat installation upon completion.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical work shall be performed in accordance with the current standards of the
electrical trades. The provisions of the NEC and existing local requirements shall
comprise the minimum acceptable standards of electrical work.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING, & ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Equipment and material shall be suitably delivered and stored in the original
containers, but shall be readily accessible for inspection. All items subject to
moisture damage shall be stored in dry spaces. All material and equipment shall be
protected against dirt, dust, water and chemical or mechanical injury, vandalism and
theft. Upon completion of the work all equipment and materials shall be cleaned
thoroughly, polished and finished in a condition satisfactory to the OWNER.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. All equipment and materials shall be new and shall bear the manufacturer's name,
trade name, and the UL label. In cases where a standard has been established for a
particular material, the material shall be so labeled. The equipment to be furnished
shall be essentially the standard product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the
production of the required type of equipment for this type of work and shall be the
manufacturer's latest approved design.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Clamps, screws, fasteners and support devices shall be of noncorrosive metal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. The electrical drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of
the electrical work. The CONTRACTOR shall carefully examine the Drawings and
shall ascertain that the equipment and accessories will be properly located and
readily accessible.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Equipment and appurtenances furnished by various manufacturers shall be installed
in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and approved wiring
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Basic Materials and Methods
16100-1
diagrams for type and capacity of each piece of equipment used. These instructions
shall be considered as part of these Specifications. Any OWNER-furnished
equipment shall be connected by the CONTRACTOR, including all necessary cords
and plugs.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Basic Materials and Methods
16100-2
I
I
a
I
I
'I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. All conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized or metallized, zinc-coated, rigid threaded
conduit unless otherwise indicated or shown. Conduit embedded in concrete
underground or direct buried when indicated on drawings, may be rigid non-metallic
type. Minimum conduit size in floor slabs, walls, or below grade shall be %-inch.
Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) shall be permitted to be used in the interior of the
Tank manways (above grade only).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Non-metallic Conduit and Fittings: Rigid non-metallic conduit and fittings of
heavy wall polyvinyl chloride (PVC) meeting ASTM Specification 0 1785, approved
by UL for the specific purpose, may be used in locations not prohibited by the NEC
Section 347-3. When equipment grounding is required by Article 250 of the NEC, a
separate grounding conductor shall be installed in the conduit. Installation methods
of rigid non-metallic conduit shall conform to Section 347-5 through 347-15 of the
NEC. Supports shall be in accordance with Table 347-8.
B. Metallic Conduit and Fittings: Electric metallic conduit shall be standard, galvanized,
heavy-wall rigid steel conduit conforming to Federal Specification WW-C-581. Rigid
Steel Conduit shall have a 1/50 inch thick polyvinyl chloride (PVC) coating. All boxes
and fittings used with PVC coated conduit shall be furnished with a PVC coating
bonded to the metal, the same thickness as used on the coated steel conduit. Steel
elbows and couplings shall be hot-dipped galvanized. An extra 40 mil PVC protective
coating shall be provided when used with PVC coated steel conduit. Fittings of
standard galvanized malleable iron conforming to Federal Specification W-F-406
shall be used. Metallic conduit may be used for both exposed and concealed work.
The use of dissimilar metals shall be avoided throughout the system. Installation
methods of metallic conduit shall be in accordance with Sections 348-4 through 348-
13 of the NEC.
C. Flexible Metallic Conduit: All motors and all other indicated or necessary equipment
shall be connected with liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit of the size required for
the conductors to the equipment. Liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit shall be UL,
type UA. It shall be installed in such a manner that liquids tend to run off the surface
and not drain toward the fittings. Sufficient slack shall be provided to reduce the
effects of vibration. Where the fittings are brought into an enclosure with a knock-
out, a gasket assembly consisting of an O-ring and retainer shall be installed. These
fittings shall be nylon insulated-throat type. Conduit shall be galvanized, PVC
covered and shall be constructed to provide a continuous metallic bond. It shall be
equal to that manufactured by Appleton "Sealtite".
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Raceway and Fittings
16110-1
C.
Conduit stubs shall be located to conform to location of connection boxes on motors
and/or other equipment served. Traps in conduit runs shall be avoided. Device
boxes in concrete shall be set true and packed as necessary to exclude concrete
during placement.
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
D. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Steel tubing, zinc coated. Comply with ANSI-
C80.3, UL 797
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAllATION:
A. Conduit shall be concealed unless otherwise shown. Exposed conduit shall run
parallel or perpendicular to building planes. Concealed conduits shall be run in a
direct line with long sweep bends and offsets. Conduit shall be continuous and
installed in such a manner that the system shall be electrically continuous
throughout. Conduit ends shall be capped during construction. The ends of all
conduits shall be carefully reamed free from burrs after threading and before
installation. All cuts shall be made square. All joints shall be made up tight. Care
shall be taken to see that all light and power conduit runs form a permanent and
continuous ground connection point.
B. The Contractor shall permanently and effectively ground service neutral and all
raceways, devices, and utilized equipment in accordance with the requirements of
the NEC, and as shown or required. All grounding electrodes shall have rigid clamp
jaws and be UL listed for the application. A separate ground wire shall be provided in
all lighting and power raceways.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Raceway and Fittings
16110-2
I
I
I
,
I
:1
I
I
I
I
D. Conductors shall be installed in a workmanlike manner. Damage to insulation or a
reduction of the wire size when pulled into the conduit shall be avoided.
E. All areas of the project are considered to be wet locations and construction within
these areas shall be moisture and weather resistant. Work below grade, on grade, or
beneath slabs shall be waterproof.
F. Electrical work shall not rest upon, be supported by or hung from ductwork, piping or
equipment. Adequate supports shall be provided to assure that this is achieved.
G. Boxes, conduit, hangers, panels, etc., shall be fastened to steel by machine bolts
and nuts, and by expansion bolts in concrete. Wood or composition plugs shall not
be used.
H. Buried conduit shall be installed so as to assure a watertight system. Turns and
bends shall be made using watertight fittings or field-made bends. Trenchwork for
installation of conduits and equipment underground shall conform to applicable
sections of these specifications. Locations for buried conduit shall be carefully
plotted to avoid conflict with other installations. Unless otherwise noted, all buried
electrical installations shall be installed at least 24-inches below finished grade.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
2.1 SCOPE
A. This section includes the furnishing, installation, and connection of the low voltage
power and lighting wiring. All wires and cables utilized for controls shall be as
specified by the equipment manufacturer. Coordinate all work with equipment
manufacturers.
B. Unless otherwise specified in other sections of these specifications, control wiring
shall be specified by the equipment manufacturer. Control wiring shall be installed
and connected by Electrical Contractor to perform the functions specified in other
sections of these specifications.
C. REFERENCE STANDARDS: The following specifications and standards, except as
hereinafter modified, are incorporated herein by reference and form a part of this
specification to the extent indicated by the references thereto. Except where a
specific date is given, the issue in effect (including amendments, addenda, revisions,
supplements, and errata) on the date of Invitation for Bids shall be applicable. In text
such specifications and standards are referred to by basic designation only.
1) Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.)
J-C-30A(1) Cable and Wire Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)
HH-I-595C Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive
Adhesive, Plastic
2) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
No. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) WIRES AND CABLES
3) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc (UL) Publications:
No. 83 Thermoplastic - Insulated Wires
No. 493 Thermoplastic - Insulated Underground Feeder and
Branch Circuit Cables
No. 486 Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Conductors shall consist of annealed copper wire having a minimum of 98%
conductivity and shall be sized and insulated or isolated in accordance with the NEC
for the current and voltage of the individual circuit. All conductors, unless specifically
noted, shall have type "THWN", 750 F, 600 Volt insulation.
B. Joints shall be made with mechanical connectors and insulated with two layers of
Scotch No. 33 or Slipnot No. 3201 tape.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Wires and Cables
16120-1
C. All splices for conductors #12 through #6 AWG solid or stranded shall be made with
"Scotch lock" spring connectors or the pressure wire type. For wire sizes larger than
#6, splices shall be made with "OZ" type "XW" or "XTP" as appropriate to the splice
being installed. Equal fittings of Burndy and Penn Union may be used. Tape shall be
equal to Scotch No. 33 or Slipnot NO. 3201 over splice and filler tape on splices shall
be equal to "Scotchfill".
D. Flexible cords and cables shall be of the size and numberof conductors as indicated
on drawings. Cords shall comply with the requirements of Article 400 of the NEC.
E. All wires and cables utilized for controls shall be as specified in Division 13 of these
specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All conductors shall be coded throughout, using different colors fro phases, white for
neutral (white with other color stripe for neutral of a different voltage system) and
green for ground. The same color code for a particular phase or part of a circuit shall
be run with the same conductor throughout the job. Colors used for each voltage
system shall be different. Conductors NO.8 AWG and larger may be black in color
but shall be identified with colored tape in all outlet, junction or pull boxes and at the
terminals of the equipment.
Phase
A
B
C
Neutral
Ground
208V. 3PH. WYE System
Black
Red
Blue
White
Green
Green
480V. 3PH. DELTA System
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Switch legs shall be purple.
B. All wires in cabinets, boxes, panels, pull and junction boxes shall be trained neatly
and tied.
C. All wires and cables shall be continuous from origin to destination without splices
unless written permission is given by the ENGINEER.
D. Conductors shall be sized in accordance with NEC requirements. No conductor shall
be smaller than No. 12 AWG, except control and signal circuit conductors which may
be No. 14 AWG, unless otherwise specified on the drawings.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Wires and Cables
16120-2
I
I
,I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16130 - BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Boxes shall be provided where required by the NEC and other portions of this
division of Specifications.
1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Where more than one feeder passes through a junction box or pull box, the
conductors shall be identified with electrical characteristics, system designation,
source and destination. Barriers shall be provided where required by Code.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Boxes shall conform to Federal Specification W-5-800 and sized in accordance with
Section 370 of the NEC.
B. All device outlet boxes and fittings used in a corrosive atmosphere shall be corrosion
resistant, equal to Hubbell #6080 with cover plate #5221, or #6087 for junction
boxes. All other device outlet boxes and fittings including all lighting fixture outlet
boxes shall be constructed of galvanized metal and shall be as manufactured by
Steel City or equal.
C. Outlet boxes at a minimum shall be 4-inch square not less than 1 ~- inch deep.
Extra large boxes shall be used in accordance with the NEC where necessary to
prevent undue crowding of wires. Gang boxes shall be used for gang switches.
D. Pull boxes shall be constructed of code gauge metal and shall be galvanized. Any
box that is tack or spot welded shall be galvanized after fabrication. All boxes shall
bear the UL label. Flush boxes shall be equal to Columbia, Type "FC", surface type
shall be Type "SC" or equal.
E. Cast metal boxes shall be equal to those manufactured by Crouse-Hinds or Pyle
National.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAllATION
A. Junction and pull boxes shall be installed where required by the NEC and where
necessary to facilitate pulling of wire or cable. Consideration shall be given for all
sizes of wire and cable, number of bends in raceways and conductor support
requirements in vertical raceways. Maximum distance between terminations at
junction or pull boxes, cabinets or other points of termination shall not exceed 100
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Boxes
16130-1
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Boxes
16130-2
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
feet for straight horizontal runs. This length shall be decreased by 50 feet for each 90
degree bend.
B. Minimum size of junction and pullboxes shall be determined by the NEC, and by
minimum raceway spacing requirements. The minimum raceway spacing shall be
such as to allow ~ inch space between knockouts.
C. When splices and taps are to be made in junction or pull boxes, the minimum
dimensions for straight through pull shall be 12 times the diameter of largest
raceway. For angle pulls, the distance between raceway entry and opposite wall shall
be 10 times the diameter of largest raceway, plus the sum of diameters of all other
raceways entering the same wall. Additionally for angle pulls, the distance between
the raceway entries enclosing the same conductor shall be 10 times the diameter of
the largest raceway. Wires in junction or pull boxes that are spliced shall be covered
with fire-proofing as specified below.
D. Entries for raceways enclosing the same conductors shall provide the longest sweep
or radius for the conductors.
E. Junction and pull boxes shall be securely supported to the structure, or to a
structural member. Raceways shall carry no weight of the box. Boxes embedded in
concrete or masonry need not be additionally supported.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16170 - DISCONNECTS AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Main Disconnects: A main disconnecting means meeting the requirements of the
NEC shall be furnished and installed as shown. The disconnect shall be a double
pole safety switch listed for service entrance equipment. The disconnect shall be in
a NEMA 3R enclosure.
B. Motor Disconnects: Each starter shall be provided with a disconnecting means.
Disconnecting means shall be thermal-magnetic circuit breaker type. Motors shall
be installed within site of the motor starter and therefore a separate disconnecting
means shall not be required. Refer also to Section 16480.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCESSORIES
A. Circuit Breakers: Circuit breakers for all branch circuits shall be molded-case unit
breakers with thermal-magnetic trips designed to open all phases simultaneously
under overload and/or fault conditions. Breakers shall be of adequate rating for the
actual duty required. The breaker shall have quick-make, quick-break, toggle
mechanism, inverse-time trip characteristics, and shall be trip-free on overload or
short-circuit. Automatic release is to be secured by a bimetallic thermal element
releasing the mechanism latch. In addition, a magnetic armature shall be provided
to trip the breaker instantaneously for short circuit currents above the overload
range. Automatic tripping shall be indicated by a handle position between the
manual OFF and ON position. The trip mechanism shall be a combination thermal-
magnetic type. Thermal elements shall inverse time characteristics for overload
conditions and magnetic trip element shall protect against short circuits by providing
instantaneous trip.
B. Safety Switches: All safety switches shall be heavy-duty type "HD". The blades of
switches shall be quick-make, quick-break operating type. All lugs on all switches
shall be equal to Burdy's solderless quick lugs or shall be compression type.
Switches shall have the number of poles and be of the size indicated. Enclosures
shall be of the NEMA type indicated on the drawings. The switch shall conform to
NEMA Standards and shall be UL listed. Switches shall be equal to General
Electric, Square-D, or Cutler-Hammer. Switches shall disconnect all ungrounded
conductors simultaneously.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install motor and circuit disconnects as recommended by the manufacturer, required
by Code, and as shown on the drawings.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media filter Improvements
0992-0176
Disconnects and Overcurrent Devices
16170-1
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16190 - SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Conduit supports.
B. Channel supports for equipment.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. National Electrical Code
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A. Single Runs: Galvanized conduit straps or ring bolt type hangers with specialty
spring clips. Plumbers perforated straps or wire will not be acceptable.
B. Multiple Runs: Conduit rack with 25 percent spare capacity.
C. Vertical Runs: Channel support with conduit fittings.
2.2 CHANNEL SUPPORTS
A. 2.2.1 Steel channel sections shall be rolled from AISI1 008 commercial grade steel
and be in conformance with ASTM A569-72.
B. The cross sectional width dimension of the channel shall be a minimum of 1 Yz-inch.
The depth will be as required to satisfy the load requirements. Channel with 1 Yz-inch
depth or greater shall be rolled from manufacturer's standard 12 gauge steel.
Channel smaller than 1 Yz-inch may be manufacturer's standard 14 gauge steel.
C. Attachment holes, when required, shall be factory punched on hole centers equal to
the channel cross sectional width dimension and shall be a maximum of 9/16-inch in
diameter.
D. Channel attachment nuts shall be designed to prelocate in the channel and provide a
bearing surface on the turned down lips while making positive contact with the side
walls of the channel.
E. Straps for the support of conduit shall be designed such that the attachment nut is
captivated on the shoulder of the strap when tightened, and the attachment bolt shall
allow tightening by either a screwdriver or wrench.
F. All nuts, bolts, straps, threaded rod and edges of punched holes shall be protected
with the same finish as the channel.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Supporting Devices
16190-1
G. The finish on steel components shall consist of a combination of .0005 inch
electrogalvanizing on steel in accordance with ASTM B633-7B Type LS coating and
a gold zinc dichromate barrier formed on the zinc. This coating shall be applied after
factory fabrication of the material.
H. When tested in accordance with ASTM B 117 -73 procedure, there shall be no sign of
red rust after 1,000 hours of testing. Certified test results to support this must be
submitted upon request.
2.3 ANCHOR METHODS
A. Hollow Masonary: Toggle bolts or spider type expansion anchors.
B. Solid Masonary: Lead expansion anchors or preset inserts.
C. Metal Surfaces: machine screws, bolts, welded studs, or beam type clamps on steel
joints.
D. Wood Surfaces: Wood Screws
E. Concrete Surfaces: Self-drilling anchors, power-driven studs, or expansion bolts.
F. See drawings for special mounting and installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAllATION
A. Layout to maintain headroom, neat mechanical appearance, and to support
equipment loads required.
B. Verify exact mounting and installation requirements with the Owner's representative
prior to installation.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Supporting Devices
16190-2
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:1
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16421 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 INCLUDED
A. Deadfront Panelboards
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Install complete grounding system in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The following specifications and standards, except as hereinafter modified, are
incorporated herein by reference and form a part of this specification to the extent
indicated by the references thereto. Except where a specific date is given, the issue
in effect (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and errata) on
the date of Invitation for Bids shall be applicable. In text such specifications and
standards are referred to by basic designation only.
1. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) Publications:
2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) Publications:
1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Panelboard shop drawings shall contain layout of equipment, nameplate, schedule,
electrical characteristics of components, overall weight and dimensions, conduit
space in top, voltage rating, ampacity of all bus bracing, and information that
indicates that function requirements of the specification have been met.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PANELBOARDS
A. Mini-Power Zones
1. Mini-Power Zones shall incorporate an integral step down transformer into
a distribution panelboard. Each Mini-Power Zone shall be provided with
integral primary and secondary circuit breakers. Mini-Power Zones shall
be U.L listed and suitable for outdoor use (NEMA 3R construction). Refer
to drawings for transformer sizes, voltages, etc.
2. Basis of Design: Square-D, Class 7400.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Panelboards
16421-1
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Panelboards
16421-2
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
2.2 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A. Mini-power zones
1. Square-D
2. General Electric
PART 3 - EXECUTION
1.1 INSTAllATION OF PANElBOARDS
A. Install Panelboards per manufacturer's recommendations.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. System Grounding:
1. Dry type transformers shall be grounded as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
B. Equipment Grounding:
1. All metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes,
cabinets, machine frames, and other conductive items in close proximity with
electrical circuits shall be grounded for personnel safety and to provide a low
impedance path for possible ground fault currents.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Install complete grounding system in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The following specifications and standards, except as hereinafter modified, are
incorporated herein by reference and form a part of this specification to the extent
indicated by the references thereto. Except where a specific date is given, the issue
in effect (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and errata) on
the date of Invitation for Bids shall be applicable. In text such specifications and
standards are referred to by basic designation only.
1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC)
2. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.)
J-C-30A(1) - Cable and Wire Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)
3. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., (UL) Publications:
No. 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated wires
No. 467 - Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment
1.4 TESTS
A. Measure ground grid resistance with earth test megger and install additional ground
rods and conductors as required until resistance to ground complies with B below
B. Ground resistance shall be limited to 5 ohms or less for the complete system. A bare
copper conductor shall be used between ground rods.
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Grounding and Bonding
16450-1
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Grounding and Bonding
16450-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUNDING GRIDS
A. Provide grounding grids consisting of 3/4 inch by 10 feet long copper clad steel
driven rods where called for.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 POWER SYSTEM GROUNDING
A. Provide grounding and bonding systems in strict accordance with NEC, local codes
and power company except where more stringent requirements are specified herein.
Interconnection of neutral and ground is not permitted except at service entrance
equipment. Install grounding conductors to permit shortest and most direct path to
ground. Concealed joints shall be made by Cadweld method. Grounding and
bonding fittings used shall be UL listed and be compatible with metals used in
system. Sheet metal type straps are not acceptable.
B. The grounding system shall be connected to the main disconnect switch with a full
size ground wire.
c. Interconnect conduits entering and exiting equipment using grounding bushings and
copper conductors.
D. Where conduit is used for mechanical protection of a grounding conductor, the
conductor shall be securely bonded to the conduit at each end.
E. Outlet box to device strap or yoke screw connection is not sufficient. Provide an
insulated grounding jumper for receptacles. Connect jumper to grounding pole for
device and connect to outlet box using insulated throat grounding bushing.
F. A separate equipment ground conductor with green insulation shall be provided in all
circuits. In all cases, locknutting and insulated throat grounding bushing shall be
used between all conduit and equipment. Ground wedges shall be used at all boxes
and equipment enclosures where required to insure proper ground connections for
the conduit system.
G. All electrical equipment, panels, starters, etc., shall be connected to the grounding
system herein described.
H. The grounding terminal of all receptacles shall be solidly connected, by means of a
green wire, to a grounding terminal in the outlet box and the insulated throat
grounding bushing.
I. All metal non-current carrying parts of electrical equipment, raceways, supports, etc.,
shall be grounded to meet NEC requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J. The CONTRACTOR shall check the continuity of ground in the electrical system.
This shall include all panels, receptacles, switches, outlets, and other electrically
operated devices. If continuity does not exist, the CONTRACTOR shall install
additional grounding conductor as described in these specifications and the National
Electrical Code.
END OF SECTION
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Grounding and Bonding
16450-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16950 - TEST AND INSPECTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall arrange for all inspections required by the local authority
having jurisdiction. Approval of the installation by any such local authority shall not
relieve the CONTRACTOR of any portion of his responsibility for adequate
performance of the completed installation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish at least two copies of test records to the
ENGINEER. At the completion of all tests specified herein and any others required
to make operational all equipment, all records shall be viewed by the
CONTRACTOR, then transmitted directly to the ENGINEER. All prints shall be
corrected and verified for corrections of in-field changes by the CO NT ACTOR prior
to submittal.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. After completion and prior to being energized, the electrical installation shall be
tested to the extent necessary to demonstrate that all systems are complete and
ready for operation. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER and the
OWNER's Facility Maintenance Division, Electrical Section to arrange for the final
inspection prior to energizing the system.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all necessary test equipment to satisfactorily
perform all tests specified herein or required by applicable codes and standards.
3.2 TESTING
A. The CONTRACTOR shall test all wire, cable, equipment, and systems installed or
connected under the Agreement to assure proper installation, settings, connection,
and functioning in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications and the
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. When conducting tests the CONTRACTOR shall:
1. Include all tests and inspections recommended by the equipment
manufacturer and applicable Codes and Standards.
2. Include any additional tests required by the ENGINEER that he deems
necessary because offield conditions to determine that equipment, material,
and systems meet the requirements of the Specifications.
Mult-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Test and Inspections
16950-1
3. Maintain in quadruplicate a written record of all tests showing date, personnel
conducting tests, equipment or material tested, tests performed,
manufacturer and serial number of testing equipment and results.
C. Tests to be accomplished as a minimum are as follows:
1. Control panels/Panelboards: provide temporary power source to all control
circuits and check for proper operation prior to energizing equipment served.
2. Wires and Cables:
a. High-potential test shall be conducted on all service entrance
conductors. The insulation resistance between conductors and also
between conductors and ground shall be measured.
b. All other cables and wires shall be checked for continuity and shall be
determined to be free of grounds prior to energizing.
3. Motor Test: Motor rotation will be checked by momentary energizing of
motor. Correction of rotation shall be made by changing leads on the motor.
Motors shall only be energized in the presence of a representative of the
OWNER.
4. Check phase rotation on all bussing. Phasing shall be A-B-C, left to right,
top to bottom, front to rear, as viewed from the front.
D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to equipment or material due to
improper test procedures or test apparatus handling, and shall replace or restore to
original condition any damaged equipment or material.
E. CONTRACTOR shall furnish and use safety devices such as rubber gloves and
blankets, protective screens, barriers, and danger signs to adequately protect and
warn all personnel in the vicinity of the tests.
3.3 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPLETED ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Upon the completion of the installation and testing, the CONTRACTOR shall
demonstrate and familiarize representatives of the OWNER with the system.
END OF SECTION
Mult-Media Filter Improvements
0992-0176
Test and Inspections
16950-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
~::..
II
I,~.
II'
II
II
It
II""
It
I I
I Ie
I 1.-
IL
IlL::
,...;--
I-
I ;-
I. ,
I ....
,..0.
I'
I'
#",.
I I
BOND NUl\'1BER: 929439416
CONTRA.CT BOND
ST A TE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY'OF PALM BEACH
KNOW ALL MEN BY l'I:lESE PRESENTS: That we INTERSTATE ENGINEERING CORP.
Contra.ctor and \VESTERN SURETY COMPANY (Surety) whose home address is CITY OF
SIOUX FALLS. STATKf)F SOUTH DAKOTA.
HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", aTe held and finnly bound into the City of Clearwater,
FIOlida (hereinafter called:the "Owner") in the penal sum of: SEVEN HUNDRED THJRTY N1NE
THOUSAND, TWO HUJ.~D'R.ED DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($739,200.0D) for the payment of
.,-"hich we bind ourselves, ~)Ur heirs; executors, administrators, successors, and assi~~.for the faithful
,p~fonnance of .a ~ certain written contract, dated the if day of
~' 2008,.;entered into bet\veen the Contractor and the City of Clear.vater for:
MULTI-J'.lKQIA FILTER IMPROYEJ\oLENTS PROJECT(06-00S1-UT)
a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and i:3 made a part hereof as iffully
copied herem.
NO'V THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the
Contractor shall in all reSRects comply with the tem1$ and conditions of said contract, including the
one-year guarantee of rn~terial and labor, and his obligations thereunder, induding the contract
'. documents (which include]the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Fonn of
Surety" Bond, Instrtlctionsj to Bidders, General Conditions and Teclmical Specifi.cations) and "the
Plans andSpecifications tberein. refened to and rna.de a part thereof, and such alterations as.maybe
made in said Plaosand Sp"~\cifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save bannless
the said Ol.\!ner against add from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or
?kill, negligence or default including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents
or (.-mployees, in the ex~cution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans
furnished by the ContractQJ, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make
payTi1Ents to all persons svppl;,-;ng him, them or it, l<:.bor, matelial, and supplies used d.irectly or
jndirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of
the v;erk provided for in s:aid Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and
Surety jointly and severalG' agree to pay to'ibe Owner any difft."rence between the sum to wlJjcb the
.said Contractor would be ~1Jtitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may
be obliged to pay for the cqmpletion of said work by contract or othe.I\~.ise, & any damages, direct or
Jndirect, or c:onsequentialJ:vhich said O\Vner ll':lay sustain on account of sucb work, or on account of
the failure oftl:1e said Cont;ractor to properly a.od in all things, keep and execute all the provisjons of
said Comr8Ct. ..
Page I
.... ~ .-' .. ...
I <-I' ~......~t....:-.
. oJ. :"
i"':.-,;...
fr'
1..-
. .
I
I.......
.~-,
II.
II-
I
I.
II:
II
II-~
I
I
l-
I.
I
I ^;.
I I
I-
I '.'
I'~
I
.1
.1
,
I i
I
.i
CONTRACT BOND
(2)
.l\lld the said Contracto~ and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said
O\'vT.ler against, and \\-iJipay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which maybe
~ . , , . .
recovered against or whtch the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by
reason of any damages ":.hsing from the perfom1ance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance
thereof, or the manner ~~f doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or
.servants or the improper ~elformance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or
.. the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material fumished or work done; as
aforesaid, Or otherv.'ise_ .
And the said Conti:actor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs,
- .
executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the own:er any sum which the
Owiler may be compdfe~. to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work,
embraced by said Contract.
And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and ag.rees that no change, extension of
time, alteration or additioil to the temlS of the contract or to the '>vork to be performed thereunder or
the specifications accornp~lying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it
does hereby waive notice -Qf any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
. the contract or to the wort< or to the spec:ifitations.
IN TESTIMONY 'VIlHE ltE OF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this
day of ~. 2008. .
INTERSTATE ENGINEERING CORP.
By; a;;:;;JJe-
WITNESS:
'-...U."--
i'V\ . Fil..J..-.,f ~.j.~
6
COUNTERSIGNED:
-4~ j)uiu?p~~
Joseph Michael Pietrangelo
Licensed Resident Agent,'FL
A207358
P"grol
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Jean Feeney, Kevin A White, Mark P Herendeen, Susan Kedian, Jean Brooker, Michael J
Cusack, John J Gambino, Richard A Leveroni, Kathleen M Flanagan, Nicole Roy,
Individually
of Boston, MA, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this 14th day of November, 2007.
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
-/2/~
Paul . Bruflat, Semor Vice President
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
} ss
On this 14th day of November, 2007, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that
he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and
which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was
so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
My commission expires
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+
~ D. KRELL ~
I I
1~NOTARY PUBLIC~1
I~SOUTH DAKOTA I
I I
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+
~
~,,"bli'
November 30,2012
CERTIFICATE
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this _ day of
~~%
il!!f.~"'O"",,,,\1fo\
.:,CIi \i'\~1
. \ (2,
~~~:!''' .i~
~~'
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
g. ~~~"crcl>ry
Form F4280-09-06
I
Authorizing By-Law
I
ADOPTED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the shareholders
of the Company.
I
Section 7. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney, or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the
corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other
officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer
may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company.
The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the
corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
This CONTRACT made and entered into this ~ day of 1: , 2008 by and between the
City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter d signated as the "City", and
INTERSTATE ENGINEERING CORP. of the City of BOCA RATON, County of PALM
BEACH COUNTY and State of FLORIDA, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements
on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at
their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the
following:
MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS (06-0051-UT) FOR THE SUM: SEVEN
HUNDRED THIRTY NINE THOUSAND, TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS AND NO CENTS
($739,200.00).
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any
advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto
attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the tenns, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be pertonned by the
Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf
and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in
accordance with the provisions as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE
BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES
ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF
THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES
TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY
CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE
CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED
CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES.
Page 3
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
(2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or
termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees
or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the
provisions of the non-discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually a!:,Tfeed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated
herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be
due to the Contractor the sum of $1.000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the
Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per
day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of
the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is
not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the
Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if: any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful pertormance of the terms and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
sureties upon such pertonnance bond to be unsatisfactory or it: for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amount to cover the pertonnance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional
bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the
City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the tenns and
provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
perfonnance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a fonn
satisfactory to it.
Page 4
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
(2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or
termination; rates of payor other fonns of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees
or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the
provisions of the non-discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated
herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be
due to the Contractor the sum of $1.000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the
Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1.000.00 per
~ shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of
the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is
not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the
Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if: any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
sureties upon such perfonnance bond to be unsatisfactory or if: for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amount to cover the perfonnance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional
bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the
City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the tenns and
provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
perfonnance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a fonn
satisfactory to it.
Page 4
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
(3)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year fIrst above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
(Seal)
B
illiam B. Home, II
City Manager
Attest:
Countersigned:
By:
Camilo Soto
Assistant City Attorney
(Contractor must indicate whether Corporation,
Partnership, Company or Individual.)
(Contractor)
By:
(SE6Ll
(The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is signing
for a Corporation, he must, by Aftidavit, show
his authority to bind the Corporation).
Page 5
--.-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
(CORPORA TION FORM)
STATE OF MASSACHUSETTS
COUNTY OF ESSEX
On this day personally appeared before me,
administer oaths and take acknowledgments,
deposes and says:
the undersigned authority, duly authorized to
, who after being duly sworn,
That he is the (TITLE) of INTERSTATE
ENGINEERING. CORP. a FLORIDA Corporation, with its principal place of business located at
6421 CONGRESS AVENUE. SUITE 100. BOCA RATON. FLORIDA 33487 (herein, the
"Contractor").
That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of
,2008, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as
Owner, and that the Contractor was to perfonn the construction of:
MULTI-MEDIA FILTER IMPROVEMENTS (06-0051-UT)
That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors,
laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature
nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work
against the described property.
That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes,
and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in
full satisfaction and discharge of said contract.
That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract.
The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of
the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes.
Sworn and subscribed to before me
INTERSTATE ENGINEERING CORP.
AFFIANT
This _ day of
, 2008
BY:
NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires:
PRESIDENT
Page 6
\
~..
~.
...
II
I
I-
II
II
II
II:
II
II.
II
II
II
i PROPOSAL BOND .
. (Not to"be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL c MEN BY THESE PRESENrS: That we. the; undersigned,
Interstate Engineer,ing Corp. as PrincipaL and Western Surety Company
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater,
f'lorida, ir1 the swn of T:en percent of amount bid Dollars ($----10%---j
(being a minimum oflO~o of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to
. be made, we hereby j~intly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,
successors. and assigns. :
~e condition of the abo,;~ obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Interstate
Engineering Corp. i as Principal, and Western Surety Company as
Surety, for work specified: as: Multi-Media Filter Improvements..Citv hoied No. 06~OSl-trr
all as stipulated in said P~oposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and
specifications provided h~for. all within PinellasCpunty, is accepted and the contract awarded to the
above named bidder, and: the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a
contract. in writing, and furnish the required PerlormanceBond with surety or sureties to be approved
by the City Manager, this; obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue
by law and the full amo~ of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated
damages.
Signed this 29th dayo~ October
,2007.
(principal must indicate wjhether
corporation, partnership, cpmpany
or individual) i
Corporation
The person. signing shall, in Ius own
handwriting; sign: the Prini;ipal's
~ame, his own name and flis title;
the person si~g for a c4rPoration
inust,by affidavit, show his authority
to bind the corporation. I
Interstate Engineering Corp.
Principal
By. q~.
Title Arno ,J(e- s,dm+
,
Section V Contract Bood
r~}
ReviS'tl: 5/1 1/2005
Page 1
I
1--- .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.".
AFFIDAVIT
(To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLuIU:IP&
COUNTY OF
) "^'o....c::.so.....~ \J ~:z.pn '9.
) "F;..9S ~
::S' OCL.\ ~\^- 5c'l~
Secretary of ~:r-S::.: 0-:
a corporation organized and existing under
its principal office at:
~ q '3 ---:\ L...wLr 50...... AvL .-
Street & Number
being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/sIie is
the laws of the State ofFlori~", and having
~SSD...c..4.o~~
MPr
State
So...~
City
~5SL.X
County
Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of
. ""\" ",-~Qr-sta:t-L ~ d_,~.JL/L.r'\...... cj ~'-O-
. 6 (Name o~Corporatioh)
Affiant further says that ~,W"\o \. cl \),~ is ~r~1. ~ -\::.-
. (Officer's Name) (Title) ~
ofthe. corporatio~, is dul~ authorized to sign th~ Proposal fRf ::rr..~JlJ's.-trt~ ~.PI~'~~f
fOf SaId corporation by virtue of Qsz...r-\; ~ c.~ -\-tL ~ V o""T.Il...- . a ,
(state whether a provision of by laws or a R olution of the oard of
Directors. Ifby Resolutio . e d e fad . on).
Sworn to before me this 9.. q -r'" day of 0 L 10 ~
, 2007.
\\Lll It ~
otary Pubhc
~ OFFICIAL SEAL
"DEBORAH A.LAMOUREAUX
NOTARY PUBLIC
COMMONWEAlTH O~ MASSACHUSETTS
My Comm. Expires May 19,2011
Type/print/stamp name of Notary
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
Section V Contract Bond
Page 8
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STATE Ot N .OD1l}A
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
) ~o....s.Sa-~'-'~S:
)KS~
COUNTY OF
F\r ~(b \d ~,'\:,Q
~~~, L...~~
being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
of ~ -Ie u,.,t o.JJ- f:......<f'~.u..r:..... y G:Y P
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that
said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other
bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly
or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain
from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data
relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof.
~k
Affiant
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 9- oi1".\ay of -1\.,~ ' ) ~ , 2007.
\Qll~~
Notary Public
OFFICIAL SEAL
DEBORAH A. LAMOUREAUX
c NOTAPY PI/Aile
M OMMONWEAlTf' f), ,~j"':i)}\CHUSETTS
Y Comm. Expire. Mey 19,2011
Section V Contract Bond
Page 9
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
Multi-Media Filter Improvements
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
Multi-Media Filter Improvements. Water Treatment Plant Reservoir No. 1.
City Project No. 06-0051-UT
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of
the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract
without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to
be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all
the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is
hereby charged with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the
Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications,
General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and
agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form
of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and
hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
Section V Contract Bond
Page 1 0
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Jean Feeney, Kevin A White, Mark P Herendeen, Susan Kedian, Jean Brooker, Michael
J Cusack, John J Gambino, Nicole Roy, Individually
of Boston, MA, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to' sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts-
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this lOth day of August, 2007.
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
-I2/~&Y
Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
} ss
On this 10th day of August, 2007, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he
resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which
executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so
affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
My commission expires
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+
: D. KRELL :
I I
:~NOTARY PUBLIC@:
I SOUTH DAKOTA I
I I
t.............................................. +
~
~P"'Ii,
November 30,2012
CERTIFICATE
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this 29th day of Dc tober 2007
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
q.
~n-rJ
1. Nelson, ASSIstant Secretary
Fonn F4280-09-06
I
- -'"-~_. - - --~.,-'-_. ~..-,-~-_._-~~-~ .~-- .-'--",. - ~~,_.~-"~- - -. .- --_.- --'-' ._~--~~._. -..-
.'-' -.. .,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Authorizing By-Law
ADOPTED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the shareholders
of the Company.
Section 7. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney, or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the
corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other
officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer
may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company.
The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the
corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile.
..~ .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CERTIFICATE OF VOTE
I, Joel Leinson, hereby certify that I am the duly qualified and acting Clerk of
Interstate Engineering Corp. and I further certify that a meeting of the Board of Directors
of said Company was held, at which time all directors were present and voting, the
following vote was unanimously passed:
VOTED: To authorize and empower Arnold Pike, President to execute Forms,
of General Bid, Contracts or Bonds on behalf of the Corporation.
I further certify that the above vote is still in effect and has not been changed or
By:
(Joel U
~ate: I dJ.z. ~t17
.
modified in any respect.
Interstate ngineering Corp.
193 Jefferson Ave.
Salem, MA 01970
Chartered in Massachusetts on April 12, 1960
(Corporate Seal)
A True Copy:
Attest: ,,\1 ~ t~'J~1
(Notary Public .
, /
My Commission Expires: 5/ I '1 / 1/
(Date) .
OFFICIAL SEAL
DEBORAH A. LAMOUREAUX
NOTAPY PUBLIC
COMMONWEAUH O~ MASSACHUSETTS
My Comm Expires May 19,2011
In., 1_"_..,..__ ^"__I'_ _ Dr""\ 0_,-, ,(,0'7 _ C'_I_..- "-,1^ r\ln7n
1'1"\70' TAA 000') _ C~" 1'f'l70' TAA 17f'l'"l
I
~I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,;".....,,:,;=;.-.,'.. ":,'.-/,M\;.,':\..,',-,'t'."'
,~,,,,"<~r',:,~,,,,,~,,,:,,, ,,.(> "',.,,, ";:''-''k''~'",::,1oI.',,,,, ,;_ .-,"
. ,......~,,;.~ -..'~
PROPOSAL
(2)
If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall
fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may,
at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal
shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to
become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be
retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the
City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified ,check accompanying this
Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on
\J I\....-s--\-u..r- Y'\ 'S l.) c-.L -t~ Co .
Bank, for the sum of ---t1l..." f>JLr LL.-"'- \;:
($
)
o~ D..VV'.00--\ ~: cL .
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the
name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements,
enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES:
ADDRESSES:
~,,,o\t\. ~. ~ 103, ~OCA..C-ou LI-I1J ~ ~....~ ~c..kl r;:L 33-1-%7
~Li ~1"'S.b^" 3 ~L~lbrObK-e.d, J f'v\ns-\o\~o ri.-~I rJ\f\ 0\ ~~s
Signature of Bidder: ~./
,.- f\.r ^ 0 <L lfJl. ~
(The bidder must indicate whether orporation, artnership, Company or Individual).
Section V Contract Bond
Page II
Revised: 5/1 I /200~
I
,I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
_... __, _n,_'_. ._.__...._
~-_._-~-_.. ----'----- ._-----------
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by
affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation.
By: (/~ u Aa Title: rtteside.nt-
~;(d~.K~ .
Business Address of Bidder: (o~ \ ~r'\ f ro-Q--8"7 AJ 9- "2') u",--\:.o- loa
City and State: ~c::c:..o.- ~-\cc:-......) ~k- Zip Code 33-1<6'1
Dated at
Bo....~, ~
,
, this Qq~ dayof OC-\-obu--
, A.D., 2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM SHEET
PROJECT: Multi-Media Filter Improvements. Citv Proiect No. 06-0051-UT
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
Addendwn No. ~ Date: JO/Cl 9/07
Addendwn No. 2 Date: JO/3f>!o7 ....
-
Addendwn No. Date:
-
Addendwn No. Date:
Addendwn No. Date:
Addendwn No. Date:
-
Addendwn No. Date:
-
Addendwn No. Date:
Addendwn No. Date:
Addendwn No. Date:
-
Addendwn No. Date:
~~iCLtL ~~C/-J~I~\ Corp
(Name ofBiddd-)
~~
(Signature of Officer)
VI:"" Q.>O \' ~.\:-
(Title of Officer)
)O/~1 fro 7
.
(Date)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: Multi-Media Filter Improvements. City Proiect No. 06-0051-UT
ITEM EST.
NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT PRICE TOTAL
1 Mobilization LS 1 $ 30 000 $ Je)IOOO
, .
External Pipin!! Improvements
2 Multi-Media Filter No. I LS I $ '7 <{I ')S'O $ ,- C/ J ') ~... 0
, $ "} Y.1 !.~O
3 Multi-Media Filter No.2 LS I $ j C-I , ~O
4 Multi-Media Filter No.3 LS I $ , 'I', , ,'" 0 $ ?c.i17~D
5 Multi-Media Filter No.4 LS I $ 'J 't I 1 l'o $ .,C;.7.<rO
Potable Backwash Water Feed Flow Control . .,
6 Valve and Appurtenances LS 1 $30/000 $ ,30.1 aeo
Internal Multi-Media Filter Improvements
7 Multi-Media Filter No. I LS 1 $ ""OJOOO $ 4tJ,edO
8 Multi-Media Filter No.2 LS 1 $ '10) &00 $ ~ 0, f)O~
9 Multi-Media Filter No.3 LS 1 $ 1./0/ 00 0 $ 'tDJocO
10 Multi-Media Filter No.4 LS 1 $ <!DJ DD () $ '10J ()'t) 0
11 Electrical Work LS I $ "('1000 $ I-Jt!:OOO
12 Instrumentation Work LS I $ "a,006 $ ? 8,ooV
S1;Ibtotal- Item Nos. 1 thru 12 $
13 Contingency (10% ofItems I thru 12) LS I $ ''1. "-0<:::>> $ '1, ~oo
,
GRAND TOTAL - Item Nos. 1 thru 13 $ '1 3 Cf . ZO-O
Deductive Alternate for Work Associated with 51 oao
AD-I ASME Certification LS 1 $ ~j 5'00 $ J~6io
CONTRACTOR, ::r::;...~u- s""~ ~ t'~', "1 Corp.
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ '1 3 <1 J ? 0 O. (Numbers)
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ Si:t/tJu HUJf..dN1j 1hO' JuI"'f!..n.oo;j~J
..'." wt> kv ~a.e J 6 /{evrs (Words)
THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM
PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY
AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT
PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT
SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES SHALL GOVERN.
Section V Contract Bond.Doc
Page 14
Revised: 9/26/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1365 Hamlet Avenue, Clearwater, FL 33756
Phone (727) 442-7196
Fax (727) 461-3827
www.mckimcreed.com
\ .
ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MM/DDIYVYY)
01/23/08
PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
HUB International NE (WCL) ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
299 Ballardvale St ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Wilmington, MA 01887
978657-5100 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC#
INSURED INSURER A: Travelers Indemnity
Interstate Engineering Corp. INSURER B:
Arnold Pike INSURER C:
193 Jefferson Ave. PO Box 687 INSURER D:
Salem, MA 01970 INSURER E:
'Client#. 80638
111NTERST A TE1
COVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSR ~~~~ TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER PDOAL+~iJ~~6'8~~IE p~~~J (W,,~/~t~I,gN LIMITS
LTR
A X ~NERAL LIABILITY OTC046308853 10/01/07 10/01/08 EACH OCCURRENCE $1 000 000
~ ~MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 8~~~~~J9F~~~~'~?ence) $300.000
CLAIMS MADE [KJ OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $5.000
X Blkt Addllnsured PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1 000000
X Blkt Waiver of Subro GENERAL AGGREGATE $2 000 000
h'L AGGR~E LIMIT APAS PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $2.000.000
POLICY X j:t?-F LOC P.O. Oed $2 500
A X ~TOMOBILE LIABILITY OT A081 046308865 10/01107 10/01/08 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
.!..- ANY AUTO (Ea accident) $1,000,000
ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
- $
SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person)
-
.!..- HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
$
.!..- NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident)
- PROPERTY DAMAGE $
(Per accident)
~AGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $
ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $
AUTO ONL Y: AGG $
A X EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY OTSMCUP46308877 10/01/07 10/01/08 E'ACH OCCURRENCE $10.000.000
~ OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $10.000.000
$
~ DEDUCTIBLE $
X RETENTION $10000 $
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND I WC STATU- I IOJ~-
I Tnov ' ''''T~
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $
If yes, describe under $
SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT
OTHER
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Re: Clearwater Waste Water Treatment Plant No.1. City of Clearwater and
McKim & Creed Engineers, P.A. are listed as Additional Insureds.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLATION
City of Clearwater
P.O. Box 4748
Clearwater, FL
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ---3.0- DAYS WRITTEN
NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL
IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR
REPRESENTATIVES.
~R~NTCl,,--
A.....non "H:: Il)nn"l/nO\ .II.
I '
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between
the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it
affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
ACORD 25-5 (2001/08) 2 of 2
#S19804/M24
Gevity
1/23/2008 12:12 PM
2/003
PAGE
FaA Server
Certificate of Insurance
This 08r1lnc.atelslssu8d as a matter of InflJ'matlal ally and cont8l's no rights Upal the Cer1lnc.ate Holder other than those pr(Md8d by :tlls paley
This 08rtlnc.ate does not amend, extend, or alter the cov8l'age aHlJ'd8d by the paldes described herein
Named Insured s :
Gevily HR, Inc, Gevity HR, LP, Gevity HR II, LP; Gevity HR III, LP,
Gevlty HR IV, LP; Gevlty HR V, LP; Gevlty HR VI, LP; Gevlty HR VII, LP;
Gevily HR VIII, LP, Gevity HR IX, LP, Gevity HR X, LP, Gevity HR XI, LLC,
Gevlty HR XII Corp; Gevlty XIV, LLC.
MARSH
9000 Town Center Parkwy -----..-
Insurer Afford
Bradenton, FL 34202
Am.rle'ln Hom. A
Coverages: M.mb.r of Am.lean Int.rnal
Thlsls to 08rttfy that the pOllcy(les) of Insurance desalb8d herein have be8l11ssued to thelnsur8d named herein for :he paley
Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condlllon of any contract or ather document With respect to which the Certl'lcste MS
thelnsuran08 aHlJ'd8d by the pOllcy(les) described herein Is subjeC1 to all the tsrms. caldltlals and exclu sial s of such polley('
(Aggregate) Limits shown may have be8l1 r8du08d by paid claims
Type of Insurance Certificate Exp. Policy Number Limit
Date
RMWC4402574 Employer
Workers' 1-1-2009 Bodily InjUry By ACCident
Compensation RMWC4275887 52,000.000
Bodily Injury By 0lseas8
52,000000
Bodily Injury By Disease
52,000.000
..~
Other:
R.., CIQ.~w.tQr WWTP No. 1
388 Attached WBl v 81' of 3ubrogatlo
Employees Leased To: Effective Date: 01..JAN..2
12163.Interutste Engineering Corp
Ths above referenced worksrs' compensation pollcy(les) provlde(s) slatutory bensrlts only 10 employesB of the Naf"1sd Insurad,
the employees of any other employ8l'
o
n.____..._______ --_.---~
ng Coverage
aurAnC8 Co..
lonal Group,tne.IAIG}
period Indlc.a:8d
be ISBued or may pertain.
Sl
$
~ Liability ---
t:ach Aoao8l1:
-
POlicy Llm':
Each P8I'son
1 In favor of cw:lnca:e hOldsr
08
ion Huch pOllcy(18S), not to
.
,
..
Notice of Cancellation: Should any of the polldes descnbed herein be cancelled before the eKplratlon date thereof, the InllUflr
affording coverage will endeavor to mall 30 days wntten no~ce to the certificate holder named herein, but failure to mall IlUch noUce
llhalllmpose no obligation Cf liability of any kind upon the Insurer affording coverage, its agents Cf represff1latlves.
/J1'JJl (! U/~
Certificate Holder
Michael G. Wel..
Authorized Repreaentatlvll at Mar8h USA Inc.
City of Clearwater
PO Box 4748
(866)443-8489
Clearwater, FL 33758-4748
Phale
23..JAN..2008
Da:e Issued
Gevity
1/23/2008 12:12 PM PAGE
3/003
Fa>: Server
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS L1ABIUlY INSURANCE POLICY
WC 00 03 13
(Ed. 4-84)
WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT
Ws havs the right to recovsr our paymsnts from anyons liabls for an injury coversd by this policy Ws will not
snforcs our right against ths psrson or organization namsd in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to
the extent that you perform work under a writtan contract that requires you to obtein this agrBement from us.)
This agreement shall not operata directly or Indirectly 10 benefit any ons not namsd in the Schedule
Schedule
City of Clearwater
PO Box 4748
Clsarwater, FL 33758-4748
Gevity Client:
Client#:
1 2163
Client:
Interstata Engineenng Corp
This endorsement changes the polley to which Itls attached and IS effec,ve on 1he date Issued unless otherwise stated.
(The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation ot the policy.)
EndorsemEllt Effective
Polley No.
RMWC4402574
RMWC4275667
Endorsement No.
Insured
Insurance Company. Amlll"lcan Home Aaaurance Co.
Premium $.
WC 00 03 13
(Ed. 4-84)
Co.mlerslgned By
;'). ^ f>-.
~.n.n.L k~.-n_ ,,-t,. ."'......)
Copyright 1984, 1988 N.tlon.1 Coundl on Comp.nutlon In.ur.nc:e.